.if A HEBREW GEAHMAB, WITH EXERCISES SELECTED FROM THE BIBLE. A HBBEEW GEAMMAE, EXEECISES SELECTED FROM THE BIBLE. BY ADA S. BALLIN AND F. L. BALLIX. LONDON: C. KEGAN PAUL & CO., 1, PATERNOSTER SQUARE. 1881. [The rights of translation, and of reproduction, are reserved .] PREFACE. THIS book is intended to supply, in a compendious form, an aid to the study of Hebrew, and to guide the student from the first rudiments of the language to a thorough mastery of it. One of the chief characteristics of the work is the Exercises, which are intended to impress the grammatical rules on the mind of the student. To form these Exercises sentences have been selected from the Hebrew Scriptures, as the oldest and purest form in which the language has survived, chapter and verse being given in the foot-notes. The book is therefore calculated to impart not only the grammar, but also a considerable knowledge of Biblical idiom. In the English Exercises the order of the Hebrew O sentence has been retained, as far as possible, thus facili- tating re-translation. The student is advised, after having made his own version, to compare it with the original passage. To correct his translations from the Hebrew the student cannot always rely on the Authorized English Version, on account of its many defective renderings ; and, moreover, the Hebrew text does not always correspond in its num- bering of the verses with that version, which follows 2091289 VI PREFACE. the arrangement of the Vulgate. We have adhered throughout to the Hebrew numbering. All the words in the Exercises are given in two alpha- betical Vocabularies, which serve respectively as a Hebrew- English and an English- Hebrew Dictionary. We have placed side by side the two principal pro- nunciations of Hebrew, that of the Portuguese Jews (DH13D), and that of the German Jews (D'OptM*). The former is recommended for general use, as being adopted, with but slight variations, at the Universities. A.S.B., F.L.B. 14, TAVISTOCK SQUARE, LONDON. August, 1881. CONTENTS. Sections 1-21 PART I. ORTHOGRAPHY, ETC. Page 1 PART II. ETYMOLOGY. 22-25 CHAPTER I. The Article 26-46 CHAPTEB II. Nouns 47-50 CHAPTER III. Adjectives ..... 51-55 CHAPTER IV. Numerals 56-68 CHAPTEB V. Pronouns 69-81 CHAPTER VI. Verbs 82-123 CHAPTER VII. Regular Verbs .... 124-143 CHAPTER VIII. Guttural Verbs 9 Guttural Conjugation 144-166 CHAPTER IX. y Guttural Conjugation . 167-195 CHAPTER X. ^ Guttural Conjugation . . . . 196-199 CHAPTER XI. tf"3 Conjugation .... 200-235 CHAPTER XI I. -Contracted Verbs yy Conjugation, 236-256 CHAPTER XIII. -["3 Conjugation .... 257-280 CHAPTER XIV. Quiescent Verbs V'9 Conjugation, 281-315 CHAPTER XV. \'y and >"y Conjugations 316-352 CHAPTER XVI. $"*} Conjugation 353-394 CHAPTER XVII. JV 1 ? Conjugation 395-400 CHAPTER XVIII. Verbs Irregular in more than one respect 401-403 CHAPTER XIX. Defective Verbs .... 404-^,15 CHAPTER XX. Particles 126 137 148 155 158 178 191 206 251 294 301 Vlll CONTENTS. sections PART III. SYNTAX. 416-420 CHAPTEE I. Order of Words in a Sentence The Copula ; 421-425 CHAPTEE II. Agreement of the Subject and Pre- dicate Construction of Compound Subjects 426 CHAPTEE III. Modes of giving Emphasis to Words. 427, 428 CHAPTEE IV. The Subject 429-455 CHAPTEE V. Syntax of the Substantive and the Adjective ........ 456-460 CHAPTEE VI. Syntax of the Pronouns 461-479 CHAPTEE VII. Syntax of the Verb . . 480-487 CHAPTEB VIII. Syntax of the Particles . PAEADIGMS OF THE INFLECTION OF NOUNS PABADIGMS OF THE INFLECTION OF VEEBS VOCABULAEIES. I. Hebrew-English II. English-Hebrew . Page 315 320 326 330 333 346 348 368 375 382 397 453 ERRATA. page 15, line 9, for tsdhray\m, read tsoh'raylm. 15, 10, for tsohfrayim, read tsoJirby\m. 17, 8, for segbl, sfybl, read se"gbl. 24, 14, for JT3,/., ^use, pi. QM?Q, read^y, f., city, pi. any. T page 31, line 3 from bottom, for syllable, read letter. 32, 1, for accept, read except. 36, 2 from bottom, for J"fi313, read 36, 1 from bottom, for /fany read 41, 7, for DirnN read D3TW 95, 8, for 109, bottom line, for 333 reac? i33 s \ 165, line 30, for 3D3 read T r -T 165, 15, for -aan read *2DF\ I for sflDJFl 165, 16, for HD* read JQgp . 166, 6, for non 166, 7, for ,1303 read 193, 8, for -attfN . . ,.. . . ,. . 203, line 4, for you shall, read thou sbalt. 244, 3, for TlbSTl read ERRATA. page 253, bottom line, for iy* read 254, line 5, for fT^ read ffjj| . : T 265, lines 12 and 13, for W^lft read - 282, line 5, for V'3 read ]"% . 304, 6, after /"iHi^ omit the comma. 331, 3 from bottom, for HERO read T : T : 334, 3, for Nlttf read Jfltf . : ~ : T 408, 3, far l^ZpH read HZ3VT . ,,455, 18, for ISn, Ni.,read TEH, & 455, 1, after ]t^f insert Pi. " T 455, 6, after "?np insert Hi. -'T 460, 4, for npj rearf N^J. 461, 4, for 3^2, Poe^; US rearf yga ; TIE), 461, 18, , K. and Pi., read "T 475, 14, for D^V read ysy . 482, 4 from bottom, for -)WU read T :- T- 492, ,, 6 from bottom, for K. and Pi., read Pi. 502, 6, for DDn read ABBREVIATIONS. abl., ablative, abs., absolute state, ace., accusative, act., active, adj., adjective, adv., adverb, apoc., apocopated, art., article. c., com., common gender, card., cardinal, cf., confer, compare, coll., collective, conj., conjugation, constr., construct state, dat., dative. e.g., exempli gratia, for example, epic., epicene. et seq., et sequens, and the fol- lowing. f., fern., feminine, fig., figurative, freq., frequent, frequently, gutt., guttural. Hi., Hiphil. Hit., Hithpael. Hitpal., Htpl., Hitkpalel. Hitpalp., Hithpalpel. Hitpo., Hithpoel. Ho., Hophal. Hu., Huphal. id., idem, the same. i.e., id est, that is. imp., imper., imperative. impers., impersonal. impf., irnperf., imperfect. inf., infin., infinitive. inter., interjection. intr., intransitive. i.q., idem quod, the same as. K., Eal. loc., locative. loc. cit., loco citato, in the place quoted. m., masc., masculine, mt., mountain, n., nation. Ni., Nip ha I. Nit., Nithpael. nom., nominative, num., numeral, obj., object, ord., ordinal, orig., original, p., page. parag., paragogic. part., participle, pass., passive, perf., perfect. Xll ABBREVIATIONS. perh., perhaps. pers., person, personal. PL, Piel. PH., Pllel. Pilp., Pilpel. pi., plu., plur., plural. pi. ex., plural of excellence. pred., predicate. prep., preposition. pr. n., proper name. pr. n. c., proper name of a country. pr. n. m., proper name of a man. pr. n. w., proper name of a woman. prob., probably. pron., pronoun. prop., properly. Pu., PuaL r., river. refl., reflective. rel., relative. s., sing., singular. short., shortened. subj., subject. subs., substantive. suff., suffix. tn., town. t., tribe. tr., transitive. vb., verb. "3, \J73 , some one ABBREVIATIONS NAMES OF THE BOOKS OF THE HEBREW BIBLE. ABBBB- VIATIOX. ENGLISH SAME. HEBBEW IfAME. ABBBB- VIATIOlf. ENGLISH NAME. HEBBEW NAME. Gen. Genesis JTtIM~O Nah. Xahum Dim Ex. Exodus JTOP Hab. Habakkuk pipnn Lev. Leviticus iOpI Zeph. Zephaniah rrjsx Xum. Xumbers 'OTDi Hag. Haggai ^in Deut. Deuteronomy Dnm Zech. Zechariah rrn^t Josh. Joshua j'Knrp Mai. Malachi DNba Jud. Judges DT23W Ps. Psalms DvH/1 1 Sam. 1 Samuel N bwov Prov. Proverbs >^Q 2 Sam. 2 Samuel "2 bWQV Job Job 2VN 1 K. 2 K. 1 Kings 2 Kings "2 DOte Cant. Canticles, Song of Solomon Dnw w Is. Isaiah nyur Ruth Ruth jiri Jer. Jeremiah rraT Lam. Lamentations ro*^"7 /P\ J 1 Am. Amos Dioy Ezr. Ezra Niry Ob. Obadiah nna-ur Neh. Nehemiah rron: Jon. Jonah rar 1 Chr. 1 Chronicles "M o*3^n nni Mic. Micah 2 Chr. 2 Chronicles "a D^aTr nai SIGNS USED TO EXPLAIN THE PRONUNCIATION. a, as a in father. d, the corresponding short vowel, as in French bal. a , represents the half vowel (see 6). eh, represents H ; pronounced as in German Dach, or Scotch lock, dh, as th in this. e, as in obey, e, as in met. ', represents the half vowel (see 6). e, represents the shevd (see 5). g, as in get. gh, the corresponding flat or voice sound to ck, as in German lag, pronounced lagh. t, as in marine. ', as in bit. k, represents 3 (see 2.) kh, represents 3 ; it is not pronounced so low down in the throat as H- n, as ng in sing, or better as in French bon (see 2). o, as in bone. o, as in hot. , represents the half vowel (see 6). q, represents p (see 2). it, as in rule. u, as oo in foot. The other letters are pronounced as in English. SIGNS USED IN THE EXERCISES. Words in parenthesis ( ) are to be omitted in translating; those in brackets [ ] are to be inserted. Words between inverted commas, in brackets, are to be substituted for those which immediately precede them. When two or more English words are joined by hyphens they are to be translated into Hebrew by one word only; e.g., in Exercise 295, sentence (7), "Thou-shalt-deliver-me," translate [N.B. Sections in small print need not be committed to memory, but only read through.] TABLE OF THE ALPHABET. Initial and medial. "3 a Name. ol Pronun- ciation. 1 Numerical value. Port. Germ. K ^ B)7 Alef 2 1 1 JTII Bet b b, v 2 a ^ 7D 1 *!! Gimel g g 3 T n^ Dalet d d 4 n KH He 2 h fa 5 i IT Vav V V 6 T 12 Zayin z z 7 n /vn Chet 2 ch ch 8 zo B>zp Tet 2 t t 9 1. ii> Yod y y 10 3 1 * w k,kh k, kh 20 b "^ Lamed 1 i 30 D D DD Mem m m 40 a D 1 SJOD Nun Samekh n s n s 50 60 y t? Najin 2 fi n 70 B f] N3 Pe P. f P. f 80 at V T? Tsade 2 ts ts 90 P cjip Qof 8 q q 100 -i i^n Kesh r r 200 gj to$ rJ Shin Csh is sin sS 300 n in T Tav t t, s 400 See Preface. 2 See 2. HEBEBW GEAMMAE PART I. ORTHOGRAPHY, ETC. 1. HEBREW, in common with most other Semitic 1 lan- guages, is written from riff /if to left. 2. Remarks on Pronunciation : N is the " soft breathing " like the h in English hoiir. H is the " rough breathing " like the h in English heat. H is pronounced like c/t in German Buck. n represents two Arabic letters did (pronounced as above), and Mid, a strong aspirate pronounced low down in the tbroat. E is a palatal t, the tip of the tongue touching the palate instead of the teeth. 1 The Semitic family of language is so called because the greater number of peoples that speak Semitic languages are given in the tenth chapter of Genesis as descendants of Shem. B 2 ORTHOGRAPHY. [ 3. y is pronounced by some like ng in English sing, by others the same as N. y represents two Arabic letters, * 'Ain, which to Europeans is impossible to pronounce, but which is something like the n in French bon, and Ghain, the corresponding flat sound to ch. * is pronounced like is in English cats, or z in German Zorn, 2J represents two Arabic letters, u Sad, a very strong palatal s, . and J> Dad, a strong palatal d. p is pronounced lower down in the throat than 3. 3. The Vowel Points. The student will observe that there are no characters for vowels in the table facing- page 1, and indeed they were not introduced into the language until quite a late date. While Hebrew was a spoken language, people could read without signs for vowels, supplying the vowel-sounds they used in speaking ; but after it ceased to be spoken the signs called vowel-points were supplied in order to facilitate reading. The vowel-points are all written below the letter they follow in sound, excepting b (au), which is either placed above the preceding letter, or follows it above a silent 1 (see 4), and u, which is placed in a silent 1 , e.g. : SB ba, (66), irp kbhen (kanhain], &JI3 noges (nauyais), TIpS pakml (pbkud). When il, H and y occur at the end of a word they are pronounced ah, dch, an, not did, /Id ; as, rQD gabbdh, TVT\ rudch, J7U nudn. 3.] THE VOWEL-POINTS. TABLE OP THE VOWEL- POINTS. LONG VOWELS. | Pronounced. Pron. Name. Port. Germ. t o g PH o TO Kamets Komets a' 6 T v >T *& Tsere Tsairai e ai pyn Chireq Chireq i i V- D*n Cholem Chaulem 6 au [-] cr&ttl Shurek Shurek u u \ v SHORT VOWELS. o Name. Pronounced. Pron. Port. Germ. I PL, 1 o n?D Pattach Pattach a a bw Segol Segol e e pyn CShort cChireq Short I ClureqS i i T tpanvo? c Kamets iChatuf Kamets > ChatufS o y^p Kibbuts Kibbuts u li v 4 OKTHOGRAPHY. [ 4. The dot (diacritic point) on the right side of $ serves also for the vowel cJiblem to the preceding letter, should that letter have no other vowel-point. The dot on the left side of fr serves for the vowel cliolem to the & itself, should it have no other vowel-point. 4. The Weak Letters. When one of the letters N, H, 1, or \ called the Weak Letters, has no point of its own and follows a vowel, it often loses its consonantal sound. (a.) The consonantal sound is lost (1) When N is preceded by any long vowel or segol, as NIB he has created, J&D full, fltf N") first, multitude, PPND branch, hOZO basket. (2) When n at the end of a word follows kamets, pattach, segol, tsere, or cliblem, as, HD, HO. or HO what, n?2l to disclose, fi3 thus. (3) When 1 has a dot above or within it, when it represents respectively chblem, and shurek, as, \> to him, Tip? they have learnt. (4) When ^ follows chirik, tsere, or segol, as 2H contention, ^3 between, ^b)J upon thee. .) The consonantal sound is retained (1) When ") is preceded by kamets,pdttdch, tsere, segol, or chink, as, Nltf vanity, 1 eor^, "6D3 Kislev (a Hebrew month), l 1 ?^ ^wz'^, V3i< ^?> father. V is pronounced the same as *). as, V^i^ pron. debar ov (devbrov), his words. 5.] THE SIIEVA AND THE HALF VOWELS. 5 (2) Theoretically, when ** is preceded by kamets, pdttdch, chblem, or shurek; but as it is extremely difficult to articulate ^ at the end of a word, it is usually pro- nounced as a diphthong with the preceding vowel, as, N n pron. chai (chai), or "H pron. chai (chai} living, "Hi! goi (goi) nation, ^/3t galui (galui) re- vealed. (3) Invariably when a weak letter is followed by a vowel, as, JT3. bdyit (bay is) house, J"OnN dhaba, (dhavb) love, 11 vav (vov) hook. 5. The Shgva and the half vowels. The s/ieva is a point written thus f\ below a consonant, and has two uses, (a) To show that the letter under which it stands has no vowel sound following it, and therefore that it closes a syllable, (b) To represent the sound of the second e in English lessen. In the former case it is called TO , or resting^ in the latter J?3, or moving. (a.) It is not sounded : (1) At the end of a word, as : T/7 to thee. (2) After an accented long vowel, as, M;UI9J5 I am small. (3) After a short vowel, as, D-H^ you have put. (6.) It is sounded : (1). At the beginning of a word, as, ^3 wit/tout. (2) After an unaccented long vowel, as, -IQDip they have arisen. 6 ORTHOGRAPHY. [ 6. (3) Under a letter in which there is a dagesh forfe (that is, a dot in the centre, thus 2, ?, for the explanation of which see 9), as, TTO/ they have taught. (4) Under a letter followed by a similar letter, as, ! D?n praise ye. When two sherayim come together in the middle of a word the second only is sounded; at the end of a word neither is sounded ; they never come together at the beginning of a word, for in order to avoid this the first is changed to a vowel-point, usually chink, as, HTp^ to write. The prefix 1 (and] changes into 1 when it precedes a labial (3, \ Q, 3), or any letter pointed with sheva excepting N, n, n, y and % which last letter loses its consonantal sound, y becoming ^ e.g. "ipH and he will bless, "IQ^l and to teach, TT1 and he will be. 6. Besides the simple sheva there are three " compound 8/tei-a- 1 )" or " half vowels," viz. : ( ) chute/ pdtldch, pronounced as a very short a. ( ) cJiatef segbl, 6. ( ) chaief kamets o. They are usually found under the letters N, H, n, I>, instead of a sounded simple sheva, which those letters cannot take. (-:) and ( T :) are also found under other letters, instead of a simple sheva ; this occurs chiefly, (a) under a letter in which there is a dagesh forte, (see 9) ; (b) after a long vowel. 7, 8.] THE DAGESH LENE. 7 7. The Lagesh Lene. The letters A 9,3,1, J.3, at the beginning- of a syllable when not preceded by a long vowel take a dot in their centre, which is called the dagesh lene (weak dagesh) . These letters were perhaps at one time all pronounced in two ways, viz., with the dagesh, b, g, d, k, p, t, and without it, v, gh, 1 dh, 2 ch, f, th. At present, however, according to the pronunciation of the Portuguese Jews, the sound of D and 9 only is thus affected, but according to that of the German Jews the sound of 2 and /I is also changed, the sound of the other letters remaining unaltered in both cases. 2 and D in the Portuguese pro- nunciation are always pronounced b and t not v and Ik. 8. A letter takes the dagesh lene : (a) At the beginning of a sentence, as JTtCftTO. Gen. i. 1. (b} At the beginning of a word when the last letter of the preceding word is a consonant, as, ^2 DFby&- (6-) At the beginning of a word, even after a long vowel at the end of the preceding word, when the two words are not closely connected in sense, as, ^7Vi NIL ?JTT cbv-]2 ^*D3n, Jer. xxxii. 7. (if) In the middle of a word at the beginning of a syllable, when the preceding syllable is closed, as, 1 The corresponding flat sound to cli, heard in German. 2 The corresponding flat sound to th, heard in English t lie. ORTHOGRAPHY. [ 9, 10- (e) At the end of a word when the last two letters are consonants, without an intervening vowel, as, The D in the suffixes *f, DD, }D, never takes a dagesh lene, except sometimes at the end of verses, and when preceded by the strongest disjunctive accent. 9. The Dagesh Forte (strong dagesh} . All the letters except 1, y, !"T, H, N, may take a dot in the centre called dagesh forte, which doubles the sound of the letter in which it is placed, and shows that the letter, which should precede the one which contains it, has been elided. The elided letter is usually the same as the letter that takes the dagesh, e. g., -12D 1 for i mp ; l13n for \T\1X1 ; 10!P for tt&P Dagesh forte is never found at the end of a word ; thus we have 3D, not 3D, for 10. The initial letter of a word sometimes takes the ilagesh when the preceding word ends in a vowel or a quiescent letter, and the two words are closely connected in sense, e.g., "IQN 1 ? n^D^N, Num. (frequently) j DBTTI^n , Deut. xxvii. 7. Although ") under ordinary circumstances cannot take a dagesh, there is sometimes an exception made in this case, as, JH HD-WO, Jer. xxxix. 12 ; TiP 1 ^?, Prov. xv. 1. Sometimes two words, the former of which ends in a vowel, become so closely connected that they coalesce and form one word, as, H-TD (for rWTfD), Exod. iv. 2. 1 A dagesh forte in one of the letters f\, H), 3, ~T> J, 3. implies also a dagesh lene, 11 - 15.] THE METEG. 9 11. Mdpjt&k (p'S'P). The mdppik is a dot placed in the letters "*, \ H, N, which indicates that they are to be pronounced as consonants. In printed Bibles it is seldom found except in H at the end of a word, as 12. The Eafe (HS)!). The Safe is a short horizontal line placed ahove a letter, and indicates that that letter has neither a dagesli nor a mdppik, as, rny'tffl , Lev. xiii. 4 ; VIltfQ , Judges xvi. 28. * 13. The Mdkkif (S]D). The mdkkef is a short hori- zontal line ( - ) of the same form and force as our hyphen ; with regard to accent (see 15, 16, 17), two or more words joined by a mdkkef are considered as one word. [N.B. When two words are joined by a mdkkef the first is usually shortened, as, !~0$ JTINO ttten? a son f six hundred years, ]3. for ]3.] 14. The Meleg (J-HP). The meteg is a small perpen- dicular line placed on the left side of a vowel-point, thus, but with 1 and 1 it comes under the consonant, thus, it indicates that a slight stress should be laid on the syllable in which it is, in addition to the greater stress on the accented syllable (see 15). It is usually placed two syllables before the accent, either in the same word or in two words joined by a mdkkef, as, , nitffj*'? . It always precedes a compound s/ieva, as, noon. -T: IT 15. On the Tone (Accent]. All words, excepting when they are followed by a niakktf, have the tone or accent on 10 ORTHOGRAPHY. [16. the last syllable, or the syllable before the last. When the tone is on the last syllable it is termed mi/rdri (Chaldee in"?p from below] ; when on the last but one, milnei (Chaldee ^J^D from above) ; thus, !"!.nN is mttrdn, JT2 is mil n el. When, of two words closely connected in sense, the first ends in an open accented syllable, and the second has its iirst syllable accented, the tone of the former word is moved back a syllable, thus, rb'h *Op for Th'b iTp (Gen. i. 5). T: A T T'JT T: A T J T'T v But if the last syllable of the first word is closed the two words are joined by a mdkkef, the first wor-d thus losing its accent, as, jn~$pir he seeks evil, for JH ttfi-Q'', A T '; -: AT v 1 " -: (Prov. xvii. 11). 16. The Tunic Accents. The tonic accents are signs some of which are placed above, others below the letters ; the former are termed upper accents, the latter lower. They have four uses : (1) To represent the musical notes used in chanting the Old Testament in the synagogues. (2) To show on which syllable of a word the tone should be placed. N.B. The accents marked * in the table are always placed on the first letter of a word, irrespective of tone, and are there- fore called prepositives ; those marked f are always placed on the last letters, and are called postpositives. (3) To represent stops. (4) To mark the rhythm in the poetical books. With respect to the third use, tonic accents are divided into two classes, (a) distinctive accents, which show that a word having one of them is not closely connected in meaning with the following word, and which have a similar power to our stops ; (b) conjunctive accents, 16.] TONIC ACCENTS. 11 which show that a word having one of them is closely connected in meaning with the following word. The distinctive accents are divided into four classes, viz : I. Greatest Distinctives, equivalent to our full stop and colon. II. Great Distinctives. III. Smaller Distinctives. IV. Smallest Distinctives. The following is a list of the Tonic Accents found in all the Books of the Bihle excepting Psalms, Proverbs, and Joh : A. DISTINCTIVE ACCENTS. I. Greatest Distinetives. (1) ( ) p-lxD on 'j ccurs at the end of a verse and followed by ( ', ) p^DD ^HD (end of the verse), e.g. \ "T!"TN , Exodus xxxvi. 13. T |T V (2) ( ] njJlN (respiratio) occurs generally in the middle of a v A ' - : - verse, where the breath should be taken, e.g. ]J7J3 , Gen. xlviii. 3. "" II. Great Distinctives. (1) (A) t NJOD, e.g. DiVT, Deut. xxx. 16. (2) (_*_) rufrti followed by (| ) p>D3, e.g. Isaiah xiii. 8. (3) (J_) f)Bp T =)!??, e.g. Ty, Lev. xiv. 45. (4) (_^) ^i-ia t)jpT, eg. ^D^T, Num. xiv. 44. (o) ( ) NnBID, e.g. SIH, Gen. xii. 15. v ' T III. Smaller Distinctives. (1) (j_) ^U"), e.g. naS Josh. v. 1. (2) (~J ti5")T, e.g. DNV Lev. xiv. 51. (3) ( M t NB09, e.g. fe^T, 2 Kings xviii. 17. \ t T : - - ;) 12 ORTHOGRAPHY. [ 16. (4) ( ) * 3MT e.g. ntito, Lev. xiii. 2. \ < / . . ^.. . (5) r ) TOR, e.g. tflm', Gen. xliv. 15. ^ 5 ' : .)-: IV. Smallest Distinctivet. (1) (_L) tthL3, e.g. D*fr, Deut. v. 23. (2) (JJ r6=3 1013 or O^njJ, e.g. rQU, Exod. viii. 22. (3) (_J *rr)il3 N^^Jp e.g. W, Gen. xix. 2. (4) ( j|_) ITD , e.g. nn , Deut. xviii. 3. u p (5) (^f) rnE) *jnj5, e.g. ^^^, Jer. xxxviii. 25. (6) (| ) | p^DE) or pDD placed between two words, e.g. Dy91P3 Exod. ix. 14. B. CONJUNCTIVE ACCENTS. (1) ( ) TO1D, e.g. nD^, Exod.iv. 18. v J ' r : J" (2) ( ) 3-ia e.g. JTjnsO , Exod. iv. 6. (3) ( ) n^S3 iO-ID, e.g. ^, Lev. x. 1. v g ' T : r : , (4) ( ) TJ3HD, e.g. nrap, Num. xvii. 25. (5) ( ) Wll, e.g. Din^, Gen. xi. 29. v t ' T : - IT: - (6) (J_) O"T(2 e.g. Q^a, Gen. xxxiii. 16. (7) ( ) !TT , e.g. no1 , Jer. xxxviii. 25. v v ' -. v = T : (8) (J_) t iiaap S^ 1 ^ , e.g. -1^ , Gen. xvii. 21. (9) (_*j (without p*p?) naaj? rbtihti > -g- rri.T , PS. xxxiv. s. 16.] TONIC ACCENTS. 13 The following is a list of the Tonic Accents found in Psalms, Pro- verbs, and Job : A. DISTINCTIVE ACCENTS. I. Greatest Distinctives. (1) (; ) p!)Vp followed by. p^DS =^D. (2) ( ) or ( ) -?T3nQ NZTO, e.g. TpirHN, Ps. cxlii. 8. v /< y v ' ' T \ : T : '!; : II. Great Distinctives. (1) (J^_) li-J^ (=j5 < TT), e.g. Tnlb, Prov. xxii. 29. (2) (_) n^ia^i"!, e.g. nywn, PS. i x .2. (3) (-) n^n^. x 7 - : - III. Smaller Distinctives. (!) (_) (always followed by rfDHD N31D) njOj? ^2"j. e.g. iblO, Ps. xxix. 1. y T: : (2) (_^) ttriJO i?O"l, e.g. D^"ID, Ps. xcii. 12. (3) (__) rbufrtf followed by rTO"lA (=p'p3)- IV. Smallest Distinctives. (1) /_\ ^ry placed at the extreme right of a word, e.g. *'W *'%' : Job. xxii. 3. (2) (J|_) ITS, as .n>]n, Prov. xxii. 29 (3) !- 14 ORTHOGRAPHY. [ 17. B. CONJUNCTIVE ACCENTS. (1) (-) njno. (2) (y) JO-1Q. (3) Q) *foy, e.g. nrs, Ps. bocviii. 26. (4) ( ) WnZO placed after the vowel of the tone syllable, as . xvi. 20. (5) ( ) ?3 (=rrP), e.g. DD3, Job xvi. 4. v v ' -: - -v / V VT (6) (-) Tisrrp (=^sno). (7) ( % ) sbm, e.g. w/ny, PS. ixxiv. 2. \ / T : - ' : |i-: (8) (j_) (without p>pD) naap Ji^. as in. (9) (~) JiniaS, always followed by JOia ( ) , as Tp T : x ; ' ';-r Ps. cxxvi. 1 ; or by "-[SHD (" ) , as n^l , Ps. Ixxx. 2. I v ' T \ 17. On the Pause. A syllable having either of the accents stlluk or dtndch, sometimes even one of the lesser distinctives, is said to be in pause, in which case the vowel of that syllable is usually changed : (a) When it is a short vowel it becomes long, as :D'Dn, Gen. i. 3; DHJE), Exod. x. 12; for D'DH, T - 'AT: ) When the tone syllable is preceded by shfaa ndng, the sheva is changed to the original vowel, which had been changed to sheva for inflection, as VIE 1 ?, U :IT m pause TTO/- A half vowel is changed to its corresponding full vowel, as ^N > in pause ^N -: -|T 18.] DISTINCTION BETWEEN KAMETS & KAMETS CHATUF. 15 (e) Some words move the tone back a syllable in pause, as O^Nf, in pause piN. 18. Distinction letween Kamets and Kamets chatuf. As the point ( ) represents two distinct sounds, viz. a (b) and o (o), it is necessary to give particular rules for its pronunciation. (A) It is pronounced o (1) It it is written with shew ( ), in which case it is a half -vowel (| 6), as D^HX noon, pron. tso/trai/im (fsoh" roylm) . (2) In the words D' l ^^p r holy ones, and &V}'Vl) roots, which were originally *D^lp and * ' (3) If it stands in an open syllable followed by chatef- /Mmels, because in such cases it usually represents a sheva, which has been changed to avoid two shevayim coming together, as i?i^3 for * J l i ?yEl his deed. (4) In words where the vowel following it was originally chatcf kamets, which has become changed into a full vowel, as DlH^n for (5) In a closed unaccented syllable, i.e. (a) Followed by sheva ndch, as HDOn wisdom, but with met eff it is pronounced a, and the s/teva is nan. as HID 1 ? she learned. T : >T 1 The sign * written by a word shows that the word is either obsolete or supposed to complete an analogy. 10 ORTHOGRAPHY. [ 19. (b) When the next consonant has dagesh forte, as D\TO houses. T (c) At the end of a word, as DpN I will arise. "TT (B] In all other cases it is a. 19. On the letters N, H, H, y, "} As the letters N, i% n,y, "1, cannot take a dagesh, its omission is compensated for by a lengthening- of the preceding vowel. (a) P attach becomes Jcamefs, as Tjpn the city, for *"V#n becomes & and y, and sometimes 20.] CHANGEABLE AND UNCHANGEABLE VOWELS. 17 even under N, as !TiT , nTP, "l.njtt , "RM : but it is often ' : v : : v T : : ' changed to a compound sheva, as H Tl'N I will send up. When rTi n, or y stands at the end of a word, preceded by any long vowel but kamtts, a patlach is written under the PT. H, or y> but pronounced before it, following in sound the long vowel, as !TQ3 high, IT~1 he smells, JTTV knowing, Before H and y short chink and segbl, segbl usually, and sometimes even tsere and chblem, are changed to pdttdch, as !~QT sacrifice, for * !"QT - 1 v *^ v v Sometimes even the vowel following n or y is changed to pdttdck, as DW he will slay, for *Bnt^; li?: 4cy, for Sometimes c^m/fc in the first syllable of a word either before or after H or y is changed to segol, but it is gene- rally unchanged when it stands under the H or y and the next letter has dagesh forte, e. g. H^J? for *rb^f P attach before n is usually changed to segbl, as ^iQnPF the mother-in-law, for *JYiDFTrT Pdttdch is also changed to segbl before H and y in words which have not the T T < * accent on the first syllable, as lionn the noise, pjfil & iniquity." 20. Changeable and Unchangeable vowels. If a long vowel is, or was originally, followed by one of the weak letters, it cannot be changed for inflection, and is therefore called an unchangeable vowel, e.g. "0 candle, for "P3 . 1 See 27. On the " Segolate Nouns." 2 See 23. On the Definite Article. C 18 ORTHOGRAPHY. [ 21. The short vowels in unaccented syllables followed by a dagesk or s/teva ndch, and also the long vowels when they have been substituted for short vowels to obviate the neces- sity of placing a dagesh in one of the letters N> H, !"T, y, 1, are also unchangeable, e.g. NZ2n sinning, fns trouble, for rns . 21. On the Servile letters. The letters N, 1, H, 1, \ 3, "?, Di i> $ Jl. 1 are used in forming inflections, and are termed servile letters. N> 2. S ttf > can only be used as prefixes ; the others either as prefixes or suffixes. Arranged mnemonicalh' PART II. ETYMOLOGY. CHAPTER I. ON THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. 22. In Hebrew there is only one article, the definite, which is expressed by the prefix il with a dagesh forte 1 in the next letter, as IJtt a boy, TWH the loy. Its form was probably originally 7i"T> for we see in Arabic the Os corresponding prefix is Jl dl, tbe sound of which is assimilated in like ** & * manner before certain letters, as eljwl , pron. dssdmdwdt, not dltd- tndwdt, as written, the heavens. 23. Before the letters N> H, IT, y, "I, which cannot take a dagesTi, the pdttdch is sometimes changed to jl^oi or kamets (see 19). (1) When the first letter of the word is N or 1 the article takes kdmets, as YINH the land, H^Tf the seer. (2) When the first letter is y, pointed with any vowel but kamets, the article also takes kamets, as 1 See 9. 20 ETYMOLOGY. [ 24, 25. (3) If the first syllable of a word be accented, and its first letter is H or y pointed with kamets, the article < < also takes kamets, as "liTl the mountain, pyn the T T *t T people. (4) But with words beginning with H or y that have not the accent on the first syllable, the article is < < pointed with sfyol, as POnn the noise, "jiyn the iniquity. (5) Words beginning with H always take the article pointed with segol, as JTDnn the mother-in-law. (6) When the first letter of a word is H or n, with any vowel but kamets, the article takes pdttdch, as "ibnn the clay, ^Qnn the vapour. 24. When the first letter of a word is pointed with shevd, especially if that letter be 1> % 7> D> or 1 the dagesh forte is usually omitted, as "IfcrJl the river t VJ^pr\ the garment. 25. Almost all monosyllabic words pointed with pdt- tdch change the pdttdch into kamets after the article, as in a mountain, "liin the mountain. T T Exercise 1. Prefix the article to the following words : .D-ID TTTT 26.] THE NOUN. 21 i CHAPTER II. THE NOUN. 26. Gender. There are two genders in Hebrew, mas- culine and feminine ; the gender of nouns is distinguished by their form, and meaning ( A) Nouns masculine : (a) Names only applied to males, as 13, son, ^pD king. (&} Names of nations, as 7>N"V^ Israel, p^DJJ Amdlek. \ i ~ T : ' T -: (c] Names of rivers, as /"HD Euphrates, ]^T Jordan, {d} Names of mountains, as 3,"Tf Horeb, WD Sinai, (e] Names of metals, as 7]"O iron, ^DS silver. (/} All nouns that have not the characteristics of feminine nouns. (B) Nouns feminine : (a) All nouns ending in H , Jl > f], f^~> or ' as HEpr? wisdom, n"1^3^ glory, W13- covenant, rtdy& kingdom, /l^ knowledge. (b] Names applied only to females, as Di< mother, r\3. daughter. (c) Names of cities and countries, as $13 Ethiopia, ^2 Babylon. (d] Names of the double members of the body, as oot, ft? eye. 22 ETYMOLOGY. Exercise 2. Give the genders of the following words ,ra , 27. Segolate Nouns. Segolate nouns are those nouns which we consider, although they consist of three consonants, to have had originally but one vowel, either pdttdch, chink, or kamts chatuf, which followed the first consonant, and therefore were monosyllabic, to which state they were reduced by the dropping of some termination, prob. D > corresponding to the Arabic nunnation (un) ; thus *D37? * * L ( = Arabic iall* pron. mdlik-un) became *J?Q 'Q" 1 ?! ( Arabic ^=>i dhikr-un) became *"13T. But as the Hebrews found difficulty in pronouncing such words, an in- distinct vowel, generally segol, was placed after the second consonant, the primitive vowel in most cases being altered, pdtfacb becoming segol; chink, tsere ; kamete chatvf, chblem. But when the third, letter is s the primitive vowel invariably becomes s&gva, 1 when the second letter is * it remains unchanged ; in both cases the helping vowel is chink. When the second consonant is 1 the primitive vowel becomes kamGts, and the helping vowel is segol. When the second or third consonant is H, PI, or y the helping vowel is pdttdch, and in the case of words whose original vowel waspdttdcti it remains unchanged. 1 Except in pause, when it becomes segbl, tsere, or chbUm. 27.] THE NOUN. 23 Thus Segolate Nouns may be divided into five classes : (1) Regular Segolates. (2) Those having ^ for their third letter. (3) Those having " for their second letter. (4) Those having ") for their second letter. (5) Those having H, n, or y for their second or third letter. CLASS I. CLASS II. Orig. vowel. Prob. origi- nal form. Existing form. Orig. vowel. Prob. origi- nal form. Existing lorm. l *;te? * * O.3. O3. in pause ^33 "Or ;?n .. : *w ? T : ^ ^ CLASS III. CLASS IV. CLASS V. Orig. vowel. Prob. origi- nal form. Existing form. Prob. origi- nal form. Existing form. Prob. origi- nal form. Existing form. *rP ^ * JT1D .9 *!'$* # ^^V : ; T T~I^ i But some nouns with two segblim have cJnrik for their original vowel, as TJ~121 knee, oi'i^inal form 24- ETYMOLOGY. [ 2830. With suffixes (see 40), and in the construct state of the plural (see '38), Segolate Nouns regain what we assume to have been their original form, with the short simple vowel after the first consonant, as ^D , H3T , fattf The inflections of Segolate Nouns will be given in their order with those of other nouns. 28. K umber. There are three numbers, singular, plural, and dual. 29. The plural is formed by the suffix Q^ to mas- culine nouns, by J"ti to feminines, the characteristic termi- nation of the latter being dropped; there are, however, a few exceptions, in which masculine nouns take the feminine affix for the plural, and rice versa, as 2N m. 1 father, pi. JTDN, A'?/ house, pi. 30. Vowel changes, fyc., in the formation of the Plural : (a) Words ending in ^-y- 2 form the plural by adding D , as nay a Hebrew, pi. Dniy . Feminine nouns in JV take a dagesh in the * before the pi. suffix, as J"inxp* an Egyptian woman, pi. 1 See 46. On Irregular Nouns. * Patronymics are formed by the suffix s for the masculine, J"P or JT for the feminine. 30.] THE NOUN. 05 (6) The pdttdch under FT, fT, and y at the end of a word is omitted before the pi. termination, it not being required, as .JPUflD a saviour,?}. D' i, pi. nirm . (c) Nouns masculine with tsere in the last syllable change it to sheva, as tOSflltf judge, pi. D'pSflltf; but monosyllables with tsere retain it, as \y tre<>, pi. D':$ ; but 13, son, has pi. D*32 - 1 (d) When the syllable before the last has changeable s, a sheva is substituted for it, as ]YlN &?/ N, when the D is pointed with tsere instead of chink] 7? 3i 2? are usually pointed with sheva, which is changed before another sheva to chink ; before a half vowel to the corresponding full vowel ; before ^ they are pointed with chlrik, the sheva under the ^ being dropped. Before the definite article, 3i D> or 7 generally takes the vowel-point of the !~f, and that letter is dropped, as "IpZlJl the herd, ")j^? ^ the herd ; "Vjyn the city, "VyS. in the city; JTlCnn the mother-in-law. niDn? to the mother-in-law. But T V T V 'Z3 is seldom found before the article, ]O being substituted. (B) Suffix. H to, towards, in, as HJTBn in the house. Nouns ending in H change the H into /I before the suffix H, as Jl.njO.3 to Gibeah. T T : (C) Words. [*btf] * 7^ i to. towards, at. ['32 > *3D] > ]D i v: r DJ^ i D^ with. 7^1* > wear, a^, by. o account of the Jive, Gen. xviii. 28. T ,\ 1 The words in brackets are rare. 35.] THE NOUN. 29 [yl>]> by, upon, against, on, above, by, over, on accoun t of. 5^3> "03 * before, over against, opposite to. far as. ^S)^> before. nro*, :|- npl > under, instead of. 3> between. SO 5 "'SP ' according to. , Ti, 3, without, * * * besides, except. , 1 [=V tt^, w>5^ (M) to], belonging to. 35. Example of a word with prefixes, suffixes, and other prepositions expressing the " cases " : Corresponding Case. Without the article. With the article. Nominative TV city. TPn the city. T Vocative . [TV] O city. TynOc%/ Accusative of motion . Tyor j -(-<> j towards a Tyrtor ( * T ^ __, ._ (towards the Genitive (see 36). Dative Vjfrtvacity. TVx to Me ei^y. T Ablative . vya/-<%. TViVp from the city. T * and locative . T^73 in a city. "1^2 f : T - !: - D33 (14) : parr luforto* (is) : a^trt 'v v - - TT : v v T : : 1^:1 qy (is) : bn^n- 1 Exercise (1) Over against ia] the mountain. (2) The custom with C/1] the people. (3) By [^N] the stone. (4) An altar under the mountain. (5) A man without knowledge. (6) To Saul, to the camp. (7) Bread according to (the number of) the children. (8) Israel (is) over against [~tt3] the mountain. (9) In the tent over against [HDi] the table. (10) Excepting to day [DVH] . (11) Joab (was) over ["to"] the army. 3 (12) Contentions between brothers. (13) Before Aaron. (14) The sheep (are) to the west of [say "behind"] the desert. (15) From (the beginning of) day till night. 1 See 414. * Jer. xxxix. 1. * 2 Sam. xx. 23. ^ 36, 37.] THE NOUN. 3 L 36. On the Absolute and Construct States of Nouns. In languages in which the cases are expressed by inflections, as in Latin and Greek, when two nouns qualify one another, the qualifying noun is changed, and is then said to he in the genitive case ; but in Hebrew it is not so, the change taking place in the qualified noun, which is then said to be in the construct state, and the qualifying noun, which remains unchanged, is said to be in the absolute state, as lH3rr "II"! the word of the priest (verbum sacerdotis], where ITl is in the construct state, ]H3n in the absolute. 37. A. FORMATION OF THE CONSTRUCT SINGULAR. I. Words without Feminine Terminations. (a) The following nouns do not change for the con- struct : (1) Those having unchangeable vowels (see 20), as ^ip voice, "Tplp top of the head. (2) Monosyllables pointed with tstre, as \V tree, I\g time. (3) Polysyllables with tsere in the last syllable, and an unchangeable vowel in the syllable before, as "liiV a potter. (4) Monosyllables which should properly have the last syllable double, and which are not pointed with kdmefs, nor followed by a mdkkef, as 2^ [for 12 1 ?] heart. 32 ETYMOLOGY. [ 37. (5) All segolate nouns accept those with 1 or ^ for their second letter, as TJ^Q king, bV3. master. (b] Segolate nouns with 1 or ^ as consonants for their second letter, change 1 and ? in the construct into T and "* , as J")1Q death, construct /TIE death of, JT3 house, construct JT3 (c) Monosyllables pointed with changeable kamete, and polysyllables with changeable kamets in the last syllable, and an unchangeable vowel in the syllable before, change the kamets into pdttdch, as D 7 ! blood, construct Q^T , 3/^DQ a letter, construct 2/;pQ (d] Words with an unchangeable vowel in the last syl- lable and a changeable kamets or tsere in the syllable before the last, change the kamets or tsere into sheva, as TpE) overseer, construct TpE) ; fllN lord, construct p"TN . But if the syllable before the kamets or tsert be pointed with sheva it is changed to a short vowel to prevent t\\o~shevaylm coming together, as fQjn famine, VQjn; also ]1^3T remembrance, fH3T. (e) Words having both the last syllable and the syllable before pointed with changeable kamets or tsere, change the vowel of the former into pdttdch, and that of the latter into sheva, as DDIT wise man, construct DDFT; T T lightning, construct p1]3; "likH court, construct A few nouns with changeable tsere in the last syllable and changeable kamets in the syllable before take two segblim in the construct, as ^JIS shoulder, construct 37.] THE NOUX. 33 (/) Words ending in il change the segol into tsere, and if the vowel of the syllable before be changeable it becomes sheca, as HTF seer, construct JITI; field, construct II. Words with a Feminine Termination. (a) Nouns ending in J1 and J"l do not change for the construct, as 711^3/1 glory, J"iy21Z3 ring. (b] Nouns ending in H change that termination to T} , as min law, construct J^TIJl. If a changeable kamts or tsere be in the syllable before the last it is changed to sheva, as JIH)^ lip, construct Fti'D . But if a sheva precede the kame'.* or tsere it is changed to a short chirik, as n.TTjk 'TT : righteousness, construct J"IJT1 5 unless it is under or before one of the letters N> H H, y, "1, when it becomes pdttdch or segbl, as nppr cry, construct /Ij^f Exercise 5a. x (3) : vi^'7"D^ rl rfw ( 2 ) : n^D niD nn (i) (6) : D^ D^ (5) : ^arT'/i^ isn:a (4) : 17,7 N 1 ? irna ^DW^ (8) :jni ni^ Jiy^ vyo ( 7 ) ^T^aan : ^ - -T:|T: TT T : l*a 1TIT (9) 2 :TT^^ /inB'^a^ [to her hushed] .."-.. r .. . ... : . 1 Ex. xix. 18. 2 Ruth ii. 1. D 34 ETYMOLOGY. [38. (13) ^SJTTTN JTO (12) ;-pyn pn (ii) : INP Jipbn (io) V*"; 1 "! "TV T ~ I V ^roi "to Q'TO rnfe (15) : Exercise 5b. (1) As the clay (is) in the hand of the potter. (2) The voice of the cry of the daughter of the people. (3) The wrath of the king. (4) Out of the land of Moab. (5) The counsel of the elders. (6) In the mountain of Ephraim. (7) Abner, captain of the army. (8) Michael, the daughter of Saul. (9) The assembly of Israel. (10) The law of Moses. (11) Into the hand of the king of Moab. (1-2) Abigail, the wife of Nabal. (13) At the end of the city. (14) After the death of Joshua. (15) The altar of -[the] Baal. 38. B. FORMATION OF THE CONSTRUCT PLURAL. I. Words with the plural termination D^ (a) The following nouns simply change D^ to s : (1) Words with unchangeable vowels, as rulers, constmct */^ (2) Words the last syllable of whose singular has an unchangeable vowel, and the syllable before kumets or tsere,&s tf~TN lord, pi. D'JTM , construct 1 Prov. iv. 18. 38.] THE NOUN. 35 (3) Words which in the singular have a changeable tsere in the last syllable, and an unchangeable vowel in the syllable before, as ")SV a potter, pi. construct (4) Segolate nouns whose second letter is 1 or V as ]1N transgression, pi. D^HN , construct (5) Words which should have the last letter of the singular double, as D^ people, Q^P , ^V (6} Words the last syllable of whose singular is pointed with changeable fcamets, and the syllable before with an unchangeable vowel, change the khmets to sheva, as DrO2 a letter, pi. D^ADQ, construct "Q.HDD. T : T : : : (c) Since words with changeable fcamets or tsere, both in the last syllable and the syllable before, change the first kdmets or tsere into sheva in the plural absolute, in the construct this sheva is changed to ch\rik (or with N, il, FT, y, or 1 to pdltach], the second Icdmetx or tsere of the singular becoming sheva, as 131 word, plural abs. D^l 7 !' construct ^2 a (is) : p 'byvroy (" : D^: TTSS (is) : ' - Exercise 63. (1) The books of the law. (2) In the courts of the temple. (3) Vessels of gold and vessels of silver. (4) The stars of the heavens. (5) The inhabitants of Bethshemesh. (6) As the days of the heavens over the earth. (7) With wood of cedars and with wood of cypresses. (8) With hailstones [stones of hail]. (9) The words of the men of Jabesh. (10) The eyes of the king of Babylon. (11) From the extremities ["thighs"] [dual] of the earth. (12) The servants of the king of Israel. (13) The slain of the Philistines are in the way of the two gates [dual]. (14) Among the calves of the peoples. (15) The peoples of the earth. ETYMOLOGY. 3942. 39. The construct of the dual is formed in exactly the same manner as that of the plural, as : ]*% eye, dual absolute D?3^ , construct nsiv Up, D\nsfr, T r T : ' 40. Possessive Pronouns. As possessive pronouns are expressed by suffixes to the nouns they qualify, and form an essential part of the declension of nouns, we have thought it best to introduce them here. The following suffixes are made use of with singular nouns : SING. PL0B. pers. masc. fem. 1 my > * pers. 1 our masc. fem. 2 thy tj TJ 2 your D3 P 3 his, her !)J"I or i n or PT T T 3 their DH or Q T 1Q poetical in orl - 41. When the first letter of the suffix and the last letter of the noun are consonants a vowel-point is inserted between them, which is usually tsere, as -133^ our king, ^flTN thy husband. ^\, DD, ]D never take a " binding vowel" except that *[ sometimes takes segbl, as f\D)D thy horse, ^T^Q thy king, DDrQilNI their love, ]3"7l^ their (/.) servant. ^42. In the table the third person of both genders and numbers will be seen to have two forms, one commencing 43, 44.] THE NOUN, 39 with a vowel, the other with a consonant ; the former is affixed to nouns ending in a consonant, the latter to those ending in a vowel, as ITlltf his ox, PT"fittf her ox, DTIltf their ox, ]T)$ 1heir (/.) ox.; but liTrTtf his brother [or VPTN], nTTN her brother, DnTT their brother, ]HTW their (f.} brother. However, DJ1 and }r? are often affixed to nouns ending in consonants, and then take the binding vowel tsere, as D'T^iltf their ox, >"}T^ ^ e ^ r (/) ox ' Nouns ending in H change the H into T\ before taking an affix, as mi^ laiv, irnin his law. 43. Nouns in the plural having the termination 0' drop the D : the chink changes according to the suffix. The following are the suffixes, preceded by * as the sign of the plural : SING. PLUB. pers. 1 my muse. fern. pers. 1 our masc. fern. 2 thy Tr T- 2 your 03'- 13' 3 his, her v or -in 1 JT T "TV 3 their D-Tr T-Tr 44. The termination .TH does not change, but the strange anomaly has arisen of placing a ' after the J"l, so that words having the plural suffix JY) with a personal suffix following it, have in reality two signs of the plural ; as, VJtlOTD his mares, ^rrTlTON their (/. ) maid-servants. But D/tf is often used instead of DrTJT), as T 7 " their dwellings (1 Chron. vii. 28). 40 ETYMOLOGY. [ 45. 45. The suffixes \ *[, ^, i, in, FT , H, and y are termed light suffixes, and are usually affixed to the absolute state of the noun. They are accented, except when preceded by a binding vowel, when the latter takes the < < , accent, as YIQ'W my beauty, but ^3/Q thy king. The suffixes DI), ID, DH, and ]H, are termed 7/ iia (4) DIT^II orprwx (3) (8) :inpi^D frioji (7) :vnji ^rrn qjn (6) ' T- : v (9) : p3 Tiyttr (12) : Dinna (ii) : ina^ .:':- .:: T : : T3tf (13) ; Exercise 76. (1) My commandments, my statutes, and my judge- ments. (2) My beloved (is) in his garden. (3) Thy (/.} neck (is) as a tower of ivory. (4) His eyes (are) like doves by the stream of waters. (5) My wine and my milk. (6) Esther's girls and her chamberlains. (7) Their infants, their wives, and their sons. (8) A cubit (is) its length and a cubit (is) its breadth. (9) In the time of their trouble. (10) On account of our sins. (11) After the (desire of) their (/.) heart. (12) Your (f.) ornaments. 46.] THE NOUN. 41 46. Irregular Nouns. The following list of Irregular Nouns should be very carefully learned, as the greater part of them are in extensive use. 3N (primitive no\m] father, constr. ^N^with suffixes "ON, *p3N, V3N or VT3N, iT3N , WIN, D3'3; plur. JTQK, ' T T T T T T f . T construct HN brother, construct TTN , with suffixes TIN ,T!1N , D3TJN ; T : T i T : plur. DTTN, construct TIN , with suffixes 'HN , TON , iTTlN , -: ' v - T v - ^ 5W/^r, construct Jl'in^ pi. abs. and constr. not found, pi. with suffixes W Kf*U tt^ za (for tt'JN), plural usually &&$ (from *KT3N), but three times D^N, viz. Ps. cxli. 4, Prov. viii. 4, Isaiah liii. 3. nON maid-servant, with suffix ^.HBN , plur. JTHDN construct TVtiVt woman (for * rTCttX), construct D^N , with suffixes t^, plur. [Tib construct 'ttttf with suffixes JT (m.) ^OMW, construct JT3, plur. 0^3 1 construct ^3 , with suffix 03^3 T V " T 13 son (for * m3), construct ~]3 , seldom ~}2 , ^3 Gen. xlix. 11. 1J3,Num. xxiii. ISandxxiv. 3, 15. With suffixes ^3,*p3; plur. D^3, construct ^3, with suffixes ^3, , rria, 033, 42 ETYMOLOGY. [ 46. TO daughter (for */lJ3), with suffix TO; plur. JtO:i construct JTG21. &n father-in-law, only found with suffixes ^pEH, xxxviii. 13 and 25; 1 Sam. iv. 19 and 21. JTI!2n mother-in-law, only found with suffixes rTJTIDrT, Ruth i. 14, and ii. 11. DV day, plur. D^D" 1 , construct ""D? ; dual D^OI* v3 vessel, plur. D^3 , construct v3 . D'D plur. water, construct 'D , and (more rarely) *O*O with suffixes WD, VD*O, DITM. i ... T .. .... .. TJp city, (/.) plur. Dny, construct ^['3 , -liTD > or VD , ITS) , D^^D , D-l*3 , plur. D^D , and .HV3 figurative. tiVh head, (for tt^) plur. D'^l (for *DWl), construct Exercise (2) : Tan (6) : Tjnian (5) : a^ 712 rrofsn \nirrN (4) ; T T I .. _. . T T . T . _; . . (8) ; ?nN noi T (7) : : rmrr -p n^ (is) : oyn ^i - (12) : T ! V V **T T T " T V (is) : !?KT^ ji> T : jrjai ^ia irts 46.] THE NOUN. 43 Exercise 85. (1) On his sister's hands. (2) My master's wife. (3) The daughters of the Canaanites. (4) The waters of the river Euphrates. (5) As a cage is full of (N.?Q) birds, so (]3) their houses (are) full of (OWP) deceit. 1 (6) Vessels of gold and silver. (7) The drinking vessels (say vessels of drinking) of king Solomon (were of) gold. (8) The women in the king of Judah's house. (9) The children of Machir the son of Manasseh. (10) Cities for your children and folds for your sheep. (11) His days are as the days of a hireling. (12) The elders of Israel and the heads of the tribes, the chiefs of the fathers of (t>) the children of Israel. 1 Jer. v. 27. ( 44 ) [47-50. CHAPTER III. ADJECTIVES. 47. Adjectives agree with the substantives they qualify. When epithets they follow the noun, and if it has the article or a personal suffix they take the article, as flBjJ ]2L a little son, flajjn ]3T1 the little son, flEjsn ^3, my little son. When predicates they do not take the article, as, my son (is) little, 48. Gender. The masculine has no distinctive termi- nation: the feminine is formed by the suffix Jl . the " T ' vowel changes being the same as if it were a light pro- nominal suffix. Masculine adjectives in IT simply change the segbl into kdmets ; those in J"l and Jl remain unchanged, e.g. IPZD good, fern. rQiZD ; HSP beautiful, fern. HEP- TT 49. Number. The plural is formed in exactly the same manner as that of substantives. The dual of adjectives is never found. 50. Degrees of Comparison. The degrees of comparison are not formed by inflections of the adjective, as in European languages, in fact there are really no degrees of comparison at all. Where in English you would say " the father is better than his son," the Hebrew is faJlQ 3Ntjl 2113 the father (is) good from his son ; " the strongest ox of the herd]* "1p212 "VQin Tl$n the ox strong among the herd. ^ 50.] ADJECTIVES. 45 Exercise 9a. W ni (3) : D'tf32 nsrn (2) : ^N-VZFQ tyisjn 'jna ^ (i) T- TT- -T:-- T : T prn (5) ti^ny nn BJTI 'JIN (4) ivjrtra o'an p^arr (7) : D^n D'p^ vi-o ( 6 > : ns (io) : nsi >3ih D^I (9) : DNI^"^-^ Van ^^a (8) - c ' T T : - : ^rs nnyio "i/i* (12) 2 : DDH * ...... T T T Exercise 93. (1) A good woman (is) more desirable than gold. (2) All the ways of a man (are) pure in his eyes. (3) The redemption of their soul (is) precious. (4) From the rising of the sun till its going down, His name (is) praised. 3 (5) My tongue (is) a pen writing quickly. (6) In the scroll of a book (it is) written of me [^]. (7) A false balance [say "a pair of balances of deceit"] (is) his abomi- nation, but a just weight (is) his delight. 4 (8) The thoughts of the righteous \_pl.~\ (are) justice, but the counsels of the wicked [pi.] (are) deceit. 5 (9) Deceit (is) in the heart of the imaginers of evil, but to the counsellors of peace (is) joy. 6 (10) Solomon my son (is) a boy, and tender, and the work (is) great. 1 Prov. xi. 30. Id. xii. 15, 3 Psalm cxiii. 3. 4 Prov. xi. 1. 3 Id. xii. 5. 6 Id. xii. 20. ( 46 ) [51. CHAPTER IV. NUMERALS. 51. Cardinal Numbers. The Cardinal Numbers from 2 to 10 are in Hebrew abstract substantives (cf. triad, nonad, &c.), but are also used like adverbs (see 435-6). The numbers from 3 to 10 have each a masculine and a feminine form; but, curiously enough, the feminine form is used when referring to a masculine noun, and the masculine form when referring to a feminine noun ; e.g. six men, O'tttt lift) six women. WITH A MASCULINE NOUN. absolute. construct. TON WITH A FEMININE NOUN. absolute. construct. "1 7T "1 "T "n nzton nil".:' yvn 52, 53.] NUMERALS. 47 52. The numbers from 11 to 19 are expressed by the units followed by ten, but not joined with a conjunction. 1 The feminine numerals take the unit in the construct. All these numerals are always used as adverbs. Masculine. 11 " Feminine. DW rntoi; vitf mivy IE^ : v : 53. Twenty is expressed by the plural of ten; the tens from 30 to 90 are expressed by the plural of the corres- ponding unit. They are all common gender, and have no construct. Tn numbers consisting of tens and units, in the earlier books of the Bible the units are placed first, in the later books the tens : they are nearly always connected by the conjunction 1 0) and, e.g. ruttf UV&\ IMBn, Gen. v. 21, but 3 DTtfl D'tt'w 1 Kins xx. 1. 15=T'B, not ,T". 48 ETYMOLOGY. [54. 20 -a into? 60 "D DW 21 N"D Trwi DHfry or DHtojn "rntf 70 y D^at0 &c. TV: : v :-.: TV 30 "V trtfte 80 "3 D^blfr 40 "a D7^n 90 -s WJ! 50 "3 Q'^on 54. The numbers above 90 are as follows : 100 200 300 &c. 1,000 2,000 3,000 &c. 10,000 20,000 30,000 &c. "p HNQ fern, (constr. /ISO , pi. "I DT1ND ( dua1 )- tf Jli^Q 10^, &c. masc. (pi. D'S)^ thousands). (dual). , but in later books ^2"1 (121.), ?' crrrtsn ^uai). , &c. 55.] NUMERALS. 49 55. Ordinal Numbers. The Ordinal Numbers from 1 to 10 are as follows : fern. first second . third fourth fifth, " & / masc. fern. sixth . seventh, eighth, *?, ninth . tenth . [N.B. The student should learn 435 et seq., on the syntax of the numerals, before writing- the exercise.] : rra tinp Exercise lOa. in T in (i) win I'ttrj; 'jroa (3) : n:i^ D^2iN3 (2) T I 7 T T T T niD^ y^jn (5) : aa^ in^ ^^ Q'IM ^t^" ]:i /w (6) : K^N nia^i narn (7) : nari nito (8) ' : niainst. =1 ias (9) 2 : 1 Job xlii. 12. 2 Judges xx. 10. 50 ETYMOLOGY. [ 55. antorn ^ o^cm QTIND j*fcn ^N - :r 'vv -:j- - T ' : : 6 V Exercise 10$. (1) Two tables of stone like unto the first. (2) The twenty-fourth day of the seventh month of the fifth year. (3) Three cities on this side of the Jordan. (4) All these (are) the sons of Jediael, by (?) the heads of their fathers, mighty men of valour [pi.], seventeen thousand and two hundred goers-out of the army to war. 1 (5) A hundred talents of silver, and ten thousand corim of wheat, and ten thousand (of) barley. 2 (6) In the second year and in the third. (7) The tenth year of Zedekiah, king of Judah, which was [N^H] the eighteenth year of Nebuchadnezzar. (8) All the assembly (was) as one, forty-two thousand and three hundred and sixty. 3 (9) The tenth (part) \_fem.~] of an ephah [with article] of meal as a sin offering. (10) On the first day (there is) a holy convocation, and on the seventh day (there is) a holy convocation. (11) Captains of thousands, and captains of hundreds, and captains of fifty, and captains of tens, and officers to their tribes. 1 1 Chron. vii. 11. 2 2 Chron. xxvii. 5. 3 Ezra ii. 64 56.] ( 51 ) CHAPTER V. PRONOUNS. A. Personal Pronouns. 56. The nominative case is expressed by separate words, which are as follows: SINGULAE. pers. masc. fern. "Q.5N > in pause OiN 1 I . . < ' I : -AT 2 thou . n.TW T * 3 he, she, it PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. f' 1 we . < 3n2N> in pause UTON -l^nj^ I urn, 1 oi* 1 unj, 1 wx 1 2 you DT V?.n:n 3 they on, nan - in, nan T " 1 Rare. ETYMOLOGY. [ 56. Exercise 11 a. .^ 1 en o^n (i) /mn wn D'rtpg 3J?3p (4) : *x ^ (3) (7) : DJIN nsya (6) s : <3pN TIN z -iown (5) (8) 5 : DHD *6 --tiTON D03 ajnn 123 ^3 pNJTa r^ cni (9) : onso T T T " T ' ' V T T T : " V V Z ' T : : ions Trs ym (ii) : T^N -n^ TJH nn (io) : v : ' :T : : - ' T ' v T T - niis ^3 (is) : nan ^"p. \DD V (12) (14) nan Kf (i6) ; JT-Q ms ^a (is) Exercise 113. (1) They are wise women [women of wisdom]. (2) I (am) not better than my fathers. 7 (3) (Be) thou cursed by the ground. 8 (4) I (am) the daughter of Bethuel. (5) I (am) Joseph, your brother. (6) Blessed (is) he and blessed his name. (7) She (is) my sister. (8) You (are) a people stiff of neck. (9) I (am) placing my covenant with you [03^] and with your seed after you [Q^irW]. (10) I also (was) in my dream, and behold three baskets 1 Ex. xxxii. 16 ; J~nn ^ 8 O1 ^y f un d there. 2 n is an interrogative particle=Latin ne (see 68). Gen. iv. 9. 4 ^3 a ^> with personal suffix. s Gen. xlii. 11. 6 Gen. xlii. 6. 7 1 Kings xix. 4. 8 Gen. iv. 11. 57.] PRONOUNS. 53 of white-bread (were) on my head. 1 (11) "We and our ground (are) servants to Pharaoh. (12) He (is) behaving very wisely. (13) Who (am) I, and what (is) my life, or the family of my father in Israel. 57. The accusative case is expressed (a) by suffixes to the preposition JIN (/ttt) , (6) by suffixes to the verb (for which see 88 et seq.}. The following table shows J"IN U"lfe) with personal suffixes : SlNGULAB. pers. masc. fern. 1 2 thee . . [in pause "TTJlfej *Tj"lfe ?TJ^fe T " ' : T 3 him, her, it .... IJlfe . rlDfe T PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. 1 us .... wife WIN T 2 you .... mm V. 3 them . . DHJIN or QPfe 1^0^ or ^^ or H^nfe (rare) T T 1 Gen. si. 16. 54 ETYMOLOGY. [57. Exercise 12TUO wn (7) ' TT T T (io) : ^ns IOSK;: ^:n (9) ; 1^133 nnY* 'T T:--:- T:- T -AT: on Exercise 12i. (1) Law and commandments, statutes and judgements, thou hast taught [J^"ja^] us. (2) He (is) bringing us to this land. (3) The sons of the king, seventy men (were) with [-TW] the great (men) of the city (who were) bringing them up. s (4) He (is) bringing them to the land of their inheritance. (5) Lest we burn [TNW] thee and the house of thy father with fire [21]. (6) (There is) no man receiving me into the house [n of motion.] (7) All which I (am) showing thee, the structure of the tabernacle and the structure of all its vessels. 3 1 Jer. vii. 19, fj interrogative (see 68). 3 2 Kings x. 6. Ex. xxv. 9. 58.] PRONOUNS. 55 58. The Dative Case is expressed by b or "?N, with suffixes : SINGULAR. pers. masc. fern. 1 to me . . . . . rj >btf ^ >! ?N 2 to thee . TT^ , HD^ in pause 'T 1 ? Tpbtf nS JpStt ': T : 'T ' v ' T ' 3 to him, &c ^ V^N nb H^N PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern 1 to us . ;nS wS^ S 2 to you . . 3 to them . .1311^, Qrfo QiT*?Vt poet. ID 1 ? Exercise 13a. bin ^^ i&trn ^3 o^am ^32 nijan (i) 56 ETYMOLOGY. (5) : HDIKD on VN (4) : nan i nish'n T : v T T \ : - > : T \ : - (she has returned) ,-Qltf * (6) : T T T bx (7) : n^y^Dii rrnn; (9) : nb D3p, i 1 from me . < < > ^aaa & c - in pause MJD I 2 from thee . *jaa , in pause ^ja a ^aa 'laaDj poet. i ' Mia , inap V naaa T V * PLUBAL. pers. masc. 1 from us 2 from you . D3p 1|P f ona, nana, 1 3 from them . ^,.13,1? poet. DH3D i * :: } 1 Deut. iv. 7. 2 Ex. xvi. 29. 58 ETYMOLOGY. [ 60. 60. The Locative is expressed by suffixes to 3. SINGULAR. pers. masc. fern. 1 in me ^3 "1 2 in thee . TT2 , in pause "!T21 . "!O ' : T T 3 in him, &c. . \2 . PQ PLURAL. pers. masc. fern. 1 in us . U3 . m T T 2 in you . D321 . p3 3 in them . 0.12 , D3 , Exercise (3) : -^D niBi ?pn (2) : ^2 nioii DIN ni^N (i) T' v - '-: ' T - T T vft\ fiao Nin n|?H)J N 1 ? nK-irr n^art (4) : is (5) ! : Deut. xxx. 11. 60 -J PRONOUNS. 59 0'itiBi D'pra D^Np:tf (6) ijnyr oya ovn ru' 3 (8) paap toarc >n* wn (7) '^ : ona r n (ii) : ^ r ?fap Jiipnin anyrrVp^ [thou shait do] (is) : nan Exercise (1) There (is) not one among them. (2) All (that were) stronger than he. (3) And the men of Ai smote [-13^] of [la] them, [as] thirty-six men. 6 (4) (There is) a blessing in it (mage.). (5) Is not [N^n] the arrow away from thee and far off? (6) Is this man Coniah a despised broken idol ? is he a vessel in which there is no delight ? [Turn, 2, and 3, forming 1!D^ , to3, , and 1D3 , which are used as separate words as well as with suffixes.] SINGULAR. pers. masc. fern. 1 as I . OiD3 ^103 T T 2 as thou . ^jiD3 not found 3 as he, she, it ^nios rnc3 T T T pers. 1 as us 2 as you 3 as they PLURAL. masc. fern. D33, D3iO3 not found 13 , DH3 , DHiQS ]H3 , ,13.13 T r T v : T T T 1 Ibn Ezra's /-Qtf /TiaK " Letter on the Sabbath," date 1159. 62.] PRONOUNS. 61 62. Most of the other prepositions also take suffixes, in the same manner as nouns. Exercise 150. tt^N (3) : D33 uw on &) : ?p3Sb n^^ vbn (i) V T T T ' V T : ' V T T T ~; (5) ' : TOJI HJJ '2n*o) * IIDJ j> '3 (4) : (6) 2 :irrnrm ninak ' (8) M ' (9) 4 ; (ii) : v T :i v?^ ^5 (is) 6 : to IBS n ^:? (12) (and i will \rifrpm (i5)*:Dbs D*ni^n omnn (14) :D^ !._.,_ T . ... . : - establish) T T -: Exercise 15(5. (1) Abraham, and his wife, and all that (was) his [to him], and Lot with him. (2) For Solomon thy (/) son shall-reign [f?D?] after-me, and he shall sit [2& WH]] upon my throne instead of me. 8 (3) Excepting thee, a man 1 Ps. xxxviii. 18. 2 Gen. xli. 6. 3 j"inn with suffixes has the form of plural. * Isai. xlv. 21. Numbers xxii. 5, the only place where ^D is found with a sum*, for roi- 7 Gen. xvii. 7. 8 1 Kings i. 30. 62 ETYMOLOGY. [ 63. shall not raise up [V)'X D N "V tiff] his hand and his foot in all the land of Egypt. 1 (4) All my ways are before ["U3] thee. 2 (5) And the second choir-of-thanksgivers (which was) [the] going over against and I after it, and half the people from upon [to] the wall, from upon [to] the tower of the furnaces and as far as the broad wall. 3 (6) A pre- pared table (is) before her. (7) And the ass (was) standing by it, [^N] (./.) and the lion stood by the corpse. 4 (8) And I, behold me establishing my covenant with you.* (9) Behold me going (/.) after them. (10) Thou, and thy sons, and the house of thy father with thee. (11) The fat which (is) upon 6 it. (masc.) (12) These men are peaceable with us [-HN]. (13) Sixty men (are) running before him. (14) Behold me watching over thee for evil and not for good. 7 63. Demonstrative 'Pronouns. The Demonstrative Pro- nouns are as follows : Sing.: masc. ill (IT), fern. /INT (.IT, IT). Plur. : masc. and fern. n?Nt (7N, rare). There are also the very rare forms ni;TT s m., -IPn g f-, and PH 10 m. The 3rd. person Personal Pronouns are also used as Demonstratives . 1 Gen. xli. 44. 2 Ps. cxix. 168. 8 Neh. xii. 38. 4 1 Kings xiii. 24. 4 Gen. ix. 9, JIN with, with suffixes, is r\&. 6 ^y is used with suffixes not ^y. " Jer. xliv. 27. 8 Found only Gen. xxiv. 65 and xxxvii. 19. 9 Ezek. xxxvi. 35. ld Jud. vi. 20, and 1 Sam. xiv. 1, and xvii. 26, and as fern, in 2 Kings iv. 25. 64 67.J PRONOUNS. 63 64. To represent the Relative Pronouns (who, which, that) we have the word ~U#tf and its contracted form ltf with a dagesh forte in the next letter. With adjectives and participles the article is generally used instead of a relative pronoun. S 65. As the word ""lltftf is invariable. 1 in all the cases S y -; but the nominative, a personal pronoun is added, thus : Nom. -)$N who. Ace. Dat. i 1 ? "IH7N or ''b ~I$N to whom ' Abl. :tfD2 T^N or yap 1$N from whom. AW. and Loc. fa -}#N or fa l &c., in (Ac) toAow, Ac. 66. The Interrogative Pronouns *O who ? and HD what ? are used for both genders and numbers. HD becomes ilD before H, and generally before n or y if not pointed with kamets ; as, RVTTTD, Num. xiii. 18. Before il, PT, and y, HD is generally used, as FWy H3 Sometimes HO is use'd before other letters, and HD is often used, it then being followed by a dagesh forte, and usually joined to the next word by a mdkkef, as "?1p HD, ^'HD- 67. The Interrogative Adverb ^ where? followed by HT &c., are also used to express who ? as Ac. mean to him who, Ac. * lift* /! ^ eans 64 ETYMOLOGY. [^ 68. 68. Simple direct interrogations are introduced by H (equivalent in meaning to the Latin enclitic ne) prefixed to the first word, as ^Q^n hast thou set ? Before a sheva Jl becomes H. and also before #> H !"T, N, if not pointed with Jcamets, as Elton, 1 imNn. 2 Before - : - T -- ft, n, n, or y it becomes n, as pmn. 3 Letters pointed T T T T V ' TT V with sheva following the H interrogative often take a dagesk forte, as TT!?-^ Exercise 16#. nas TO ni.T Dn | nabD^o (i) V'A~ 4T : v T v T i- T : ' JT T < T |- .nprr JI^T (3) : ^t^> -ns nr (2) 4 : ^^3 n^y jinr '- \ - v |v v t v : 3 (4) : - T : T ^nsn nyo n^rn nnan /IN 7 : ]io^n ^3 by n^ann nynn "i^P 1 ? "^H K ^~ (6) nninsn nnan /li^st ^33 (8) : rrsh nn^-no (7) (he dictates) ^np> via (9) ; H-in nni 1 Num. xiii. 18. * 2 Sam. vii. 5. Num. xiii. 18. * Exod. xv. 11. 5 Deut. iii. 5. 6 Deut. xxix. 13. 7 1 Sam. xxvi. 1. 68.] PRONOUNS. 65 Exercise 166. (1) What (is) this land on which he (is) dwelling, (is) it good or evil ; and what (are) these cities in which he (is) dwelling, (are) they in encampments or in fortified (places) ?' (2) What [rT '] (is) the way. (3) Art thou not pjTNn] seeing what they (are) doing in the cities of Judah, and in the streets of Jerusalem? 2 (4) Where [HT *Vt] (is) the place of understanding. (5) Behold me giving this city into (3,) the hand of the king of Babylon. (6) The chief of the herdsmen of Saul [say " which (were) to Saul "]. (7) The land whither I am bringing you [say "which I (am) bringing you thither "]. (8) Two kings of the Amorite who (were) on the other side of the Jordan. Exercise 17 a. Recapitulatory. mrrtoi v/nrp-'m inihy to ptfan ^3 ftb (i) : T : T : T : T -: : T : 4 : nyrg DMV main TJ-PT pja i/ian (2) 3 : nttrnj isn.1 nan (4) ; oi^ ^^""i^^ fei Di^p ^3=) tibti njnsi (3) -wy ji^ona Day Dn^noi "ijn|33 T r v -:)- T v - :|~ (6) ' : orr 1 Num. xiii. 19. 2 Jer. vii. 17. 8 Ex. xxvii. 19. 1 Is. xliii. 16. s Judges viii. 10. 6 Idem, viii. 19. i' 66 ETYMOLOGY. [ 68. noTT (7) : itfNQ noaijn na T v T : T .. : TV: : T :j y n!?rfatca rrra'3, D'a' TIN (8) : oibtf rrmvu T : T -T ' v T T v : 3 DpTO DTDBtfoi D'prr ft-iitft* tola ^a TOI (9) : 11331 T : ' \ v -: T T ; (io) i : oVn 03^ ]ru ob^ lift* /w*rn nnir^rt 3i^i 3iiD vi 1 ? Dnakn - -T : T :31 nrma D>a3rr >in (ii) 2 : -ID^ pina-i pina 1 ? na unto " "-: T. T : ' T T : - T ( n (12) 2 : ;: inb own Exercise 173. (1) Your land (is) a desolation, your cities burnt of fire, your ground in-your-sight strangers (are) eating it. 4 (2) For with the sword, and with [the] famine, and with [the] pestilence I (am) makiug-an-end-of them. (3) Giving the sun for a light by day, the laws of the moon and the stars for a light by night. 6 (4) Doing mercy to thousands and recompensing the iniquity of the fathers to the bosom of their children after them. 6 (5) Is there not one father 1 Deut, iv. 8. * Is. v. 20, 21. 3 Jer. xiii. 13. * Is. i. 7. * Jer. xxxi. 35. 6 Jer. xxxii. 18. 68.] PRONOUNS. 67 to-all-of-us ? (6) And behold-them a desolation this day and (there is) no inhabitant in them. 1 (7) And (the) Philistines (were) standing on the mountain on-one-side, and Israel (were) standing on the mountain on-the-other- side, and the valley (was) between- them. 2 (8) And a helmet of copper (was) on his head, and (in a) cuirass of scales he (was) clothed, and the weight of the cuirass (was) five thousand shekels (of) copper. 3 (9) Behold the people [the] going forth from Egypt. (10) The princes of (the) Philistines (were) passing over by (*?) hundreds and by thousands, and David and his men (were) passing over in the rear with Achish. 4 (11) Behold me bringing my words to this city for evil and not for good. (12) And all the land (was) weeping [ pi.], a great voice ; and all the people (were) crossing over, and the king (was) crossing over in the brook (of) Kedron. 5 (13) And one prophet, an-old-(man) (was) living in Bethel. (14) I am eighty years old [say " A son of eighty years (am) I '*] . 1 Jer. xliv. 2. * 1 Sam. xvii. 3. 8 1 Sam. xvii. 5. 4 1 Sam. xxix. 2. 5 2 Sam. xv. 23. ( 68 ) [697]. CHAPTER VI. THE VERB. 69. The third person singular masculine of the perfect tense of the simplest form of the regular verb (called kal, see below) which is considered to be the stem or crude form of the verb, consists of three letters, the first of which is always pointed with kamgts, the second with pdttdch, tsere, or cholem, e.g. ~TS) he has visited, "T13 he was heavy, ]lOp he was small. Verbs with the second radical pointed with pdttach are generally transitive, those with tsere or cholem intransitive, and express a quality or a state of mind. 70. From the simple form of the verb arise certain verbal derivatives, which are formed according to the same rule in all verbs, by vowel changes in the primitive, and addition of consonants, and each of which has generally a distinct meaning. The Hebrew word for these inflexions is 0^3, formations, and we make use of the term Form in preference to Conjugation, which is that in common use, retaining the latter word in the same sense as it is used in European grammar. 71. There are seven forms in general use. The primitive is called ^|5 light, on account of having no formative additions except the personal affixes, &c. ; the 72.] THE VERB. 69 others are called DH33 heavy, and names are given to them from the different forms of the old Hebrew paradigm bl7SJ he has done, (the use of which, however, has been discon- tinued on account of its having # for its second radical). 72. The forms may be divided into three classes, Simple, Intensive, and Causative, each being again sub- divided into voices, thus : SIMPLE. Voice. Form. Example. Active Kal Tgfi he Ka visited. Passive Reflexive Niphal w i [Tie was visited, he has visited himself. Voice. Form. Active Piel Passive Pual Reflexive Hithpael INTENSIVE. Example. "JpJ he visited many (hence, he has mustered). "T[5D he was mustered. '- he mustered himself (hence, he was mustered). 70 ETYMOLOGY. 73, 74. Voice. Active Form. Hiphil Passive Hophal Reflexive wanting. CAUSATIVE. Example. lie caused to visit. "IpEJil he was caused to visit. All these forms are rarely used in the same verb, and the meaning often varies very much from the regular signification as given above, e.g. IpS Niphal, properly, to visit oneself, or to be visited, has lost that sense altogether, and has the various meanings of to be missing, to be set over, to be punished. 73. Besides these forms there are several others which are more rarely found in Hebrew, though some are in frequent use in the cognate languages. They are all closely allied in meaning to the intensive and causative forms. 74. Those allied to the intensive are as follows : Poel ("Tp ! )3) , passive Pool (TpiS) , reflexive Hithpoel ("Tp s )3r)n) ) seldom found except in verbs whose second and third radicals are alike. Pilel (Tips) > passive Pulal (TTJ59) > reflexive Hithpalel 5 \ (TlpS/in) , used especially of permanent states or of colours. It is most general in verbs with T for their second radical. 75 77.] THE VERB. 71 Pealal (1(51 J53), which expresses generally a quick and often repeated motion. Pilpel, found only in verbs with the second and third radicals alike, and those with "| for their second radical, as ^j)^3 to roll, from ". 75. Those allied to the causative are as follows : Tiphel Shaphel 76. All the forms except Pual and Hophal, which have no imperative, have three Moods, indicative, imperative, and infinitive. The indicative has two Tenses, the Perfect and the Imperfect ; the former expresses a finished action, hence often the simple Past ; the latter an unfinished 1 action, hence often the Future ; and a participle. (For the use of the Tenses, see Syntax, 455, 456.). 77. Vav conversive. A great peculiarity of the use of the tenses in Hebrew is that in narrating past actions, where more than one verb is used, the first verb stands in the perfect, the succeeding ones in the imperfect ; and that, in describing i\& future actions, the first verb stands in the imperfect, the succeeding ones in the perfect; e.g., " There was (perf.) a man in the land of Uz, . . . . and there were born (imperf.) unto him seven sons." Job i. 1, 2. " The Lord shall bring (imperf.) upon you .... the king of Assyria. And it shall be (perf.) on that day that the Lord shall hiss for thefiy"&e- Isaiah vii. 17, 18. In such cases all the verbs except the 72 ETYMOLOGY. [ 7880. first take the prefix 1 and, which, when prefixed to the imperfect, takes the longer form ' 1 which is called the 1 conversive. 78. The 1 conversive of the perfect is exactly the same as the 1 copulative (and"), but it generally transfers < the tone when on the penultima to the ultima, as < I have visited, with 1 conversive 79. The 1 conversive of the imperfect is usually pointed with pdttdch, and takes a dagesh forte in the next letter, as "TpSH and he visited ; but it takes kamets before an N, as "JpHJNI and I visited ; and the dagesh is often omitted before ^ pointed with sheva, as VRjjfrl and they taught. 1 When a shortened form of the imperfect of a verb exists, the 1 conversive is prefixed to it, as TpET he will set over, "Tj?Sn and he set over; and the tone is often transferred from the ultima to the penultima, as he will arise, shortened Dp* . with 1 conversive I T In the first person, however, the shortening and the transferring of the tone to the penultima are rare. 80. Besides the regular verb, there are three classes of irregular verbs, forming ten conjugations. (a) The so-called " Guttural Verbs/' one of whose radicals is N if, H, y, and in some cases 1 forming four conjugations, viz. : 1 See 24. 80.] THE VERB. 73 (1) " E> guttural/' * having- H, n, y, or 1 for the first radical, as "TQ1? Tie stood. (2) " 37 guttural," having N, n, H, y, or 1 for the second radical, as BTOJ he killed. (3) " ^ guttural," having n or V for the third radical, as rfpttf he sent. (4) N"S), having N for the first radical, as V^N he ate. ((5) Contracted Verbs, in which one of the radicals is assimilated or elided, forming two conjugations : (5) ]"E), having 3 for their first radical, as *?p3 he fell. (6) y"V , having the second and third radicals alike, as 22D he surrounded. (c] Quiescent Verbs, one of whose radicals is a weak letter which quiesces or is elided in different parts of the verb, forming four conjugations: (7) v '9, having ' for the first radical, as 3t^ he sat. (8) V'y and *'y , having 1 or ' for the second radical, as D'lp to rise, \*3. to understand. (9) N" 1 ?, having N for the third radical, as K^D to find. (10) n"^, having .1 for the third radical, as rfo to reveal. Some verbs are irregular in more than one respect, as ^ to come, \W to go out, &c. (see chap, xix.)- ' The names of the conjugations are taken from the old paradigm , thus 3=rst radical, y=second radical, ^>=third radical. ETYMOLOGY. [81. All verbs that do not come under any of the above heads are regular. 81. The following are the prefixes and suffixes of the Perfect, Imperfect, and Imperative; which formative syl- lables are the same in all verbs except as regards the points. Perfect? SlNGULAB. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. i \n vn - I is U iJ 2 .n .n 2 Dr\ v? 3 no affix n 3 i ^___ r Imperfect. SlNGULAB. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 1 s> s> 1 3 3 2 ^ , n 2 r\ .n nj jn s T : 3 s r\ 3 ' : "i * 1 The persons of the perfect are expressed entirely by suffixes, those of the imperfect by prefixes and suffixes, and those of the imperative entirely by suffixes. THE VERB. 75 Imperative. SlNGULAB. PLTTHAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 2 no affix s 2 1 " (I J ~~~~~ T ( 76 ) [82. CHAPTER VII. THE REGULAR VERB. (A.) Kal. 82. The following are the perfect tenses Kal of (a) "TJ23 to visit, (<5) 723 to be heavy, (c) ]bp to be small. SlNGULAE. pers. masc. fern. i rnp9 \ni33 vuap was vni < < .< 2 mps 71133 T :'-T T : ~ T 3 ipD 133 lap mpD m33 n:^p '-T T 'T T':JT T:|T T : 'JT PlUEAL. pers. masc. fern. ' < < r<^ x < < i )133 T 82.] THE REGULAR VERB. 77 MVTJ33, &c. become in pause ''JTTpS , &c., mp3, OmpS, VT733, &c., become in pause \TTO3, &c., (1133, H33. : ~ T IATT TA- T A-T Exercise 18a. T -- : : : T rwN *by a^i^p na? (3) ; DV ^H (7) : po-npm nm (6) ; "m ^T^>D %rn ^13.1^ (5) T : - T 'T : T : T ' v T v : - T () : in ilna (ioj : rrrinn^ n-]3r ^ (9) : TT^ (12) ; >.n^3 n^^ TOH n3na.T3 - K (11) ' :TT v -: v - v -:j- - T ': a an 1 ? 'vroi (13) JVSD n^rr (16) : sfato ti3J3 ii3J ^3 (is) : m33 non^an TT : T|"TTT: - : (17) : ion ^ war (is) : T n ? ^ n^s^ n.3TDrr IJT ^ im arntfi (is) : 'DK a^nbn n_n ^3 ipT 1 Is. xxvi. 9. 2 Taking dagesh forte . s I*v. i. 11. 78 ETYMOLOGY. [^ 83. Exercise 18#. (1) We stumble in the noon as (in) the night in fat- fields as dead-men. 1 (2) Now upon whom dost thou rely [thou reliest] , for thou didst-rebel against-me. 2 (3) And I will draw \_perf. with 1 conv.'l to thee to the brook (of) Kishon, Sisera, captain of Jabin's army, and his chariots and his multitude. 3 (4) My people, its taskmasters (are) children, and women rule over [3] it. 4 (5) And all the hearers shall place their hands on his head, and all the assembly shall stone him. 5 (6) And the land shall mourn [per/, with 1 conv.~\ every family [say " families families "] alone. 6 (7) And thou shalt number \_perf. with 1 conv.] unto thee seven sabbaths of years. (8) And they were not afraid, and they did not rend their garments, the king and all his servants who (were) hearing all these things. 7 (9) And they shall bury there Gog and all his multitude. (10) And all iniquity shuts \j>erf. ,] her mouth. (11) And the sons of Zedekiah they killed before [say " to ""] his eyes. 8 (12) The old-men have ceased from (the) gate, the youths from their song. 83. The following are the Imperfect Tenses Kal of S and 133 ; that of Pp is conjugated like "T33 1 Is. lix. 10. 2 Is. xxxvl. 5. 8 Jud. iv. 7. 4 Is. iii. 12. 5 Lev. xxiv. 14. 6 Zech. xii. 12. 7 Jer. xxxvi. 24. 8 2 Kings xxv. 7. 83.] THE REGULAR VERB. 79 SINGULAR, pers. masc. fern. 1 "Tp3N 133N "ipSN 133N 2 1p$r\ 133^ 3 lp3^ 133? ipsn PLURAL. pers. masc. fern. In pause npBjn, nj59Jp, HpS)^, become H^BJn, &c. The first person singular and plural, when they express an exhortation or request or with 1 prefixed, often .take the suffix H-J- (called H paragogic}, e.g. HTpEJN fc< ^ let us visit. The second person singular fern., the second person plural masc., and the third person plural masc. sometimes take a suffix 1 (called ] parayogic], which causes the tone to be HO ETYMOLOGY. [ 83. moved to the last syllable, but which does not change the < < < meaning of the word, e.g. ]Hp3.n , VHprJri , TTTJ5SP . Exercise 190. 3 -?pjno in** nij^i (2) : vrwa #N 12133 ^nio (i) (4) 2 :rpniJi ^~~ipN Dnyarnjy O) 'j^a.i rtfNa frrr VTOp-^ fOTTp? D^rrbin PJI ^n5 -iDn-r n (6) 3 :DHiTrr nn;~r iiorn (6) 8 :n ; ri Di s rr (8) : D^it^Ni rhfty ~i3rn ?^ (7) 4 : - (9) s : D^ONan in ron D 1 ?^ rna D3 1 ? TV:|V - T : - T ** : -,- T )v -on (io> : mo 9 : ruatifcn 070^ >3wj (13) : -TO^ ^ D^n T?.T^ (12) Exercise 193. (1) And they remembered \imperf. with 1 corcz?.] that God (was) their rock, and (the) Almighty, (the) Most High, their Redeemer. 10 (2) And he reigned \imperf. with 1 conv.] 1 2 Kings xi. 2. ' Euth ii. 21. 3 1 Sam. v. 5. 4 Ez. xx. 40. 5 Is. Iv. 3. 6 Neb. ix. 25. ' Gen. xlii. 9. 8 2 Chr. ii. 15. Is. xxxii. 3. 10 Ps. Ixxviii. 35. 84.] THE REGULAR VERB. 81 there seven years and six months, and thirty-three years he reigned [per/.] in Jerusalem. 1 (3) Lest I take the city. (4) And thou didst prolong for [^P] them many years." (5) And they sold Joseph to the Ishmaelites for twenty (pieces of) silver. 3 (6) And all her spoil thou shalt gather together into the midst of her street, and thou shalt burn [perf. with 1 conv.'] in the fire the city and all her spoil. 4 (7) And he buried him [imperf. with T conv.~] in his sepul- chre in the garden of Uzzah, and Josiah his son reigned [imperf. with 1 conv.~] instead of him. 5 (8) And (the) Philistines gathered together [imperf. loith 1 conv.'] all their armies to Aphek [Jl locale] ; and Israel (were) encamping by [3] a fountain which (was) in Jezreel. 6 (9) Thou shalt not approach to the door of her house. 7 (10) They [,/%.] shall lie down in a good pasture. 8 (11) And Rebekah and her girls rode ^imperf. with 1 conv.~\ upon the camels. (12) Wilt thou not judge [in] them for (there is) no strength in us before this great multitude that (is) coming upon us. 9 84. The Imperatives of Ip9 and 133 are as follows : SINGULAR. pers. masc. fein. 2 Ip3 133 Hp3 H33 PLURAL. pers. masc. fern. 2 !|1PB =1133 1 1 Chr. iii. 4. 4 Deut. xiii. 17- 7 Prov. Y. S. - Neh. ix. 30. 5 2 Kings xxi. 26. s Ez. xxxiv. 11. Gen. xxxvii. 28. (i 1 Sam. xxix. 1. ^ 2 Chr. xx. 12. G ETYMOLOGY. [ 84. n^S become in pause ^P?' -"HpS)- The third person is supplied by the Imperfect. The second person masculine singular often takes H paragogic, to place greater emphasis on the command, which changes the vowels, thus: lj}3 becomes fTpS), but in pause JTTbD ; 133 becomes iTT33 , in pause m33 T'A : - : T : TAT : Exercise 200. (4) 2 : -5^3; n* nam *jn ?rnna nrna (3) : nan T . T .. . : . . i : : T :T T (5) s :D s -t (6) 4 : T T : - : : D s to mnbn (7) Exercise (1) Polish the spears, put on the cuirasses.' (2) Re- member [wit A nj3arag.~\ [to] the mercies of David thy servant. 7 (3) Prolong thy mercy to them-that-know-thee [thy knowers] and thy righteousness to the upright [pi.] of heart. 8 (4) And now, inhabitant of Jerusalem, and man of Judah, judge ye now between me and [between] 1 Ps. xxv. 6. 2 2 Sam. iii. 12. 3 Esther viii. 8. * Is. Hi. 1. 5 Jer. xlix. 3. 6 Jer. xlvi. 4. 7 2 Chr. vi. 42. s Ps. xxxvi. 11. 85.] THE REGULAR VERB. 83 my vineyard. 1 (5) Learn well, seek justice. 2 (6) Lie down till the morning. O I 85. The Infinitive has an absolute state "PpS (the infinitives of ~O3 and ]bp are formed in the same manner 3 ) and a construct Ip3 * The absolute is used to strengthen or slightly alter the meaning of a finite verb, being placed either before or after it; its use will be further explained in the Syntax ( 461), e.g. TQ^ ^ TOt* he has not taken at all, Amos iii. 5. The construct, besides expressing the relation of the genitive, and being used with suffixes, is also used with prepositions when it has the meaning of the Latin gerund, e.g. 3/1D2 while writing. Exercise 210. (i) (4) : 1 Is. v. 3. 2 Is. i. 17. 3 There are, however, a few verbs with pdttdch in the InBnitive, as to le low, infin. ^. . 4 With mdkMf 5 1 Sam. xiii. 20. ' Jer. xxxiv. 8. 84 ETYMOLOGY. [ 86. (6) ' : niHn-H ntyna Vy - HTT i&N Dttfi * Dbtfn'a rutf nnsi T': '": "FT '-T TT ' ~ ; Exercise 215. (1) In my learning of the judgments of Thy righteous- ness. 3 (2) Shalt thou indeed reign over (ty) us, and shalt thou indeed rule over p) us? 4 (3) In the month Ziv, which [say " he "] (was) the second month of [say " to " the reigning of Solomon over Israel. 5 (4) And Joseph gathered corn as the sand of the sea, very much, until ["3 ~iy] he ceased to count, for there was no number. 6 (5) When I break [in my breaking] the band of their yoke. 7 (6) To keep thee in all thy ways. 86. The Kal has two participles, one being active, the other passive. 8 The active participles (visiting, &c.) of p3 . "T33 , and JDP are as follows : -T ~ T 'T 1 Jer. xvii. 2. * 2 Kings xxii. 1. 3 Ps. cxix. 7. * Gen. xxxvii. 8. 5 1 Kings vi. 1. 6 Gen. xli. 49. ' Ez. xxxiv. 27. 8 The passive participle is generally considered to be the remnant of an old form expressing the passive of Kal. 87.] THE REGULAR VERB. 83 SINGULAR. PLURAL. masc. "TpD 1113 ]bp trips DH33 traaj) fern. mpb ,mpb .1133 TOP v'v T': T : T ': n'npb nii33 Jii:bp The passive participle (visited), as it is naturally con- fined to transitive verbs, is always formed in the same manner, viz. : SINGULAR. PLURAL. masculine -npD DHips feminine rrnpr) niTipD 87. There being in Hebrew, as we have seen, no tense used exclusively of the present time, a personal pronoun with a participle is often used to express it. Thus, " / am visiting" (" I visit "}, &c., is expressed as follows : SINGULAR. masculine. feminine. * nip pers. 2 nr\x ip or T- 3 !in ipb or ipb ron ni^b NTT or rnpb N^ 86 ETYMOLOGY. [ 87. PLURAL. pers. masculine. feminine. 1 UTON DH,73 or DHpj 3 WTO* niips ^HJK 2 DriN DHpS or DHp 9 DP1N nnpb iriw 3 OH DHpS or D'* Tpb on niipb in visited" &c. is translated as follows : SlNGULAB. pers. masculine. feminine. 1 'IMN "I^pS or Tips >DJ^ rmpD OJN T T T ' T T ' : T 2 n^ TIpD or Tips n^ T - ' T ' T T - imps n^ T ' : : - 3 wn ~npD or -nps wn rmps wn T T ' : pers. PLUEAL. masculine. or feminine. DJW DHIpD or DH DHns or DHis on /irnps in 87.] THE REGULAR VERB. 87 Exercise 220. by\ (2) : ^into; o^ D'QTT n:n "e?"^ D\avi3 osn d) D'pnrmN ^v-ftr voitf (3) Mmisa n^irr^ ^jn nia ^HQ-^ * \ - v ~ T ; * T;T T - : - T T : T pnsb 133 (4) ' ; oi*n DircThO i:n oJ N I^N D^3*xtorrnw VT jiiD3 ^^ ^ ^n (5) 3 :i:ri2. Dn^> nnm yzh TT -": T : - -- bna, pj?a, nn^ns rmir nNzan (6) 4 : ;:-: T : T 5 : DrrnirQTD jTonp 1 ^ D3 1 ? m!r!^ n^-nn v - | : : ;'-: T- - - "by nzbb n^jn?l < 8) 6 : ^ 1 ? D tfan nniam do) ' : wtfrr ^nn3 ]iyn oi^a s; ,n (9) : yi^n T ; - : ' : T -:-: T r : ^ nnsri) IWD an? TI^TH ^EJ> T -; A' T 8 : ant TT '- T : t - : Exercise 223. (1) The priests are sprinkling the blood from the hand of the Levites. (2) And I am breaking forth into a great anger [say " And a great anger I (am) being-angry] upon the nations (who are) at ease, (with) whom I was angry a i Is. ii. 15. * Beat. v. 1. s Pv. xri. 18. < 1 Sam. v. 4. 5 Jer. xvii. 1. ' Lev. v. 16. r Is. v. 18. 8 1 Kings vii. 49. ETYMOLOGY. [ 88. little, and they [nan] helped [to] the evil. 1 (3) And behold the man elothed [conatrucf\ (with) linen-garments. upon [3] whose loins (is) the ink-horn. 2 (4) After whom (art) thou pursuing- ? after a dead dog ? after one flea ? 6 (5) (There was) no beast with me except the beast that I (was) riding 1 . 4 (6) Like a horse rushing- into war. (7) But hear-thou now this thing- which I am saying- in thy ear, and in the ears of all the people." (8) Those-that-lie on beds of ivory, that (are) stretched on their couches. 6 (9) His drawn sword (was) in his hand. (10) Behold it \_mascJ] (is) overlaid (with) gold and silver, and (there is) not any breath in its midst. 7 88. Suffixes expressing the object. To express the accu- sative case of personal pronouns suffixes are often added to verbs. These suffixes, which are very closely allied to those of nouns, are as follows : SINGULAR. pers. 1 me masculine. S J or ^J or \J feminine. \3 or ^J or ^ ^ 2 thee T or TT ^-' ^^) TT or TJ or 7[ < 3 him, &c. 1ft or T or !)ft or -in T ft or ft or ft V 1 Zech. i. 15. * Nehem. ii. 12. 2 Ez. ix. 11. 5 Jer. xxviii. 7. " Hab. ii. 19. 3 i Sam. xxiv. 15. 6 Amos vi. 4. 89.] THE REGULAR VEUB. 89 PLUBAL. pers. masculine. feminine. 1 us ft or ft or ft ft or ft or ft T 2 3 r ou D3 or DD (3D ) P r P-(P-) < < < 3 tliein D or D or D or D or Q T T ] or ! or ]- - or ] The suffixes commencing with vowels are added to verbs ending- in consonants, those commencing with consonants to verbs ending in vowels. The suffixes with the " binding vowels " kamets and pdttdch are added to perfects, those with taere and segbl to imperfects, imperatives, and infinitives, < < e.g. "OnjpD they have visited me, "01J3S he has visited me, T?!i?HT he will visit me. The suffixes f\, Dp, 13, when affixed to verbs ending in consonants do not take a binding vowel, but only skeva, as T!Er he will visit thee, D3TJ59?, T3"|l?3?- 89. The suffixes of the imperfect, and sometimes those of the imperative, often, especially in pause, take a 3, called the demonstrative 2, between them and the verb; which letter, however, is usually assimilated, the first letter of the suffixes taking dagesh forte, forming the following compound suffixes : 90 ETYMOLOGY. [89. SlNGULAE. pers. masc. fern. < < 2 i] (for ?T2 ) not found T' V X I ; .. / 3 !)!) (for !)rU ) Hi) (for nj 1 ... v . .. / T ... \ T : > PLTJEAL. pers. masc. fein. 1 !)3 (for .\J>1) SJ3-1 2 not found not found . Verbs with ( ) under the second radical retain it when it is in an open syllable ; as ^#3^ he has clothed me, but "OJT^^ thou hast clothed me. Exercise 2'3. (2) J : DIKH T ~.'|T T : vi TH DIDD I^TTN vn ^^ TO DINH I'DDI (3) : min> "isipn nrw : 1357 [were] (6) 4 : nn wnsp -upis^ (5) 1 Gen. ix. 5. 2 2 Chron. ii. 16. * Ps. cxxxvi. 24. 8 Lam. iv. 19. 89.] THE REGULAR VERB. 91 DsiipM (8) : w-n -itfN ^ (7) :-fly Drnapfc ma (io) ; ^ ^rn^ Dip? (9) : 1 : to 013-n T : Exercise 23. (1) And Moses sprinkled [impeif. with 1 conv.~\ it towards [H locale} the heavens before [say "to"] the eyes of Pharaoh. 2 (2) With all my heart I sought thee. (3) Let not the stream of water overwhelm me [imperf.~\ and let not the depths swallow me. 3 (4) What (is) man [ttf'ON] that thou shouldst remember him, and the son of man [DIM] that thou shouldst visit him. 4 (5) Thus thou pur- suedst them with thy storm.* (6) And they took it (/.) at the end of three years, in the sixth year of Hezekiah, which was [N^H] the ninth year of Hoshea. 8 (7) Behold I have refined thee but not with silver, I have chosen thee in the furnace of affliction. 7 (8) Six days ye shall collect it. 8 (9) The east wind has broken thee (/.) in the midst [say "heart"] of the seas. 9 (10) (With) corn and wine I have sustained him. 10 f Ps. Ixxxviii. 6. J Ex. ix. 8. * P- Wx. 16. 4 Ps. viii. 5. 6 Ps. Ixxxiii. 16. ' 2 Kings xviii.-2& / ' Is. xlviii. 10. 8 Ex. xvi. 26. 9 Ez. xxvii. 26. : -. 10 Gen. xxvii. 37. THE REGULAR VERB i i Suffixes. 1 Sing. c. Utyim, 2 Sing. f. 3 Sing. m. S. Ic. T'i TJTHPJP VJTTO3 2 in. < C in^ips) [ ^Ip3j 2f. WT29 pn*j;iip3i g \ : . K 3 m. < . _I T . ^J"^p3 T T! 1 *? ^ < < r ^njn~ip3\ 3f. ^3^T"TP3 ^/"np3 V T T I i -M PI. Ic. ^p3"Tp3 W2? mr^B 2m. TUnTgB ^n^nipB 3c. Wj?? 1^? ^|?3 ^nnps bi S. 3 m. ,^ pB , W nil??: )^^i59^ IPERFEC' with 3 demons. < ^3"TDH)^ J7W t. *q l i PI. 3m. TW 1"W Fiff! CTTW H M H S. 2 in. -':T mips B s h I M > H S ^"Tp3 TD"Tp3 rn^ll T3I?? ^TS S to i T :IT: 1 The other forms take the suffixes in the Tp3 (KAL 1 ), WITH SUFFIXKS. 93 3 Sin. f. nmps T :'- : rr.nis mips 1 Plur. c. ! 2 Plur. m. 2 Plur. f. wanting wantin wantin wantin 3 Plur. m. DlpD T'T: DW1J53 3 Plnr. f. WT33 T&1J53 nis DDlD Dis same manner, except the Piel, which see. 94 \7 '3 mi ton 171 irropn (3) mn^rrns T -:|T v r6n:i ms ETYMOLOGY. Exercise 24#. [ 89. n nipn -3 (2) : Dtf WSISNI (i) tflimT ntoyo im3 - (6) : (7) 3 : : (5) (8) 4 : Exercise 245. (1) And my anger, it (/.) sustained me. (2) A king to judge us like all the nations. 6 (3) And they met them by [by] the pool of Gibeon together. 6 (4) Keep them in the midst of thy heart. (5) Therefore I prolonged thee (in) mercy/ (6) And thou shalt take [per/, with 1 conv.] the bull of the sin offering, and burn [imperf.~\ him in the appointed place of the house outside of the sanctuary. 8 (7) For thou shalt surely bury him on that day. 9 (8) And Asa pursued them and the people that (were) with him as far as Gerar. 10 1 Jer. x. 3. 2 Chron. xxiv. 25. 3 2 Kings ix. 34. * P. cxxiv. 4. 5 1 Sam.viii. 5. 63 g am- ji_ 13. -, j en xxx j 3 8 Ez. xliii. 21. 9 Deut, xxi. 23. I0 2 Qbron. xiv. 12. 90.] THE REGULAR VERB. 95 B. Niphal. 90. The Perfect, Niphal of 1J59 he was visited (the verbs with ( ) and () only differ from those in ( ) in Kal], is as follows : SING. PLUB. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. i v^ips:) \rnpM 1 ttlpStf T0M 2 ^Hi'B? ^T!P3? 2 Dm^j l^npsu 3 Tpsj nips: 3 lips: npsj -: Exercise rs (5) :|T- T : D;r]^fe in (7) 8 nt^iij Dipan (8) ' - (2) (6) % 3 1 Gen. xii. 3. 2 Jer. xxxviii. 28. * Is. 1.1. 5 1 Chron. xxvi. 31. 3 Ps. Ixxxviii. 6. 6 2 Chron. xvi. 9. 96 ETYMOLOGY* isno rottft) (9) Mrrt : ^N-rttP ^a. mro vrcnpji (io) 2 : DIN "weft pttton .. T ..... . ..-I..; T _; T . I _ . Exercise (1) At the cry [voice], "Babylon is taken" \_perf. .], the earth was shaken and a cry was heard among- the nations. 3 (2) And all the nations of the earth shall be blessed in him. (8) And the soul of Jonathan was bound to [2] the soul of David. (4) And also you, you have sold your brethren and they are sold to us. 4 (5) And I shall be destroyed \_perf. with 1 conv.], I and my house. 5 (6) And I will hide myself [perf* with 1 convJ\ till the third evening 1 . 6 (7) And the sons of Judah and the sons of Israel were collected together. (8) And I will gather them together from the lands of their enemies, and I will be regarded as holy among them before [b] the eyes of the many nations. 7 (9) And your idols shall be broken \_perf. with 1 conv.~\ and cease. 8 (10) And sinners shall be destroyed \_perf.~] together, the end of the wicked shall be cut off [per/."]? 91. The Imperfect, Niphal of Ij^D (lie was being, or shall be, visited], is as follows: i 1 Sam. xx. 19. ' Nek v. 8. "' Ez. xxxix. 27. 1 Is. xvii. 3. 5 Gen. xxiv. 30. 8 Ez. vi. G. (> 8 Jer. 1. 46. 6 1 Sam. xx. 5. 9 Ps. xxxvii. 38. 91.] THE REGULAR VERB. SING. PLCE. pers. masc. fein. pers. masc. fern. 1 l "He** IpSN 1 TJ33J T ' 2 "^P^-O HpDri 2 npD-n nrrfen "T ;)T :|T T :'-? 3 -fprj> lp).n 3 TIpD^ nnpBD "T " " T " I T T J ~ T * Exercise 260. (2) 2 : own ria-w olrw ni^o rocn (i) TT - N -: r : ;: - : ,T- nvr ^i^ nau T^ (3) s : ^3> -isiaa DIDB T . .. .. ... T | .. T . T .._ '3tfn^ njn^ *>n^ vjsb fnat isp a/ian ' ^unf^Kt 5 : na^ n^ D^ ^T^nn^iNn 1 ) TP'WOS T^^^ 1^ ^ (4) 4 : T : - - i . - : i. -- : j- : ' : 6 ity c i.33.' ( '^bT yn D'o-i i? onb (6) (7) 7 : 1 The rfaye'sA /orte in the 3 compensates for the 3 found in the perfect. - Gen. viii. 2. ' Is. Iriii. 13. 4 Mai. in. 1 5 Jer. xlviii. 7. ' Is. xxx. 20. 7 Jer. 1. 9. s Deut. xv. 12. ' Ez. xlvi. 2. 10 Job. xiii. 20. B 98 ETYMOLOGY. [ 92. Exercise 26(5. (1) And the laud shall not be sold for ever, for mine [to me] (is) the land, for you are strangers and sojourriers with [1DJ/'] me. 1 (2) By day and by night they shall not be shut. 2 (3) And the wicked [pi.] shall stumble in evil. (4) And thou shalt be missed [per/, with 1 convJ], for thy seat shall be empty [missing, imperf.]. 3 (5) Shall not a week of days be accomplished, (and) she be shut-out a week of days outside the camp ? 4 (6) And my heart reigned [imperf. with 1 conv.] over me. (7) They shall not be sold for the price [sale] of a servant. 5 (8) (With) the burial of an ass he shall be buried. 6 (9) And Samson bent [j-mperf. with 1 conv.~\ the two pillars of the middle, upon which the house (was) founded, and it was supported upon them, one with his right hand and one with his lefL 7 (10) This (/.) shall be written for a later generation.* 92. Imperative (be visited, &c.) : SING. PLUB. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 2 "ipsn r.. T . npsn 2 npsn rmgsrr 1 Lev. xiv. 23. 2 Is. k. 11. i Sam. xx. 18. 4 Num. xii. 14. 5 Lev. xxv. 42. " Jer. xxii. 19. 7 Judges xvi. 29. 8 Ps. cii. 19. 93, 94.] THE REGULAR VERB. 93. Infinitive .-Absolute, TpSn or "1(333 Construct, "Tj33rr. 94. Participle, Ip33 , &c. visited. Exercise 27 a. ' DIN ]3 .-MINI (2) : Tn Z33tf "WT2N3 DVTt lpsr6 (1) T T ' v T - : TV v T : - '"T : 'jovorr Tr/isoi niTpn ^N TO nnaian *py *aa T~ :: ' v" '; T : - ' : : yopra (4) 2 : mnni 0^33 n^yi DQIITI D^DDH i3 (8) 'T * : T T : T : :| T : T : T -: (6) 3 : D'D-'pDim D^ 9 o m^: ny (5) : -HIT D V - - - : I T : - ati ijvn ^amnT ^0^.12 (9) :iji^ ^i/i^ -WDH () ^ T: ' v : ~ : ~ T : : v T 6 : DDI Exercise 27 1>. (1) When I am regarded as holy by them before their eyes. 7 (2) Behold me litigating with [Jlfc] thee.' (3) And he (is) recording the iniquity that they may be seized [say " to be seized "]." (4) And the one taken with 1 Ez. xxxiii. 30. 2 -Tob v. 13. 3 Ez. xxvii. :U. 4 Job xxxiv. 22. 5 Esther ii. 8. Gen. xlix. 2. v Ez. xxxvi. 23. 8 Jer. ii. 35. 9 Ez. xxi. 28. 100 ETYMOLOGY. [95. the devoted thing shall be burned with fire, he pJ"lfe] and all [~tevW] that (is) his [to him]. 1 (5) From the year of his being sold to him to the year of Jubilee. 2 (6) And you did not think of the broken (one) [/.]. (7) Our brothers the Jews that (were) sold to the nations. 3 (8) The nation (is) not ashamed. (9) And the boy Samuel (was) serving the Lord before Eli, and the word of the Lord was [iTn] precious in those days, no vision (was) spread abroad. 4 (10) Because thou longest (/.) very much for the house of thy father. 5 (C.) Piel. 95. The Perfect, Piel of IpE) (he has mustered many, &c., from a secondary meaning of the Kal, to muster), is as follows : - SING. PLUB. pers. muse. fern. pers. masc. fern. 1 TTTJ93 WJ53 1 H1J33 U1J5D 2 PlpD JTTI53 T :"- : :'- 2 Drilj53 l^lip? 3 6 i|5D rnpD 3 njJB !|T|33 1 Josh. vii. 15. 2 Lev. xxv. 50. s Neh. v. 8. 1 Sam. iii. 1. s Gen. xxii. 30. 6 Sometimes the second radical takes ( ) 96.] THE REGULAR VERB. 101 The dagesk forte in the second radical is the charac- teristic of the intensive forms. It is, however, sometimes omitted if the second radical is pointed with shtva. mpS , -"npD become in pause mpD , 11153 T': ' : T'| V" 96. The Perfect, Piel, differs slightly in form from the general rule, with the suffixes of the object. The fol- lowing is the third person masculine singular with those suffixes : SING. PLUB. 1 pers. com. ^"TpS 1 pers. com. T : 2 m. ?[-Tj 2 m. D ?l^ 2 f. ^l[5ip 2 f- 91? 3 m. ilpD 3 m. D1J53 3 f. JTTJ99 3 f. H)53 T': nrr Exercise (2) ' : I 1 ) 1 Exod. xxiii. 31. 2 Is. xxxvii. 6. 102 ETYMOLOGY. 96. nnsrr on^ nrqjn (4) ':inb^ "ay ^02 ^r /VINO IN Uttrn (5) 2 ;ron Din ty rrayn rras S 3 vrtfpa : : v- TT T -:|T T : |r njijn D3VTO (6) 3 : pjpN -m vty wisi raton -- " -: 'T T : - v v TT :r ^n (7) :onnn-Vy nrsp "^ -nrr "" DiTJiir nrsp i^ D^STT (io> : MD rma : .-!-- : I v -: T - : T v T v Exercise 286. (1) And every deed of his strength and of his power and the declaration of the greatness of Mordecai whom the king made great, (are) they not written in [say " upon "] the book of chronicles of [" to "] the kings of Media and Persia. 8 (2) And you shall sanctify \_perf. with T conv.~\ the sabbath day. (3) And I will strengthen [perf. with 1 conv.] the house of Judah. (4) The incense which ye burnt in the cities of Judah and in the streets of Jerusalem, you, and your fathers, and your kings, and your princes, and the people of the land, does not the Lord remember them? 9 (5) The waters make-him-great. (6) And from 1 Gen. xxiii. 16. 4 Jer. xxxi. 8. " Jer. xix. 13. 2 Nell. v. 18. s Prov. vii. 14. 8 Esther x. 2. 3 Num. iv. 13. 6 Ps. Ixxv. 4. 9 Jer. xliv. 21. THE. REGULAR VERB. 103 the lands he-gathers-them, from the east, and from the west, from the north, and from the south. 1 (7) Like this (/.), and like this, said the girl, who (was) from the land of Israel. 2 (8) (There is) none taking hold of her hand from all the sons (that) she has hrought up. 3 (9) Why do you recompense evil instead of good? (10) Thou hast not honoured-me (with) thy sacrifices. 4 97. The Imperfect is as follows : SlXG. PLUS. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 1 I?.?* " 1 1^03 ~I?3 2 Tpsin "npBD 2 njSlJ TOTi33^ 3 IPS)" "TpSn !.._. '- ; 3 VTO raria? Imperf. 1st person with H paragoge, sng. plur. rn|5W. become in pause ' c- Exercise 29a. i (2) ':to^ ate 1? ^W i Ps. cvii. 3. 2 2 Kings v. 4. * Is. li. 18. * Is. xliii. 23. s Deut. rir. 21. ETYMOLOGY. [97. (3) ' ; oaviN rfensi onsp ras (4) t (6) :D'jy ntttp 8! >tfj?a ^ oncttn -inSt (5) npsn ^a?i (7) 4 : (9) : n^n naian ?nair^ iaim (8) (io) : n-tr T\ Exercise 296. (I) And to the children of Israel thou shalt speak. (2) Before God I will praise Thee. 6 (3) Therefore a strong- people shall-honour-thee (pL}. 7 (4) And I, with the voice of thanksgiving, will sacrifice \witk H parag.~\ to thee, that which I vowed I will pay \with '"T parag.]* (5) And Moses wrote \jmperf. with 1 conv.] this song in that day and taught-it [imperf.witk 1 conv.'] to the children of Israel.' (6) The poisonous-lizard will take-hold with (her) hands and she (shall he) in the palaces of the king. 10 (7) Thou-shalt-deliver-me from the man of deceit and iniquity. 11 (8) And you collected \imperf. with 1 COHV.] the 1 1 Sam. vi. 6. 2 Is. xlhr. 25. 3 See 95. * 2 Sam. xv. 6. 5 2 Chr. xxxv. 13. Ps. cxxxviii. 1. 7 Is. xxv. 3. s Jonah ii. 10. ' Deut. xxxi. 22. 10 Prov. xxx. 28. " Ps. xliii. 1. 98 100.] THE REGULAR VERB. 105 water of the lower pool. 1 (9) She-shall-give-thee a crown of glory. 2 (10) And the fish of the sea shall speak of f>] thee. 3 98. The Imperative, Piel, is as follows : SING. PLUR. pers. masc. fern. pers. n.asc. fern. 2 ~Tp3 ^"TpD 2 nj-53 rmfDD l._ T .!.._ 2 pers. masc. sing, with Jl paragogic rnj-Q 99. Infinitive: Absolute, "TpD, and Construct, I|p3' 100. Participle, T???. &c. Exercise 3Qa. (2) 4 : i/i VI (i) 1 Is. xxii. 9. 5 Prov. iv. 9. < Numbers xxxv. 23. 5 2 Sam. xv. 31. 6 Job ii. 1"- 106 ETYMOLOGY. [ 100. (5) 'nnjn riNQ &x nai (6) 2 :n3^arr -I^ :. : - - TD.I nbtf (7) 3 : narn Exercise 305. (1) Take heed to thyself from speaking with Jacob either good or evil [say " from good till evil"]. 6 (2) Honour thy father and thy mother. (3) These men that (are) seeking thy life. (4) They do not speak [imperf.'] truth ; they teach their tongue to speak falsehood [the-speaking- of] . 7 (5) (It is) better (to be) humble of spirit with the afflicted than to divide the spoil with the proud. 8 (6) In the place which he will choose to cause his name to dwell there. 9 (7) And if we were burning incense to the queen of heaven. 10 (S) My God, cause-me-to-escape from the hand of the wicked, from the palm of the wicked and the violent. 11 (9) In order to teach you statutes and judge- ments. (10) Declare ye among the nations his glory, amongst all the people his wonders. 12 1 Jer. xxiii. 30. 4 2 Kings iv. 38. 7 Jer. ix. 4. 10 Jer. xliv. 19. 2 Esth. vii. 7. 5 1 Sam. xv. 30. 8 Prov. xvi. 19. 11 Ps. Ixxi. 4. 3 Is. X. 1. 6 Gen. xxxi. 29. 9 Deut, xiv. 23. 12 1 Chron. xvi. 24. 101.] THE REGULAR VERB. (D.) 107 101. The Perfect, Pual (he was mustered, &c.), is as follows : SING. PLUB. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 1 "FHpD VTTJ33 1 13"TJ53 : ~\ 2 JTlpS JTT!33 T :'-\ : :'-x 2 BJTTgS TjnT|93 i ... .i_^ 3 ips 2 mpD '-\ T':\ 3 \ n^ Erercise (2) 3 : (i) ana n n^D 2331 (4) : pv^a D^ T - S : - - - -rum (3) Uvercise 315. (I) The cities of the south are shut and (there is) no (one) opening (them). 5 (2) And he shall be washed [perf. 1 The passive forms Pual, and Hophal and the reflexive Hithpael, are not in such general use as the other forms. 2 In pause JTTpID . T'|T\ \ 3 Is. xxviii. 18. 4 Lev. xiii. 58. 5 Jer. xiii. 19. 108 ETYMOLOGY. with } conv.~\ in water. (3) There Abraham was buried and Sarah his wife. 1 (4) It was expiated by them. (5) And they shall be shut up [perf. with 1 conv.~] in [say "on" 7>y] a prison, and after a multitude of days they shall be visited. 2 102. The Imperfect is as follows : " SING. PLUE. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fem. 1 "Tp5N 1J35N 1 lp3J Tpaj ~\ ~! ~\~ : -\ : ~\ : < 2 "TpSJ/H 3 "HpS-FI 2 8 npsn n^ipsji -\ : : \ : : \ : T : - \ : < 3 "TpS^ "Ti9i3n 3 'nps^ n^p3D - S : -\ : :\ : T : -\ : Exercise 32a. (2) 4 : \ : VTT: P T\: -T: 3 na, T '- \ ^a niDia (3) 5 : nasw Dia, - - T : T : mfrtt vrwnx ' *nvn inpa iso^n (4) T-: JT ':T r ':- v'v- - s :- (1) T\: 1 Gen. xxv. 10. " Is. xxiv. 22. 3 In pause HpBn , &c. '| T \ = 4 Job xxxviii. 38. 5 Num. xxxv. 33. 6 Ps. Ixxxviii. 12. 103 - 105.] THE EEGULAR VERB. 109 (6) : ty )O > flag? 5 ! Tpna (5) 2 : ntar fly -a* ns4T2 p 1 ? (7) ^ntep VQ I _ ;| _ _. _ X ; . .. T .. T . . .. . Exercise 32. (1) It shall be accounted to the Lord for a generation. 3 (2) And thy sin shall be atoned for. 4 (3) A thing was brought secretly to me. 5 (4) They shall adhere firmly to one another [" a man to his brother "] . 6 (5) If this iniquity be atoned for to them. 7 (6) Will it be accounted to him that I may speak? 8 (7) He that keeps his master shall be honoured. 9 103. Imperative. Wanting. 104. Infinitive: Absolute, "T[53- Construct, 1J53- 105. Participle, Exercise 330. =631 (2) 10 : nb DTftrr 17 ' (3) ll : rrniinra Dnirro-i DH'^D TV -'T\: 12 n DHID n i run 1 Is. xxvii. 12. * Is. xxvii. 9. s Ps. xxii. 31. 4 Is. vi. 7. 5 Job. iv. 12. e Job xli. 9. " Is. xxii. 14. 8 Job xxxvii. 20. 9 Prov. xxvii. 18. 10 Ps. Ixxxvii. 3. 11 Jer. li. 4. 18 Ez. xlii. 6. ] 10 ETYMOLOGY. [| 105. rmm bxlw ^ (5) M Dnnyn : T ' * : " pan wip -itoyoi ' i&fl ">pa "itiwo orr DU rrnrr T'\ : - T^T - : - T 'TT - : - T T : (6) 2 : Drrr6N nirr 1 ? - (7) v v \ : T: v T : - T \ : -|T: \y ' norm poon (8) 4 ; ^Q ^i JI'D ryi ' T : 'T\:|- T\ : -: VT\: " : Q^rr Exercise (1) Who (is) this (/.) who (is) going up from the desert like pillars of smoke, of incense, of myrrh, and of frankin- cense with []D] every powder of the merchant? 6 (2) A land gathered together from many peoples. 7 (3) And the king of Israel and Jehoshaphat, king of Judah (were) sitting each on his throne, (they were) clothed in garments, in a level space, the entrance of the gate of Samaria. 8 (4) And Jericho had shut [(was) shutting] (her gates), and (been) bolted from before the children of Israel ; no (one) (was) going out and no (one) (was) coming in. 9 (5) And it (m.') shall not surely be cooked in water [say "and he was not cooked (kal}, being cooked"] . 1 Gen. xl. 15. 4 Gen. XT. 9. 7 Ez. xxxviii. 8. 2 2 Chron. xxxi. 6. ' Is. xl. 20. * 1 Kings xxii. 10. Ps. cxliv. 12. 6 Cant iii. 6. ? Josh. vi. 1. 106.] THE REGULAR VERB. (E.) Ill 106. The Perfect, Hiphil of 1J33 (he lias caused to visit, hence he has set over], is as follows : SINGULAR. PLURAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 1 ''JTfcEn HTj5gn i ^"Tpsn uipsn 2 rnpsn jnnsrr 2 DrvTpBn ]n*Tp3n T : -: : : -: ... .!_. . .!_. . 3 T i? S( ? n 7'i?? i ? 3 VTDBrr ITDBH ! Exercise 34a. 'n T4") nez9 mnan nDnarn^ nnb-rim (i) T T**;~ T;~ T**; ** v ; ; * s JR'f^rn (3) 4 : -r^p ^y .fmpn pr by (2) 3 : -jn^ ^^^.- (4) 5 :ij r:3~nNi TH^ pn-n TT v : ' T -: |- (6) ; ray Tpn!3 r/nam () : v v : - T (7) 'iDDb Kin rwaa nonsn tib HDIBI sin m3 : T : T : - T- onow \m3n 1 We follow the usual mode of arranging the forms, though according to our table in 72 the Hi-thpael should follow the Pual. 2 The prefix ,~T is the characteristic of the causative forms. 3 Lev. xx. 25. 4 Is. xlvii. 6. * Ex. xxviii. 41. 6 Alal. ii. 8. 7 Lev. xi. 6. 8 Is. kii. 6. ETYMOLOGY. L ^^6. 'roBp (9) :3^' TO rarnapn tf> () TON '3 (ii) ' : ^rnoN ^Ditf-^-ty rbwn *a (i) ' : '3 (12) 3 :Y~)N'7 "^3 a 4 : nay ~ T T Exercise 343. (1) I-place-thee to-day over the nations and over the kingdoms. 4 (2) Listen to [3] their voice, and thou shalt cause to reign a king for them.' (3) The sons of pride have not trodden-it, 7 (4) They flay their skins from off them, they break their bones, and spread them out as in a pot, and as flesh in the midst of a kettle.' (5) And skins of the kids of goats she put on his hands and on the smooth part of his neck. 9 (6) Until they had destroyed Jabin, king of Canaan. 10 (7) And I will darken their stars." (8) His sanctuary which he sanctifies for ever. (9) I-led- thee in the ways of uprightness. 12 (10) Remember do not forget (imperf.} that, which ye caused to anger the Lord thy God in the desert. 13 (11) In a dish of princes she brought butter near. 14 (12) Because our dwellings have cast (us) out. 1 Deut. uxi. 17. 4 Ex. x. 1. 1 Job. xxviii. 8. 10 Judges iv. 24. 1 Ps. cxxxviii. 2. 5 Jer. i. 10. 8 Mic. iii. 3. 11 Ez. xxxii. 7. 8 2 Chron. i. 9. 6 1 Sam. viii. 22. 9 Gen. xxvii. 16. u Prov. iv. 11. 11 Deut. ix. 7. - - " Judges v. 25. 107, 108.] THE REGULAR VERB. 107. The Imperfect is as follows : SlNGULAB. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 1 Tj?S TJ3SM 1 TpM TJ3M 2 TpSJJPl Ti??^ 2 TPpBJl nj"Tp3D 3 T<5SJ , lv ., 3n 3 nps^ n^ipBD r ....... 1st pers. with H paragogic : singular, !TPpH)Nf. plural, nTp33- 108. The Imperfect Hijohil of regular verbs has, in the first, second masc. and third masc. and fern, singular, and in the first person plural, a shortened form called the apocopated or shorter imperfect, which is similar in meaning to the first person with H paragogic (see 83) : it is very often used with T conversive. The modifications are as follows : SlNGULAB. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fem. 1 1j5S Ip3 1 T?M TJ593 2 Ip3^ . 3 -7pS)> IpSJR 114 ETYMOLOGY. [ Exercise 350. T3W (2) 'itf^n n roVi ' WJ 2? ".irrroN rax nnfl WK o^cn (3) : T : : ' T y (5) s : ttitfb nnn nrrnp: njn vsa p^ojn DN psi (6) 4 :rtVia /naio ^ '^n ^Bttrta ': - T VH naya no ' -12TV ia^ ipaa ^3^0 ^n (9) 7 : ^9^ nrnra : |- A : T v Exercise 35#. (1) The God who has given [" the giving "~\ vengeances to me, and He has subdued peoples under-me. 10 () Cut ye not off the tribe of the families of the Kohathite from among the Levites. 11 (3) And thy (/.) nations thou shalt not cause to stumble again. 12 (4) Every one that commemo- 1 Ps. xlvii. 4. * 2 Kings xiv. 21. 3 Job xx. 12. 4 Ps. xii. 4. 5 Ez. xxxi. 15. 6 Ps. cxlii. 8. ' Deut. iv. 41. 8 Is. v. 11. 9 Obad. i. 12. 10 Ps. xviii. 48. M Num. iv. 18. 12 Ez. xxxvi. 15. 109 111.] THE REGULAR VERB. rates it (/.) shall be afraid. 1 (5) [That] we made counsel sweet together, and (to) the house of God we walked in a crowd. 2 (6) The silly inherit folly, but [1] the prudent crown themselves with knowledge. 3 (7) All the bright lights [say " the lights of light "] in the heavens I will darken them above thee. 4 (8) And they divided all foreigners from Israel. 5 (9) Thou wilt cause him to rule in the works of thy hands. 6 (10) And we will cause a king to reign in her midst. 7 109. Imperative. SINGULAR. PLUEAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. < 2 rrpsn rrnpsn 110. Infinitive. Absolute, TJ39H or IpSR Construct, TpEH- 111. Participle, TfJSJD &c. (fern. iTTpSD, JTTJ530)- Exercise 360. 'rftN TQ3 (2) 8 : DTK *)2 imsna o^ia fpty ^mn^ (i) v : : TT : -norr^ (3) 9 : -im iprr DO^D lia^^ 4 121 T : - - T T T : 1 Is. xix. 17. * Ez. xxxii. 8. 7 Is. vii. 6. 2 Fs. lv. 15. 3 Prov. xiv. 18. 5 Neb. xiii. 3. 6 Ps. viii. 7. 3 Deut. xxxii. 8. 9 Prov. xxv. 2. ETYMOLOGY. [ HI- n rvw (4) > : DTK* /ina m. rfn DVw 1 ? no^ /rfa (7) 6 : roi-joa Di^ ni^r ia^ IHEJI cn (io> - - Exercise 36$. (I) Judge the poor and the orphan, acquit (the) afflicted and needy. 7 (2) Burning incense (/. pi.) and sacrificing to their gods.* (3) To cause him to reign over all Israel. (4) Behold me building a house to the name of the Lord my God, to consecrate (it) to Him, to burn before Him an incense of spices and a continual pile-of-shew-bread, and offerings for the morning, and for the evening, for the sabbaths, and for the new moons, and for the festivals of the Lord our God; for ever (is) this (/.) upon Israel. 9 (5) And to rule in the day and in the night, and to divide between light and [between] darkness. 10 (6) Cause me to walk in the path of thy commandments, for in it I delight. 11 (7) And on the day of the first-fruits, when you bring [" in your causing to approach "\ a new meat-offering to the 1 Amos i. 9. 2 Num. i. 50. 3 Hab. i. 4. Job xxii. 21. Num. n. 26. Job xxv. 2. ' Ps. hxiii. 3. 1 Kings xi. 8. 2 Cbrou. ii. 3. 10 Gen. i. 18. P s . C xix. 35. 112, 113-] THE REGULAR VERB. 117 Lord. 1 (8) Make mention (of it) to the nations; behold, publish (it) against Jerusalem. 2 (9) And also thy brothers, the tribe of Levi, the tribe of thy father, cause to approach with thee. 3 (10) The acquitters of the wicked on account of a bribe. 4 (F.) Hophal. 112. The Perfect Hoplial is as follows : SlNGULAB. PLFBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 1 < s VTTDSn vnpan :'- : T 1 < :'- : T < *0"TD3n : ' : T 2 rnosn T :'- : T : :' : T 2 v :'-: T [mpsn 3 TpS.1 '-: T mpsn T": : T 3 npai npsri 113. The Imperfect is as follows: SlNGULAB. PLUBAI,. pers. 1 masc. fern. fpBSt Tj5S pers. 1 masc. fern. 2 TJ5EW HpEJJ? 2 TTpBfl mipBD ': : T T :'-: T 3 T|53^ Ij53r) 3 npH)" 1 n:ip3r) 1 Num. xxviii. 26. * Jer. iv. 16. 3 jX'um. xviii. 2. 4 Is. v. 23. * Some verbs take kibbiits instead of kamets chatuf under the H- 118 ETYMOLOGY. [ H4, H5. Imperfect, with H paragogic, nipBN , iTJpS . 114. Infinitive .-Absolute, Ipsn- Construct, 115. Participle, T3Q. &c. Exercise TOD D'jnn tfn 1 ? 3ynj IMS TOP n&vn wi (i) "-= I : ' \-- \= f ' *" ' T : - : T T - : mh mo a JISD nin^n D S D^ .122 (2) : -- T: v : - v - (3) 2 : : : \ - T :' : ' : T \ JT:ID TJDJT nmp niDn (5) 4 : onpso Dnjjn nDKaa mw3, antfy D^j^m (6) s : nin^ ( T: \ v ~-: t - T T:- T v: |v -T-:|T: T : 'la'ip D^QI nnan nio ^2,10 D^n inniijn (7) :T^ ^33. rnp" 4 ?:) D s .^ni nan^ (8) 7 : r6nan ^x Dnoy nnm liarn ^1^12 T : - v : " : - T : -:|- ' v v- rnpo tftfrte (9) 8 ; >.n-np T 1 : \ T : -! T T ': T T T |- T ' T T : r " T 1 Is. xiv. 19. 2 Is. xiv. 6. 3 Jer. vi. 6. 4 Ez. xvi. 5. s Joel i. 9. 6 2 Chron. xxxiv. 12. 7 1 Kings xtii. 28. 8 Jer. viii. 21. Ez. xxix. 18. 10 Lev. vi. 15. 116.] THE REGULAR VEHB. 119 Exercise 373. (1) And the men (were) very good to us, and we were not hurt and we did not miss any thing. 1 (2) She was cast down to the ground. (3) For, from the rising of the sun to its setting, my name (is) great among the nations ; and in every place incense (shall be) offered to my name. 2 (4) For with the stones of the field (is) thy covenant, and the beast of the field is at peace \_perf.~] with [7] thee. 3 (5) The store which (is) deposited with him. 4 (6) (As) a troubled fountain and (as) a polluted spring (is) a righteous (man) tottering before a wicked (one). 8 (7) In the eleventh year of [7] Zedekiah, in the fourth month, on the ninth of [7] the month, the city was taken by storm. 4 (8) And behold the boy (was) dead, lying on his bed. 7 (9) And cursed (be) the deceiver in whose flock there is a male [" and there-is in his flock a male "], an.d he vows and sacrifices a corrupt one to the Lord. 8 (10) In the first year of Darius, son of Ahasnerus, from the seed of Media, who was caused to reign over the kingdom of the Chaldeans. 9 (G.) Hithpael. 116. The Hithpael is generally formed by prefixing the syllable J>1 to the Piel, but if the first radical be 1 1 Sam. xxv. 15. 2 Mai. i. 11. 3 Job v. 23. * Lev. v. 23. 5 Prov. xxv. 26. 6 Jer. xxxix. 2. 7 2 Kino-s iv. 32. 8 Mai. i. 14. 9 Dan. ix. 1. 120 ETYMOLOGY. 117. T, D- S. fr, or Itf, the n is placed offer it ; verbs with if and T change the J"l into 10 or "T respectively, e.g. tanitfn- jFjaxn. p^n. (Dan. ii. 9). If the first radical be "T, tD or J"l, the prefixed -TI is often assimilated to it ; this is also the case, though it is very rare, with t, 3, and V, e.g. "Q^O (Ez. ii. 2) for "ai/lD . 117. The Perfect, HitJipael (he mustered himself, hence he was mustered} is as follows : SINGULAR. I pers. masc. fern. i 'jrij9Bnri 'jvjjasnn 2 i PLUEAL. pers. masc. fern. Exercise 3vSa. Dr)-)3D/irn (2) ^ (3) : (i) 1 Judges ix. 47. Deut. xxviii. 68. 118.] :rrrn THE REGULAR VERB. rnprn D'atfm (4) 'i - - 121 Exercise 385. (1) And I will show myself great, and I will show myself holy before the eyes of many nations.* (2) Because the priests had not sanctified themselves sufficiently. 8 (3) Ahal>, who sold himself to do [-Tliltfj;'?] [the] evil in the sight of the Lord. 7 (4) And he will be angry, and curse [on] his king and [on] his God. 8 (5) For (there were) many [/"Ol] in the assembly who were not sanc- tified. 9 118. Imperfect, HithpaeL SINGULAR. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 1 "fi53riN *Tp3.nN 1 ipsru "fl^ 2 ips/in npsnn 2 q^gjTfl n:ip3nn .. .. .1. . . : - : T : . 3 -GOT TgKVI 3 ,^n : n m 1 Judges xx. 17. 5 1 Kings xviii. 45. 3 Is. xxx. 29. 4 1 Sam. vii. 7. c Ez. xxxviii. 23. 6 2 Chron. xxx. 3. 7 1 Kings xxi. 25. 8 Is. viii. 21. * 2 Chron. xxx. 17. 122 ETYMOLOGY. [ 1 18. Exercise 390. (2) 'tVriSin' ^ VTSbjT ' sipST sirPTW3 l^N (1) owa crptoan oyn najrv "itfgs ( 3 ) 'Jpsrrcto '0? niarnri (4) 3 : ta \ty jva fly. IM^'D^ ty rv W^3 i? (6) ) 6 : pjffisrnp-i "Qirnp (6) 5 : (9) 7 : D/V i^^ n^Ta (8) j Exercise 393. (!) And he was insolent to the Almighty. 10 (2) And I have guarded myself \with H parag."] from my iniquity. 11 (3) And the faces of the deep are frozen. 12 (4) Shall the saw be insolent to [^V] him that shakes it [his shaker] ? 13 (5) And the sons of Benjamin were mustered on that day from the cities, twenty-six thousand men drawing \siwg] the sword ; alone of [from] the inhabitants of Gibeah [there] were mustered seven hundred chosen men. 14 (6) My bone I Job sli. 9. * I Sam. i. 14. 2 Sam. xix. 4. 4 Lam. iv. 1. 1 Sam. iii. 14. Gen. xliv. 16. ' Job xli. 11. 2 Sam. xxii. 27, }DAH for ^jnaTU-1 9 Jud. xi. 3. 10 Job xv. 25. " 2 Sam. xrii. II Job xxxviii. 30. " Is. x. 15. 14 Jud. xx. 15. 119121.] THE REGULAR VERB. ]23 cleaves to (3.) my skin and to my flesh, and I have escaped with the skin of my teeth. 1 (7) And now my soul is poured out upon me. 2 (8) And the locust shall become burdensome. (9) And he will act arrogantly about every god. 3 119. Imperative. SlNGTJLAE. pers. 2 fern. PLUEAL. pers. masc. 2 njpsp/in fern. 120. Infinitive, "Ij33Jin . 121. Participle, "IJ33J1:? Exercise [to do] : Dr6 nprn a 13,3/1,7 (5) :n?n (3) : 3 Job xix. 20. 2 Job xxx. 16. 3 Dan. xi. 36. 4 2 Cbr. xxix. 34. 5 Prov. xii. 9. 124 ETYMOLOGY. [ 122. i:no josM (7) Exercise 403. (I) In their swooning- like a wounded (man), in the streets of (the) city ; in the pouring [themselves] out of their souls to the bosom of their mothers. 4 (2) Prostra- ting himself with pieces of silver. (3) I heard him [JIN] speaking to me. 5 (4) You (are) the heads of the fathers of \b] the Levites; sanctify yourselves, you and your brothers. 6 (5) And he heard [imp. with "\ conv.~\ the voice speaking to him from off the covering, which (was) on the ark of the testimony, from between the two cherubs ; and he spoke unto him. 7 (6) And the one hired (is) hired for /N] a purse bored with holes. 8 122. Contractions. If the third radical of a verb be 2 or D when it precedes an affix commencing with the same letter, the two letters are generally contracted into one with zdagesk forte, as /H3 to cut, VTG (Ex. xxxiv. 27 and very frequent), ]3tf to dwell, ruitffl (Ez. xvii. 23). The construct infinitive Hiphil often, and that of the Niphal sometimes, drop the preformative H when they 1 Nah. iii. 15. 2 Chr. xxix. 5. 3 Ez. xliii. 6. 4 Lam. ii. 12. Ez. ii. 2. 6 1 Chr. xv. 12. 7 Num. vii. 89. 8 Haggai i. 6. 123.] THE REGULAR VERB. 125 take the prefixes 2, D, 7, which letters, however, take the vowel of the elided H. as *\Pb%3 1 when thou shalt finish (Is. xxxiii. 1). 123. In verbs having one of the letters 2, 3, 1, D, H), or J"l in the root, those letters take dagesh lene when preceded by a silent sheva, excepting: (a) In the construct infinitive Kal with the prefixes 2, 2, as ih:a, onro- ($) Verbs with the aspirate as the third radical never take a dagesh lene in it, as "Q.H3 ( 126 ) [124,125. CHAPTER VIII. GUTTURAL VERBS. 3 Guttural Conjugation. (A.) Kal. 124. Perfect Tense (paradigm "TOP to stand}. SlNGULAB. PLUBAL. pcrs. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 1 way : - T way 1 irroy ^fay 2 may T : - T may : : - T 2 npM irnn? 3 *iay - T may T:|T 3 nay naj; 125. Imperfect (a. 1QV i. pTTT ^o ^ strong}. pers. 2 3 SINGULAR. masc. fern. "tayfl prnn norn 1 All verbs V3 take ( ) instead of ( ), some JT9, and even a few JT3, iT'HJ, and N"3. 126 128.] 3 GUTTURAL CONJUGATION. 127 PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. a b a b 1 "tow. P. "tow PL < < 2 "nsyn ptnn nonovn ruptnn : - |- 1 : v |v T : -: p T':-.-:|V < < 3 najr_ -pTm rotoy/i njprnr) 1 --|V -1 ! 126. Imperative. SINGCLAE. pers. masc. fern. rn PLUEAL. masc. fein. nay iprn m"tog mprn : ' : T : -: T': : 127. Infinitive: Absolute, To Construct, 128. Participles: Active, ~73 Passive, Exercise (2) :Drr |T (i) 1 Jer. xxiii. 36. ETYMOLOGY. [5| 128. ^ ' :D ^i?.l? J"iST atjn (3) 'J- (6) 8 : rnxD.T7i uiDttri wn hn (7) y an^ ^SI^D ^1^11 (8) 5 : T - T : :- : ^b (9) 6 : on:*: on 5 ? ri op^yn JIJJDT nam (ii) 8 : : VT \-:j- - : : Di^n Tiy tftnp (12) J : DTOD nn^ fi ra prnb JT^J * pianj? JTJ; (isj lo ; vnN 1 ? in^ ispn 11 : pang Exercise 4*16. (1) A wise servant shall rule over a son that causes shame ; and in the midst of the brothers he shall divide the inheritance. 12 (2) Thou shalt not act proudly before a king ; and thou shalt not stand in the place of great (men). u 1 Ps. Ixix. 24. * 1 Kings xii. 8. 3 Jud. xii. 3. * Jer. xv. 3. 5 Neh. i. 7. 6 Jer. i. 16. * Ez. xliv. 18. * Deut. viii. 9. 9 Eccl. iv. 1. 10 Gen. xxxvii. 9. 11 Eccl. iii. 5. u Prov. xvii. 2. a Prov. xxv. 6. SJ GUTTURAL CONJUGATION. 129 (3) All these were joined together in the vale of Siddim, which (is) [Win] the Salt Sea. 1 (4) And he rebuked [imp. with 1 conv.~] the Red Sea and it was dried up. 2 (5) I will pass through all thy flock to-day, to remove thence every one-of-the-flock (which is) spotted and speckled. 3 (6) And oil upon thy head shall not be wanting.* (7) And thou shalt gird \_perf.~] them [with] a girdle, Aaron and his sons, and thou shalt bind (their heads with) [to them] mitres. 5 (8) Why wilt-thou-forget-us to eter- nity ; (why) wilt-thou-forsake-us for-a-length of days. 6 (9) In the morning he shall flourish like the grass. 7 (10) Their old-men shall dream dreams. 8 (11) And I will put [with n paraff.] justice in order before him. 9 (12) Their faces did not blush [imp.]. 10 (B.) Nip&al. 129. Perfect. SlNGTJLAB. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 1 TV"TQ}'3 THDJ7.3 1 irrow -irroyj 2 mow mow 2 DD^OW UT1DJ?3 T :-.-:(. : : -.:|v v : -v:|v v : -v:|v 3 ipyj mo^3 3 no;: naw -v.-|v T : v|v Gen. xiv. 3. 4 Ecc. ix. 8. 7 Ps. xc. 5. 2 Ps. cvi. 9. 5 Ex. xxix. 9. 8 Joel iii. 1. 10 Ps. xxxiv. 7. Gen. xxx. 32. 6 Lam. v. 20. 9 Job xxiii. 4. K 130 ETYMOLOGY. 130. Imperfect. 130133. SINGULAR. PLUBAL. pers. 1 masc. fern. 1DVN IPJN* .. T .. .. T .. pers. masc. fern. 2 "loyrt r "rayj : T 2 'jiDyjn rmDiT) : IT T : - T 3 1DJT "ray/n SL W19?5 131. Imperative. SlKGCIAB. PtUBAL. pers. 2 masc. fern. iDyn Htivn T . : ,T pers. masc. fern. 2 rrDyn nrrqyn :|T" T:-T- 132. Infinitive .-Absolute, ~POJp_- Construct. 1Dj;n ' " T " 133. Participle IDjtf , & c . TV: iv ' Exercise (2) ". d) (3) Job xli. 20. . 133.] EJ GUTTURAL CONJUGATION. 131 'JTOsrr -was TJ^ /njn !?na isya (4) : rnr^ MD (6) 3 ; D2 PET 0*30? ypis * ona nsr DOIN yen (5) T . T V T T|~ ' T -J ^ - naa ia '-ns- 1 ) ^ nirr (7) : vnru ri :-r:|v: -JT \ T : T : v (8) ;^ i^ -fj (9) : nzs^) y-iN-HDia npm (ii) 8 ; rm^ isan n-io ^ ^DDHJ T . TV ; ; T : T : T v v ~ * "::-:* 10 (12) VJT" T T: T Zeroise (1) And we will-be-prepared-for-war, alert before the children of Israel. 11 (2) They shall be trodden down (/.) by feet, the crown of pride, the drunkards of Ephraim. 12 (3) (In) the house of the righteous (is) much riches, and in the profit of the wicked (is) trouble. 13 (4) The weight of the copper (was) not investigated. 14 (5) Therefore for your sakes Zion shall be ploughed (as) a field. 15 (16) And her daughters who (are) in the field shall be slain with the sword. 16 (7) Be prepared for war (some) [men] from- among-you [DD/1K^] for the army. 17 (8) According ['3' 1 ?;'] 1 Job xxviii. 21. * Job xix. 24. s Ecc. x. 9. 6 Lam. ii. 20. Jer. xxxi. 37. 11 Is. xxviii. 3. }i Micah iii. 12. 4 Lam. v. 12. " Prov. xi. 9. 18 Prov. xiii. 13. 13 Prov. xv. 6. 16 Kz. xxvi. 6. 5 Ps. xxviii. 7. s Jer. ii. 21. ".Num. xxxii. 17. 14 1 Kings vii. 47. 17 Num. xxxi. 3. 132 ETYMOLOGY. [ 134, 135. to lot its inheritance shall be divided, between the many and the few. 1 (9) The king was grieved about his son. 2 (10) From Sihor which (is) before [^D'ty] Egypt to the border of Ekron towards the North (which) is accounted (fern.) to the Canaanite, five princes of Philistines, the Gazathite, and the Ashdodite, the Eshkalomte, the Gittite, and the Ekronite, and the Avites. 3 ' (11) Do not be grieved [iy>.], for the gladness of the Lord, it (is) your defence. 4 (12) In their stumbling they shall be helped with a little help.* 134. The Plel, Pual, and Hithpael are regular. (C.) HipldL* g 135. Perfect. SINGULAR. PLUEAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 1 ^l?vn MiHQl'n 1 ^"IQ^rT 131DJ[7n 2 rnDyn .morn T : -v:|7 : : - .:|v 2 nrnDyn vniD^n 3 Torn rrrarn V:|T T -7:1 v 3 n^Drn ^TD^H v:|v '.:r . Num. xvi. 56. * 2 Sam. six. iii. ' Josh. xiii. 3. * Neh. viii. 10. s Dan. xi. 34. ' Verbs *|"3 are regular in Hiphil and Hophal. 136 139.] 3 GUTTURAL CONJUGATION. 136. Imperfect. 133 SINGULAR. PLURAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fem. 1 i -pDJTN TQ#N 1 TEW TOW ._.,_ ._.,. '-:,- -:(- ^ < < 2 TOiVH S TQJ7A -: |- -:(- -:|- T : "-:|- < < 3 To,jr_ Tpjrn 3 ^)TO^ nj^Dl'D -:|- T :--:|- 137. Imperative. SINGULAR. pers. masc. fein. < 2 PLUBAL. pers. 2 fern. rrrjoyn 138. Infinitive: Absolute. TO^H -:\- Construct. TOVP 139. Participle TpJJO, &c. Exercise 43. (2) 2 ;np"T i;nno T TT : |- T Tl W 4 ;i3D fi&rr ^ ^n Da (3) 3 : (i) 1 Apocopated regularly, "TDyS , &c. * 1 Sam. xxiii. 9. 3 Ex: ix. 16. 4 Ps. cxxxix. 12. 134 ETYMOLOGY. [| 139. (6) s 1 ? ^ D^T D^a fl^o-i zo3j?jn ifc nr v ' niin oai n:iD3 ^TSS, p* ^ (8) : (9) s : p^r Taym (12) :^na TjD /i^nrn ^prnm (ii) nnso .._.,_. _ T !... . ... ': :,-: TT 7 : ijT3, 1 Exercise 43d. (1) Lebanon is ashamed, it withers away. 8 (2) And he extirpated [imp. with *\ conv.~\ them and their cities. 9 (3) A man flattering his neighbour (is) spreading a net for his steps. 10 (4) Be silent to me, O islands ! and let (the) peoples cause their strength to revive. 11 (5) Also these (are) the proverbs of Solomon, which the men of Hezekiah, king of Judea, transcribed. 12 (6) And the three > Ex. xvi. 18. 2 Chr. xxxiv. 32. 3 Gen. xxxi. 41. 4 Deut. xv. 6. 5 Ps. v. 10. 6 Amos viii. 9. * Neh. vii. 3. 8 Is. xxxiii. 9. 9 Num. xxi. 3. 10 Prov. xxix. 5. 41 Is. xli. 1. 13 Prov. xxv. 1. i 140.] 9 GUTTURAL CONJUGATION. 135 companies blew with trumpets, and they broke the pitchers; and they took hold of torches with their left hand, and with their right hand the trumpets to blow. 1 (7) For thou shalt surely open thy hand to him ; and thou shalt surely lend him sufficient [conslr.~\ (for) his want that is wanting to him. 2 (8) For the wound of the daughter of my people I am hurt ; I am black, astonish- ment has taken hold of me. 3 (9) Art not thou she that dried up the sea, the waters of the great deep/ (10) And from my sabbaths they hide their eyes. 5 (11) And that they-should-publish [imp.] and proclaim in all their cities and in Jerusalem. 6 (12) And thou hast not shut-me-up in the hand of an enemy ; thou hast caused my feet to stand in the broad space. 7 (D.) Hophal. 140. Perfect. SlNGULAB.' PLTTBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. < < < < 1 *nj2gn ^7?^ 1 yipjM 'oioyn < 2 jnoj'fT pnnyn 2 [ j^iayn ymarn T : T:JT : : -T:|T v STIJT v : T:[T 3 iDpn rnpjrn 3 noyrr norn -r:,r r : T ,r : T ,T : T |T 1 Judges vii. 20. 4 Is. li. 10. 3 Dent. xv. 8. 3 Jer. viii. 21. s Ez. xxii. 26. 6 Neh. viii. 15. 7-Ps. xxxi. 9. 136 ETYMOLOGY. 141. Imperfect. 141143. SINGULAR. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 1 TOytt TOy 1 TOW TOW -T-.IT -T:|T -T:|T -T: ( T 2 7nyr\ HDp;n 2 j-fQy^ liT^l^/n -T:|T : T |T : T JT T :-T:|T 3 TOT -T:|T TOjm -T: ( T 3 nor :T|T T :- T-.|T 142. Infinitive TOIH. 143. Participle TOPQ . Tr:|r Exercise 44a. :nnn (2) : nbian Sipo ^73^ wm ^DV^ Din^ (i) T ' T : : T TT:J- 1 : Qi^rnp Dirr T n^st Dirp3 (3) > : ooVan sanrra oi ^3 Dia^ ^ (5) * : nia-irra Dn^ mm nn^n (4) T I T TT:|T T- : T v r : : ^nb^ ni.T 1 v -n T : Exercise 44$. (1) Terrors assail (sing.} me, they pursue (*t^.) my happiness as the wind, and as a cloud my welfare passes away.* (2) He who sacrifices to the gods shall be slain, save to the Lord alone. 6 1 Ezr. x. viii. 2 Kings iii. 23. 3 Lev. xxvii. 29. * Ez. xxix. 12. Job xxx. 15. 6 Ex. xxii. 19. 144146.] ( 137 ) CHAPTER IX. y Guttural Conjugation. (A.) Kal. 144. Perfect, 3rd. fern. sing. nj3; 3rd plur. 145. Imperfect. SlNGULAB. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 1 2i UK ' toJK 1 toa ^ 2 bwn *>*w 2 *aj? nA^n < 3 * ^NJ^ ^N.D.FI 3 ^sj" 1 nibi^Jjn _ . . _ . -: : T . 146. Imperative. SlNGULAB. pers. masc. fem. 2 pers. 2 PLUBAL. masc. fem. 1 The parts not given are regular. * Verbs ")"j; have generally choUm in the last syllable. 3 With suffix ETYMOLOGY. [^ 147151. Infinitives and Participles regular. (B.) Niphal. \ 147. Perfect, i^W:, ^gj?- 1 148. Imperfect, ^n, an. ^^ 149. Imperative, ^WH, ^an n ^^- (C.) 150. 151. Imperfect, Wtf, T J ._. . T -;; Exercise 45a. 3toao jojna ^Dnn (2) 'irr^rr JOTS D^I P (i) T ' : -: : \ : T\ ' -IT : : i PO i (4) ^-^ruNtf T\sra *D (3) 'T. - -:|- r rmrr ny o^m (6) : ^-Brn nnn tfte (5) T: ~r :|T: - ' m (7) ; or6 onapa on TT : r - : T . [and they aw] snn (8) 7 : T : TT:JT 1 The parts not given are regular. I. xxxiii. 7. Job TI. 17. * Nah. iii. 14 * IB. xxvi 9. Jer. xi. 12. -' Esther viii. 15. 152.] y GUTTURAL CONJUGATION. 139 M nirrrjra DINT/IN natn flay va (9) D: SKT (io) ' : T -. ,- Exercise 45(5. (1) And all their treachery which they have acted [-treacherously] against me [H]. 4 (2) And my soul is very confounded. 5 (3) Her hand she stretched [it] out to the tent pin, and her right hand to the hammer of artizans; and she struck Sisera, she smote his head, and she shook and pierced his temple. 6 Let not [the] man, and [the] beast, and [the] herd, and [the] flock, eat any- thing. 7 And the famine of [from] which you (were) afraid, shall come upon you there. 8 (6) A stone (which) the builders rejected. 9 (7) O God [D'ri'w] thou (art) my God [^], I will seek thee. 10 (8) Also evil-men despise me. 11 (9) And all the assembly of the children of Israel were gathered together. 12 (10) Let me now choose twelve thousand men. 13 (D.) Piel. 152. In the intensive forms, most verbs " V guttural" 1 2 Sam. x. 6. ' Ex. xv. 15. 3 Jer. xlviii. 19. ' Ez. xxxix. 26. s Ps. vi. 4. 6 Judges v. 26. 7 Jonah iii. 7. 8 Jer. xlii. 16. 9 Ps. cxviii. 22. 10 Ps. Ixiii. 2. 11 Job xix. 18. 11 Josh, xviii. 1. 13 2 Sain xvii. 1. 140 ETYMOLOGY. [ 153, 154. are conjugated as below, with the vowels of the first syllable altered to compensate for the omitted dagesh forte; but a good many, especially n 'y, do not change the first vowel, but are conjugated regularly, except for the omission of the dagesh forte; this is never the case, however, with verbs "1"V . Some verbs, especially N'T, change the vowel in some parts, and not in others, as YN3 ^ re J ec ^ Piel perf. \M, imper. 153. The Perfect, Piel of ^N3 , is as follows : SINGULAR. PLURAL. pers. masc. fern. < ^ pers. masc. fern. 1 -l^/Nil *)37N3 2 Jgg J$U 2 onfei. tn^a 3' * n* ? . 3-- \o s ^'iw^ i/rfiJ i/rfil -:( -:j" 54. Imperfect. pers. 1 2 3 SINGULAR. masc. fem. pers. 1 2 3 PLURAL. masc. fem. 155 157.] y GUTTURAL CONJUGATION. 141 155. Imperafive. SINGULAR. pers. masc. fern. PLUEAL. pers. masc. fern. rtfwa 156. Infinitive: Absolute, 7ND Construct, 157. Participle, vtS Exercise 46#. (2) ' : D'ytfi tDn?^ mr * Drnya uto nwrvi d) T : : T T v T T-:J- - ; (3) 2 :Y? n^np nb"? oo^rr iaa (5) : prnn D s n?^rr ^s? D'pn'^a w Tin (6) T : v:|T ' -: |- : T : T : T: i D'SJHIM 1 Ps. cvi. 18. * Prov. xxvii. 14. 3 See 40. 4 Ps. ii. 5. 5 Is. xlvi. 13. 6 Ex. xvi. 28. ' 1 Chron. xiii. 8. 142 ETYMOLOGY. nrra ( 8 ) ' : T^"W$ w ??i?^? N (9) l : Exercise (1) A flame is kindling [perf.] all the trees of the field. (2) Moses explained this law. (3) And Abraham hastened towards the tent to Sarah. 8 (4) With (their) [his] heart and [his] lips they-honoured-me, but his heart he moved far from me. 6 (5) And behold thou hast surely blest these three times. 7 (6) And it [/.] kindled [imperf. with 1 conv.] the foundations of mountains. 8 (7) They were unwilling to hear my words. 9 (8) And Egypt was urgent upon the people to hasten to send them out from the land. 10 (9) When Esau heard [m/?.] the words of his father [aud] he cried \imperf. with 1 convJ] a great and exceedingly [ll4a~lV] bitter cry, and he said [-IDtfn] to his father, " Bless-me, also me [I], my father." " (10) " And collect from all Israel money to strengthen the house of your God from year to year, and ye shall hasten with [*?] the thing;" but the Levites did not hasten. 12 1 Job xl. 29. 4 Eccles. vii. 9. 7 Num. xxiv. 10. w Ex. xii. 33. 1 Gen. iviii. 6. * Gen. xviii. 6. 8 Deut. xxxii. 22. 11 Gen. xxvil 34. Ps. Ixv. 6. 6 I. rsix. 13. Jer. xi. 10. " 2 Chron. xxiv. 5. . 158 161.] y GUTTURAL CONJUGATION. 143 (E.) P-ual. 158. Perfect. SING'ULAB. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. i vi&i v5& i ybw -ia^Sa ^ ^ 2 rh^2 J^N.3 . 2 onbw i/i 1 ?^ T : ~ : : v: - 3Uvj< "r'^vii /J^iJ ll/fil 3 -1^ J|^ll 159. Imperfect. SING. PLUS. pers. masc. , fern. pers. masc. fern. 1 ?*> ^M 1 7NJJ /^JJ 2 L,^,^ ^^ 2 s)^jr n^jn - : -: | : -:j : T: - : 4 3 ^ ^ ^: 1 5 T : ; 160. Infinitive: Absolute, Construct, 161. Participle, ^SJ 144 ETYMOLOGY. Exercise 470. r (D :/unbD Dbtfw nain (4) S :D:EQ W pnbi n v T : - T : %' II (6) s : nansrrip' (6) (8) 7 : \-: ( T T ; niiai T V ' = Exercise (1) Also they shall not be sown [perf.], also their trunk shall not take root [perf.] in the earth. 9 (2) And the image-of-Astarte that (was) upon it (niasc.) was cut down. 10 (3) For in thee the orphan obtains mercy [perf.~]. 11 (4) One people scattered and separated among- the peoples in all the provinces of thy kingdom. 12 (5) An inheritance acquired hastily in the beginning, and its end shall not be blessed. 13 (6) Seven moist ropes that had not been dried. 14 (7) The table of the Lord (is) polluted, and its fruit, its food (is) despised." (8) These sought their 1 Ps. cxviii. 12. 1 Mai. i. 7. 8 Lev. vi. 21. 4 Neh. i. 3. * Ezr. ii. 62. 6 Ez. xvi. 4 7 Hos. xiii. 3. * Prov. xxviii. 13. 9 Is. xl. 24. 10 Judges vi. 28. " Hos. xiv. 4. 11 Esth. iii. 8. u Prov. xi. 21. 14 Judges xvi. 8. . ".Mai. i. 12. 162 163.] y GUTTURAL CONJUGATION. 145 register (among) the genealogical tables, and it (was) not found, and they were removed from the priesthood. 1 (P.) ffitkpael. 162. Perfect. pers. masc. 2 nSttann fern, PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. 163. Imperfect. pers. 1 2 3 SlNGULAB. masc. fern. pers. 1 2 3 PLUBAL. masc. fern. na^OAn 1 Neh. vii. 64. 146 ETYMOLOGY. 164. Imperative. 164166. pers. SlNOULAB. masc. fern. pers. 2 PLUBAL. masc. fern. 165. Infinitive, JpH 166. Participle, ^Na/lD Exercise 4Sa. <33 [and they saw] %ni (2) ' J fl ' Dnm (1) or6 13' (3) "j 331 |T OK (5) 4 : "iNsrin^ njrr 3^0 pi^rr (4) (7) : V:*TK ^:SD itft* D^isnan onny (6) 5 : T -: ~ ; :IT : |- T-: 1 PB. xcii. 10. * 1 Chr. xix. 6. 3 D an . j. 8> 4 Is. hi. 3. 6 Job. ix. 30. 1 Sam. xxv. 10. 166.] GUTTURAL CONJUGATION. 147 ^2 "itf N banfep (8) l : nrwam -ito pi ^nn ' Exercise 483. (1) For the Lord has redeemed Jacob, and in Israel he has glorified himself [imperf.]. 3 (2) I am poured out [perf.~\ like water, and all my bones are put asunder [perf.~\* (3) And ye shall cleanse yourselves and change your garments. 5 (4) (The) strong-lion (is) perishing with- out prey; the sons of the roaring-lion are scattered \im- jjerf.']* (5) And all the people tore-off-from-themselves the earrings of [the] gold which (were) in their ears. 7 (6) They cleave [imperf.] to one another [" a man to his brother "], they stick together [imperf.] and they are not separated [imperf.]. 8 (7) Shall the axe boast against him that hews with it, and shall the saw act arrogantly against him that shakes it ? 9 (8) For the priests and Levites were cleansed, all of them (were) clean as one ; and they killed the paschal lamb for all the sons of the band-of- exiles, and for their brothers, the priests, and for them- selves. 10 1 Ex. viii. 5. 2 Is. xlix. 3. 3 Is. xliv. 23. 4 Ps. xxii. 15. 5 Gen. xxxv. 2. 6 Job. iv. 11. ~ Ex. xxxii. 3. 8 Job. xli. 9. 9 Is. x. 15. 10 Ezr. vi. 20. 148 ETYMOLOGY. [ 167 175. CHAPTER X. b Guttural Conjugation. 167. The verbs contained in this conjugation are those whose third radical is H (consonant), H, or V ; verbs T7 are conjugated as regular verbs ; the verbs N"7 and PI"? form two separate conjugations, the last radical being quiescent. (A.) Kal. 168. Perfect, 2nd pers. fern, sing., .TFn? ' 169. Imperfect, r6ttf, s &C. 1 170. Imperative, rbtf, &C. 1 171. Infinitive .Absolute, rrfyu)- Construct, rbti - 172. Participle, Active, rftitf (fern. Passive, r ' - (B.) 173. Perfect, 2nd pers. fern. sing, fin^ffe 174. Imperfect, n^', &c. ^175. Imperative, n^l^rTi &c. 176. Infinitive: Absolute, H3 (or r Construct, 177. Participle, rti, &c. 1 The parts not given are regular. ' With suffix iTb& , &c. 176 180.] *? GUTTURAL CONJUGATION. 149 Exercise 49. 'iVN-v-ty Yrcn -us r^rr^r DW POM ^ (i) TIN snxnri tfn rrrrsp-; r^pri *n sjjntji *6 (2) (4) *:!?D-i3rr "irr^j D (6) 5 :insi n wa nyto 07:1^ -is /iroftn (5) (7) 7 :Di3n nnj; -I^NS I^D^-T ftmm (8) v -:|- v v - -:,- (io) "ijypfp n^ ^mo (9) ; ^7-^ 33 irtsn iVJ [he came] NII nit naT i^ > K~^;i Dy.Tjn^ j^ram Exercise 49$. (1) Cursed (be) he-that-restrains his sword from blood. 12 (2) I will surely tear away the kingdom from off thee. 13 (3) And behold the king (was) standing on his platform, in 1 Ps. ciii. 11. 2 Lev. xxv. 11. 3 1 Kings xviii. 20. 4 Ex. xxxix. 23. 3 Is. xxiii. 15. 6 See 24. " Deut. xxii. 9. 8 Ez. xxxi. 5. 9 Gen. xxxii. 32. 10 Job xvii. 3. 11 1 Sam. ii. 13. 12 Jer. xlviii. 10. 13 1 Kings xi. 11 150 ETYMOLOGY. [ 178 - 181. the entrance, and the princes, and the trumpets around the king, and all the common people rejoicing, and blowing on trumpets, and the singers with musical instruments. 1 (4) He troubleth his house who-gets [participle] gains. 3 (5) Each of these [sing .] could-sling [participle] with the stone to a hair. 3 (6) And the people (were) playing on flutes and rejoicing (with) a great joy ; and the earth was rent by their voice. 4 (7) They have taken a bribe from [3] thee for the sake of a pouring out of* blood ; thou hast taken usury and increase, and spoiled thy neighbour with oppression, and me thou hast forgotten. 6 (8) The giver of rain on the face of the earth, and the sender of water on the face of the fields. 7 (9) In the morning, at the rising of the sun, thou shalt rise early and attack [upon] the city. 8 (10) Six years shalt thou sow thy field, and six years shalt thou prune thy vineyard.' (C.) Piel. 178. Perfect, 2nd fern. sing. ryV?#; 3rd masc. sing. 1 79. Imperfect, rtfN , &c, 180. Imperative, rfatf, &c 181. Infinitive : Absolute, nVtf. Construct, rbtf 1 2 Chr. xxiii. 13. 4 1 Kings i. 40. ' Job T. 10. 1 Prov. XT. 27. * Infin. constr. Jud. ix. 33, Jud. xi. 16. 6 Ez. xxii. 12. Lev. xxv. 3. 182, 183.] ^ GUTTURAL CONJUGATION. 151 182. Participle, r6#Q or H^Q (fern. (D.) Pual. 183. Perfect, RrfoO, 2nd fem. sing. Exercise 500. 2 : ^ naten rn oan (2) : ?P^D ratf* lii^ ifr (i) D^B? Dijpsn Drrm ^xtf yn&i (3) (4) 3 : rrnrp ^- (5) 4 : insa TT: (6) 5 ; " : (8) 7 :n>n^^-D^i yVn^'D^ ^ nb^n n 1 ?^ (7) . . ' Exercise 50^. (1) And if thou (art) refusing to let (them) go, and thou-(art) -still taking hold of them. 8 (2) Destroy (them), divide their tongue. 9 (3) And Saul called all the people to war. (4) Cause the soul of thy servant to rejoice. (5) Not to send (infin.} the people to sacrifice to the Lord. 10 1 Ps. cxlv. 4. 2 Prov. xxvii. 11. 3 1 Sam. xv. 4. 4 Lam. ii. 5. s Prov. xv. 20. 6 Eccl. xi. 1. 7 2 Sam. xx. 20. 8 Ex. ix. 2. " Ps. Iv. 10. w Ex. viii. 25. 152 ETYMOLOGY. [ 184 190. (6) He clave rocks in the desert. 1 (7) And he sent away [to you] your other brother and Benjamin. 2 (8) A man who loves wisdom causes his father to rejoice. 8 (D.) Hiphil. 184. Perfect, 2nd pers. fern, sing., F^7&^> 2nd pers. masc. sing., rvbttfrr 185. Imperfect, rr'jtfN , &c. ; 2nd and 3rd pers. fern. pi. nyb&n. T :- : - Apocopated, rfatfN , &c. 186. Imperative, rb&n , POPISH - 187. Infinitive .-Absolute, rktin- Construct, IT^n. 188. Participle, nfytfD (E.) Hophal. 189. Perfect, 2nd pers. fern, sing., rnbltfn. 190. Infinitive : Construct, n^H . Exercise 51 a. (i) 1 Ps. kxviu. 15. * Gen. xliii. 14. Prov. xxix. 3. 190.] ppxrr ..^. _ b GUTTURAL CONJUGATION. 153 :?n "i?N o^?n - ^3 (2) > : B'prrr BTprrefr toy ^i?"?^ < 3 > 'J rnattfo (5) : jnr6on ^ nVprn (4) (6) s : i.T nyo T . (7) 6 : l ns 3rd pers. masc. sing. JTPFlltfn. 192. Imperfect, r&niftj, &c. ; 2nd and 3rd pers. fern. pi. rerftMn. r T : -- : . I 193. imperative, r6rotfn , rurfcmtfn . 3 __.. T . _ _ . . 194. Infinitive, rTjWn. 195. Participle, n^TUftp. TT . T T . Exercise 52. (2) 'i (i) 1 Is. ilii. 2. a Ps. cxxxii. 15. 4 Is. xxv. 5. Ez. xxxvi. 15. 7 Very rare in biblical Hebrew. 9 Ps. cvii. 27. 3 1 Chron. xv. 19. ' Jer. xxxii. 5. 8 1 Chron. xvi. 35. 196198.] ( 155 ) CHAPTER XI. K"3 Conjugation. 196. There are only six verbs belonging to this con- jugation, viz. "ON to perish, ^"QN to wish, TITtf to seize ^Dtf to eat. ~1DN to say, l H3N to bake. These verbs are - T ' ~ T T T conjugated like 3 guttural verbs, excepting in the Imper- fect, Imperative, and Infinitive Kal, in which the following parts deviate : 197. Imperfect. SlNGULAB. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fem. i bib bib 1 bifa ^?^ 2 bzxn 'bitin 2 bztin n:^D^n J T 5 ~ < 3 bzw bztin 3 *p* r^to In pause, O& &c. With t?av eonversive, ^3^*1 1 These verbs unite the irregularities of H" 1 ? to those of see 393. 156 ETYMOLOGY. [| 199. 198. Imperative, 2nd pers. masc. sing. 199. Infinitive: Construct, fej}. 1 Exercise 530. DN (2) 2 : ^jsrrto ptoo nstii nip > nirr -ID^ (3) s :n>ta bin +> ^ ^ -raioft ' '3 (4) * : ta pTrm iT nbtf "i ton tn^i TTI^ 1 .-:( T - : AT: v:|V ' :r "raft* v -: v T T i Tntfi Dn ifttrt* n-tv nVi^i (5) 6 : -: v T\ - : - zfr -3rta w^aiin onrtn tfipn (6) : ->pnn izoDtf ^3 TT T AV : | T'T:- v' : 'TT : T M-QN o^nnmttfN DvftNn no^ ^DVTIS ii3 s< ) (7) 7 : ^N v -; v:|r A- - ' v ' VT:- Di s n iv ni^D YIN nihn D^rtVNn pnsn an-in^ vssb * T T:|T ' T : : T T: T TT : Exercise (1) Let us devise plots against Jeremiah, for (the) law [iTYin] shall not perish from the priest, and counsel from the wise (man), and (the) word from the prophet. 10 (2) And Pharaoh said [imperf. with 1 conv.~\ to Joseph, " I have 1 With prep. --lbI? - Prov. xxiv. 13. 3 Ps. 1. 12. * Ex. iv. 4 ' Dent. iv. 26. 6 2 Sam. vi. 6. ' Num. xviii. 10. 8 Gen. xlviii. 15. ' Dent. vii. 20. 10 Jer. xviii. 18. 199.] N"3 CONJUGATION. .157 dreamed a dream, and [there is] no-one interpreting it, and I [^N] have heard about thee [ty~] , saying \infin. with b] (that) thou canst understand a dream to interpret it. 1 (3) The fool and the brutish (man) perish [imperf.~] to- gether, and they leave \_perf.~\ their wealth to others. 2 (4) Then the chiefs of Edom shall tremble, the leaders of Moab trembling shall seize them. 3 (5) All my bones shall say, O Lord ! who (is) like thee, delivering the afflicted from (him that is) stronger than he, and the afflicted and the poor from his despoiler ? 4 (6) For if thou altogether keep silence at this time relaxation and liberation shall arise for the Jews from another place, and thou (/.) and the house of thy (./.) father shall perish. 5 (7) And he caused \imperf. with T conv.~] manna to rain upon them to eat. 6 (8) And we said [imperf. with "\ conv.\ to my lord, " We have [UV'vtf' 1 ] a father, an old-man, and the child of (his) old age (is) young/' 7 1 Gen. xli. 15. Ps. xlix. 11. Ex. xv. 15. 1 Ps. xxxv. 10. 5 Esth. iv. 14. Ps. Ixxviii. 24. 7 Gen. xliv. 20. ( 158 ) [200. CHAPTER XII. CONTEACTED VERBS. y"V Conjugation. 200. The contraction in these verbs of the second and third radicals, to form one letter with dagesh forte, causes certain changes in the vowel-points ; the following are the principal rules for those changes : (a) In most parts the vowel under the second radical is retained, as, 3D for 22D ; but the imperfect Nipkal has pdttach instead of tsdre, as, 3DNt for () If the first syllable should, if uncontracted, be closed and have a short vowel, either a dagesh forte is inserted in the first radical, as, 3DN for*3ilpN, &c., or the vowel is lengthened, as, 30^1 for *22Drr ("22prt). If this did not take place there would be a short vowel in an open but toneless syllable, which would be contrary to the principles of vocali- zation. (c) "When the vowels of the uncontracted form would be unchangeable, no contraction takes place; this 201, 202.] y"y CONJUGATION. 159 happens in the infinitive absolute and participles Kal, throughout the Piel, Pual, and Hitkpael, when those forms exist, and the Poet, Poal, and Hithpoel (see 74), which generally replace the former modifications. (d) The ddgesh forte is, of course, not placed in the last letter of any part which should properly have it there. (e) If a consonantal sound should have properly to follow the letter with dag&sk forte, a cJwlem (i) is placed before the suffix (cf. 41), as, MTQD for*VOD [\n33D], but the 2nd and 3rd pers. fern. pi. of the imperfect and fern. plur. imperative take * instead ofi. (f) The tone is placed on the syllable before the < suffix, excepting with D^R and ]r\, as YIIJUD but 201. The majority of yy verbs have as their intensive forms Poel, Poal, and Ilitlipoel, but many have Piel, Pual, and Rithpael, and some Pilpel, Polpal, and Hithpalpel, as from ^3 (A.) Kal. 202. Perfect. 160 ETYMOLOGY. SlXGCLAB. PLURAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 1 /too YVQP 1 ttao tfap 2 /too T "~ /rap 2 oriiip ]Tii^p 3 2D n^D 3 !QD ^D T - The uncontracted forms of some persons of the perfect Kill are found in several verbs, as -"O3D from 22D ; TOOT from DDT . ^p (i) r - (3) *; Exercise oman D3o virai (2) ^ *~ ~ ' (4) ; '3 nai nsin 7~ ATT:? -T (6) *: antro (5) T - : r- (7) ]n (8) 1 Jer. ir. 13. ' Ez. n. 38. * Ps. ciix. 22. 4 1 Sam. xii. 4. * Num. IXIT. 5. ' 2 Kings rL 1. 7 Is. xxiv. 6. Is. xlix. 16. 203.] V'y CONJUGATION. 161 Exercise 54i. (1) And ye shall surround [perf. with 1 conv.'] the city all (ye) men of [the] war. 1 (2) Until it is crushed to dust. (3) For the soul of all the people was embittered, (each) man for [Vy] his sons and for his daughters.- (4) And the Lord said unto Joshua, " To-day I have rolled (away) the reproach of Egypt from off you." s (5) For it is very bitter to me on your account []D] .* (5) And I will empty [perf. with 1 cone.'] the counsel of Judah and Jeru- salem in this place. 5 (7) For their transgressions are many [perf.~\ and their turnings away strong. 6 (8) My skin is black upon j/JTD] me, and my bone burns with [|2] heat. 7 203. There are two forms of the Imperfect of Kal derived from the two methods of compensation given in 200 . SlNGFLAB. pe*"**. masculine. feminine. 1 1 Josh. vi. 3. f 1 Sam. xxx. 6. 5 Josh. v. 9. 4 Ruth i. 13. * Jer. xix. 7. 8 Jer. v. 6. Job xxx. 30. 162 ETYMOLOGY. [ 203. pers. 2 3 PLURAL. masculine. feminine. With suffix With f conversive TT ~ Exercise 550. V3nn rrtrp ^ TOD DQ^T pis *ssn mytn -13T (i) 'TV AT : - : T : : V : ..... -: : : : T (3) : D^D* /ijaitf I'n ^b"i (2) : - ' T- (4) ; T i i"ini (5) * : nni^^ 0^31 D^JD -man T T|T v v - T T^IIT -T: - T:-- "^ phh DIET* rrts inir bs (6) : nanrr D^nsrr -iar| rnarrpi (8) : DD*nia^ m s 2Dn rram (7) : rrjiiao^a \~ T v \ : : T v 3 : D^ mteo? anhi ^s Dnicjn rrnan ^li* 110^ T -: T7*J : 'v v .? : T -: ' v T Ps. xxxv. 27. 2 i s . xxxy 6 s Ez xlv 3 204.] CONJUGATION. 163 Exercise 553. (1) I surely said that thy house and the house of thy father should walk before me for ever ; and now far be it from me, for them that honour me I will honour, and they that despise me shall be lightly esteemed. 1 (2) And he bowed himself upon him; and the flesh of the child became warm. 2 (3) Therefore his Maker shall not have mercy upon him, and his Former shall not show-fa vour-to- him. 3 (4) And they plundered \imperf. with 1 conv.] their camps. 4 (5) By the sword and by famine they shall be consumed, from (the) smallest and unto (the) greatest. 5 (6) And he rent his upper-garment, and shaved his head. 6 (7) Thou shalt plunder all its (/.) spoil for thyself. 7 (8) And ye shall celebrate it [perf.~] (as) a feast to the Lord, a week of days in the year; an everlasting statute for your generations ; in the seventh month ye shall celebrate it \imperj '.]. 8 204. Imperative. SlNGTTLAB. PLFBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 2 9 ;jp vD 2 !QD il^BD T : \ 1 1 Sam. ii. 30. 2 2 Kings iv. 34. * Is. xxvii. 11. 4 1 Sam. xvii. u3. 5 Jer. xliv. 12. Job i. 20. 7 Deut. xx. 14. 8 Lev. xxiii. 41. 9 Some verbs have pdttdch in the Imperative. 164 ETYMOLOGY. [ 205, 206. 205. Infinitive .-Absolute, 313D- Construct, 3D- 206. Participles, regular. Exercise 560. (2) :-ryrnp - (3) : DJW iriMy naro W J : ^m 'raw 19 nan ibs 1 ? no-i/u ^asr^N D S 3Q ni^i (5) : nsn - A T : T : T " ' " T oam Tit Exercise 56i. (1) You have encompassed this mountain long enough [turn "enough to you (to) encompass (inf.) this mountain/*] 3 (2) And I said [imperf. with 1 COUP.'] "Whither (art) thou going ? " and he said to me, " To measure Jerusalem." 4 (3) When the stars of the morning shout together [" in the shouting together of the stars of the morning."] 5 (4) And the king said to Doeg, "Turn thou and fall upon the 1 Zach. ii. 14. * Jud. ix. 31. s Deut. ii. 3. 4 Zach. ii. 6. s Job xxxviii. 7. 207, 208.] CONJUGATION. 165 priests ; " and Doeg the Edomite turned, and he fell upon the priests. 1 (5) Be astonished, O inhabitants of (the) island ! 2 (B.) Nipkal. 207. Perfect. SINGULAR. pers. masc. fern. 1 V11.2D.3 Vl^HDJ PLTJEAL. pers. masc. fern. 2 rnipi /itaoa 2 a/taw infcpa 3 ID: row TT T T -T -T 208. Imperfect. SINGULAR. PLURAL. pers. masc. fern. i no** :IDN ~ v - v pers. 1 2 masc. fern. < B ^ aw 3 < I^D^ nj^Dn . . T _ 1 1 Sam. xxii. 18. * Is. xxiii. 2. 166 ETYMOLOGY. 209. Imperative. [ 209211, SINGULAR. PLURAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 2 ^ ^ 2 .-a! rmDn 210. Infinitive : Absolute, Qi Construct, 3 211. Participle, aw, n3W, &c. Exercise 57 a. rorrrr DV"a (2) : (3) i : ^nan* D [and there shall be] nMI (4) ' ; rrrn ID DPT (i) onton WJJ pi D'i iai : D ^^ Dl * rT ) i1 ' ">?*< n 3 ( 5 ) *:T ^a wp nan (7) jaiiaa ^ ronn Di"a (6) : 1 Jer. iv. 9. 2 Ez. xxii. 26. s s ee 4345. 4 Hos. ii. 1. * Nahum. i. 12. 211.] V"y CONJUGATION. 167 (9) 2 : I/VN ^>ru3 rrjyitfj Egtfp D^3 km (8) >: nirr iron -FJDN ] (io; 3 : rnirr Jr:rn na& ^3 banter Exercise 7)1 b. (1) If the heavens can-be-measured [mjogr/ 1 .] from above [("WD/p], and the foundations of the earth searched below. 5 (2) And all the host of heaven shall melt \_perf. with 1 conv.], and the heavens shall be rolled up as a book. 6 (3) That it might not be profaned [" not to-be-profaned "] in [7] the eyes of the nations in whose midst they (were). 7 (4) Season the ointment and let the bones be consumed ["and be consumed, O bones!"]. 8 (5) And the wheels also they turned not from beside [^^] them. 9 (6) As [it^NI] the host of heaven (can) -not be numbered \imperf ^\, and the sand of the sea (can) -not be measured [imperf."]. 10 (7) And Israel was impoverished very-much before Midian, and the children of Israel cried unto the Lord. 11 (S) And their houses shall be turned unto others, their fields and their wives together. 12 (9) But a fire devoured-him and he-was-burnt. 13 (10) They shall be consumed in this desert. 14 1 Is. Hi. 11. 4 Ez. xxv. 3. 7 Ez. xx. 9. 10 Jer. xxxiii. 22. 2 Am. v. 24. 5 Jer. xxxi. 37. 8 Ez. xxiv. 10. 11 Jud. vi. 6. 3 Is. xxx. 16. 6 Is. xxxiv. 4. 9 Ez. x. 16. 13 Jer. vi. 12. 13 Ez. xv. 5. u Num. xiv. 35. 16S ETYMOLOGY. Intensive Forms. 212214. 212. The Piel, Pual, and Hithpael (when they are found) are regular. The Poel, Poal, Hithpoel, and Pilpel, Polpal, Hithpalpel take afformatives in the same manner as Piel, Pual, Hithpael. (C.) Poel 213. Perfect. SINGULAR. PLUEAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. < < < < 1 ranio Tmio 1 QaXallD innio 2 rmio rmio 2 DJ^3^1D irmiD T : - : : - v : 3 nato rmio 3 lailiD \sfo 214. Imperfect. pers. 1 2 3 SlNGULAB. masc. fern. pers. 1 2 3 PLUEAL. masc. fern. With suffix : , &c. 215218.] CONJUGATION. 169 215. Imperative. SINGULAR. pers. masc. fem. 2 PLITBAL. pers. masc. fem. 2 mio rmito 216. Infinitive: Absolute, Construct, 217. Participle, SlID (D.) 218. Perfect. SlNGtTLAE. pers. masc. fem. 1 'HjiiD *Rf2f 2 mnio mnio PLUEAL. pers. masc. fem. 1 UIiaiD 2 3 170 ETYMOLOGY. 219. Imperfect. pers. 1 2 3 SING. fern. pers. 1 PLTJB. masc. fern. onion 2 3 220. Infinitive, nniD 221. Participle, (E.) Hithpoel. 222. Perfect. SlNGULAB. pers. masc. fern. PLTTBAL. pers. masc. fern. . yy CONJUGATION. 223. Imperfect. 171 SING. PLXTE. pers. masc. fem. pers. masc. fem. i n^ij^DN 3innDN 1 3.IPnD.3 33ijnDJ 2 33^PlWn ^H^J^Dn 2 nna^on maijnDjn : : T : : 3 iHiDD^ ^^iJ^DJn 3 mi.nD' ruanAnwn : : T : - : 224. Imperative. SING. PLUS. pers. masc. fem. pers. masc. fem. < 2 iiij^Drr 'O^ijnDn 2 -i^QiDDn rr^^nDrr : : : : T : - : 225. Infinitive, ani^pn. 226. Participle, 311^pp Exercise 580. ^N i^ip lanpa (2) : nVparr Tjin3 073 Warip nto p>rr (3) (4) s :DniiiiQ IT !- (i) 1 2 Sam. xx. 12. a Prov. xxvi. 25. 8 Hosea x. 2. 172 ETYMOLOGY. [ 226. ans (5) 'tn^tnn np nbtf rnfoy rubtf jrnn -rerun inrqy (6) * : utee ntf nbn Yl^a Tra ATT : TT ' T:-: -.--: V.JT .- v . ntettn tfra IND p^D-^3 ^ (7) M Exercise 585. (1) And vex them [iD^] as thou hast vexed [to] me on- account-of \bV] all my transgressions. 8 (2) And they destroyed- (of)-him 9 on the highways five thousand men. 10 (3) With the pure thou shalt show thyself pure, and with the perverse thou slialt act perversely." (4) In-order-to- rush upon-us and in-order-to fall upon-us. 13 (5) I have sewn sackcloth upon my skin, and soiled my horn in the dust. 13 (6) And I will sanctify my great name, which (is) profaned among the nations which you have profaned in the midst of them. 14 (7) If there be [ttj a sorrow like my sorrow with which I am vexed [" which is vexed to me"]. 15 (8) Art thou not she that slew Egypt and wounded the dragon ? " (9) In me kings shall reign and princes shall Job m. 14. ! Jud. x. 8. s Ps. xviii. 27. 4 Is. ix. 4. * Jer. li. 25. 6 Deut. xxiv. 21. 1 Is. xxxviii. 14. 8 Lam. i. 22. The tribe of Benjamin. w Jud. xx. 45. 11 2 Sam. xxii. 27. u Gen. xliii. 18. Job xvi. 15. 14 Ez. xxxvi. 23. 15 Lam. i. 12. M Is. li. 9. 227, 228.] yy CONJUGATION. 173 decree righteousness. 1 (10) The earth is utterly broken in pieces ["to break is broken in pieces"], the earth is tho- roughly cleft [" to cleave is cleft "] . 2 (F.) Hiphil 227. Perfect. SING. PLUB. pers. masc. fem. pers. masc. fem. 1 v?toprr Miiapn 1 ttaprr wtaprj 2 rfiaorr niaon 2 arfiaon ^ni^Dii T : ; -: 3 8 npn napn 3 13DTT UDH 228. Imperfect. With T conversive, V With suffixes, *23D* SING. PLUB. pers. 1 masc. fem. " T " T pers. masc. fem. " T " T 2 aDn >2Dn " T " T 2 -"op-H nj^pjn 3 ^D^ ^DJ^ "T " T 3 i2D > rwawn T TV - : 1 Pro. viii. 15. ' Is. xxiv. 19. 3 The second radical has sometimes ( ) instead of ( ). 4 3DN , &c., are also frequent. ETYMOLOGY. 229231. 229. Imperative. SINGULAR. pers. masc. fern. 2 UDil PLURAL. pers. masc. fern 2 SJ3DH r ^230. Infinitive: Absolute, npH- Construct, 1DJ1 231. Participle, 3DD Exercise 59aw awn 3 )aw> nrawn T V ~ 234. Infinitive, 235. Participle, 1 Also aD* , &c. - s 235.] y"y CONJUGATION. 177 Uzercise 60a. 2 : new tfb ]iD3-^ rkg isiw (2) : nrrr oyv nj'N (i) rapo Dnttfrr ':DN (4) : rnrrn rao rpzp tyD^> (3) .1(6) 4 :ny TPTJ-IN IEJJ^ \nn3 DU (5) 8 :anr - n^n - 3Dio '3 nybxh rfwcb rhsch naan narrn (7) - I j- T:- T-:-: T-: - : T : ( T: T -:|T: 7 : rhyzb n^'rarh p- 1 ?^ /i^ iao i n^o n^o 1 ? nVyo 1 ? T-:JT: v -- - | '; - -T ,-r T-:-: -: - : non!?o 0^3 ^3i n^3 p^ 1^3 iiir^ Tisao^Di (8) ATT : : : - - : - : T ' v T : T : 8 : rwtn T ,T \ ' T Exercise QQ6. (J) And Nebo and Baal-meon being changed (in) name. 9 (2) Say " A sword, a sword sharpened and also polished." ie (3) A wicked man may be favoured (but) he will not [^3] learn [per/.] righteousness, in a land of things-that-are- right he will act wickedly." (4) All the days [constr.] (that) it [fern.] lies waste it shall rest, 12 (5) It (is) a sharp sword and it is polished. 13 (6) His neighbour does not find favour in his eyes. 14 1 Lam. iv. 1. : Is. xxviii. 27. * Ex. xxxix. 6. 4 Jer. xxxiii. 21. s For ^Jin3 6 Is. xxxiii. 1. 7 Ez. xli. 7. 8 Hosea x. 14 9 Num. xxxii. 38. 10 Ez. xxi. 14. " Is. xxvi. 10. I2 Lev. xxvi. 35. 13 Ez. xxi . 16. " Prov: xxi. 10. N ( 178 ) [i& 236 238. CHAPTER XIII. ]"3 Conjugation. 236. The irregularity of this conjugation consists in the assimilation of the 3 to the next letter (by means of a dagezh forte] when the former letter is pointed with a silent sheva. The 3 is lost altogether in the construct infinitive and imperative Kal ; the former then takes the suffix 71 e.g. tto3 imper. #| , &c ; coustr. infin. /W&J ; but in verbs which are also "^ guttural" it takes pdttdch in both syllables, e.g. yil , constr. infin. r\y% - 1 (A.) Kal. 237. We make use of three paradigms in Kal (a) $32 to approach, which is the more general form; (5) ^M to fall, which does not lose the 2 in the imperative and infinitive construct ; (c) ]ft) to give, which assimilates also the last ] some cases. 238. The Perfect Tense in ViZl and ^SJ is regular, that of ]r_0 is as follows : 1 Verbs "y guttural," as well as ]"3 do not contract but are conjugated like other y guttural verbs. [ 239. ]"3 CONJUGATION. 179 SlNGTJLAB. PLTTBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 1 wu \nria 1 lajna ^an^ -T -T -T ~ T 2 nn: jnna T T : -T 2 DJ^ria Tjpma 3 Via noro 3 jpa w/u T ;,T :|T :,r 239. The Imperfect Tenses of ^ follows : are as SlNGULAB. pers. 1 2 3 fern. PLUBAL. pers. 1 2 3 fern. ' 'lr\ nann T " 180 ETYMOLOGY. [ 240242. 240. Imperative. SlNGULAB. pers. masc. fern. PLTTBAL. pers. masc. fern. 2 Jjtfa ^33 UJn 241. Infinitive .-Absolute, Kf\a, Construct, fijto , !?33 , DJ^ . 242. Participle /Active, 033, *?33, ]/13. Passive, 1^3 , wanting, Exercise 6 la. iN in 0an (i) (3) : T j --- T v :T : v T 1 1 Sam. xvii. 22. 2 Job. ii. 5. 1"3 CONJUGATION. 181 ny-n ^Tron -im npis (6) T : : v AT T 'T T : raa-rD TO? -I#N n-n Dyrroa nn-D2i fttf AT V ; V - T T - T - T4 1 ? ^4 mn (8) s : rr:mp:n Jim nritor6 ns-\y ptsrm (7) : T -:j- T :T ' - - nvrr i^ i^sj Di s D (9) :nri2Hn DT^ TJ^ >l ? : T T : | i- r : > : " : A- nnrrjji ^ ^-.nij -ian ^i Dpj^ ^ (io) 8 :t)D3 Exercise 615. (1) Your burnt offerings, and your sacrifices, your tithes, and the oblation of your hand, and all the choice of your vows, which ye vowed to the Lord. 9 (2) Again thou (fern.} shalt plant vineyards in the mountains of Samaria; the planters shall plant "and eat [say "profane" 10 ]. 11 (3) In this desert your corpses shall fall, and all that (were) mustered of you, (according-) to all your number, from twenty years old [" a son of twenty years "] and upwards. 12 (4) And all thy vows that thou mayest vow, and thy free- i 2 Sam. x. 13. 3 Dent. xi. 15. 8 Prov. xiii. 6. 4 Ex. xviii. 18. s Ruth i. 14. 6 Prov. xxiii. 26. 7 1 Sam. xxix. 3. 8 Lev. xix. 18. 9 Deut. xii. 11. 10 The expression " to profane a vineyard " is derived from the fact that for three years after its being planted it was kept sacred, after which it might be made use of. 11 Jer. xxxi. 5. u Nam. xiv. 29. 182 ETYMOLOGY. 243. will offerings, and the oblation of thy hand. 1 (5) And the Lord said unto Moses, " Why [" what "] art thou crying unto me ? Speak to the children of Israel (that) [and] they may strike-their-tents." 3 (6) And blessed [pass, part. KaT\ (be) he who delivers thy enemies into thy hand : and he gave him a tithe of all. 3 (7) And surely a falling mountain will lie prostrate, and a rock will be moved from its place/ (8) And my wrath shall be poured out, and my anger ; and it shall burn in the cities of Judah, and in the streets of Jerusalem.* (9) And they destroyed the image of Baal, and they destroyed the house of Baal.' (8) And he said unto her " Give me thy son," and-he-took-him 7 from her bosom. 8 243. Perfect. (B.) Niphal. SING. PLUB. pers. masc. fern. < < i vn^iij vni^iij pers. masc. fern. 1 ^itf.U Ut^jlJ T : : : ~ ~ " T : 2 Djn^iij |n^]ij . . . y . . 1 Deut. xii. 17. * Ex. xiv. 15. ' Gen. xiv. 20. 4 Job. xiv. 18. 5 Jer. xliv. 6. 2 Kings x. 27. ' The verb H|^ is conjugated like a verb )") in Kal and Hophal (though the imperative Kal is sometimes found formed regularly) ; its other forms are regular. 8 1 Kings xvii. 19. 244, 245.] ]"3 CONJUGATION. 183 244. The Imperfect, Imperative, and Infinitive are regular. 245. Participle, 033. Exercise 62a. ]Q~nN J"|.n ny2. [and it came to pass] \T1 (1) (2) ' : n^ 'r6nan tomtf? ru wm -n-6 T I = - : - : T : : A- T: T (4) s : 0a njw (5) 4 : rrj j? i:;p T 3 iin sya 15* (6) 5 : rintf (8) 7 :Y"~' I D7J2P 0^10 WD3 DD (7) 6 : ^ qyrr 0:0 ^Dp3"D ^ (9) 8 : 13333 v T Exercise 623. (1) And the man of Israel was harassed on that day. 10 (2) And I will set [" give"] my face against [3 ] you, and 1 1 Sam. xviii. 19. * Deut. xxviii. 7. * Is. xl. 24. 4 2 Sam. xiv. 14. 5 Num. i. 17. Is. xli. 2. ' Prov- viii. 23. " Is. iii. 5. Jud. xv. 7. 10 1 Sam. xiv. 24. 184 ETYMOLOGY. 246, 247- you shall be defeated before your enemies. 1 (3) Wilt thou fear a [the] leaf driven away ? wilt thou pursue dry stubble ? 2 (4) For he lamented for Amnon. (5) All the places whither they were driven. (6) And from, the half tribe of Mannasseh, eighteen thousand, who were called by names. 3 (7) Her shoots spread themselves out, they cross the sea. 4 (8) And the thunders and hail ceased, and the rain was not poured upon [ H locale] the earth. 8 246. The Piel, Pual, and Hithpael, are regular throughout. (C.) Hiphil. $ 247. Perfect. SlNGULAB. PLTJBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 1 VHflan Wan < < i 'Ui^jin ui^n 2 win jntfan 2 Dni^iin ]n^5n T : - : ; . v ~ * v ; *~ * 3 Kftin rwln < < T ' 1 Lev. xxvi. 17. 2 Job xiii. 25. 3 x Chr> xii> 3L 4 Is. xvi. 8. * Ex. ix. 33, 248 2 51.] 1"3 CONJUGATION. 248. Imperfect. 185 SlNGULAE. PLUEAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 1 ^.SN $M)N 1 $\:)3 ttfaO < , , 2 l^^JH ^2r\ 2 -i^jir^ njt^an < 3 $vj> ttf\3.n 3 siw ra^K? Apocopated, ^5\ &c. 249. Imperative. SlNGULAE. PLUEAL. pers. 2 masc. fern. ttterr ^an pers. masc. fern. < < . T . .. _ 250. Infinitive: Absolute, l^3H . Construct, ttW 251. Participle, &2Q. Exercise 63" ~ Tpm yrb on^:i-/i in p^ (4) TO ir rrm onni? (6) : warn (7) 6 : *)pv nj-n (io) ; nsrr-^ orpisi snnii v^ sio^rr (9) T : v v : ATT: T r onsao isa (ii) 10 : Exercise 633. (1) For the cry is gone in a circle to the borders of 1 2 Kings iv. 6. 2 P 8 . xc ii. 12. 3 Deut . L 17> 4 Jer. xviii. 21. * J u d. vi. 9. Ex. xii. 22. 7 1 Sam. iii. 13. 8 p s . xc i v< 4. 9 Ps xxxiy 6 10 Gen. xWii. 13. P s . l xxx . 9. 252.] ]"S) CONJUGATION. 187 Moab. 1 (2) To declare thy mercy in the morning, and thy faithfulness in the night. 2 (3) Thou shalt not take usury (from) [to] thy brother, the usury of silver, the usury of food, (or) the usury of anything which is lent upon usury. 3 (4) And Solomon was [iTH] ruler in all the kingdoms from the river of the land of the Philistines, and to the border of Egypt, who brought [part.~\ tribute and served [part.} Solomon all the days of his life. 4 (5) And ye shall go in a circle round the king [T2D ^DH by], (every) man, and his weapons in his hand. 5 (6) To whom you have sent me to lay down your request. 6 (7) And if thou (/.) declarest [imperf.] this our word. 7 (8) And since we have ceased to burn incense to the queen of heaven, and to pour out to her drink-offerings, we have wanted everything. 8 (9) He-who-removes stones will be hurt by them ; he-who- cuts-down trees will be endangered by them.' (10) And my roarings are poured [imperf. with 1 conv.~\ like water. 10 (D.) Hup&al. 252. In this form the prefix H always takes kibluh throughout, instead of chdteph-kamets. 1 Is. xv. 8. 4 1 Kings v. 1. 7 Josh ii. 20. 3 Ps. xcii. 3. 5 2 Kings xi. 8. 8 Jer. xliv. 18. 10 Job iii. 24. 3 Deut. xxiii. 20. 6 Jer. xlii. 9. 9 Eccl. x. 9. 188 ETYMOLOGY. 253. Perfect. 253256. SlNGULAB. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. < < < < 1 wan Wan 1 utfan 'OTtfan 2 < 2 D^tfan wan T : -x : : -\ v : - \ v : - \ 3 itfan mtfan 3 wan v&in -\ T : \ : \ : \ 254. Imperfect, SlNOULAB. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 1 ttfaN i^ai< 1 ttfaa #aa -\ -\ -\ ~\ c 2 i^jjjT) ^^an 2 ^ar) n^an -\ : \ : \ T: - \ 3 t&r i^an 3 ^ ~\ -\ :\ ' TI'-\ 255. Infinitive : Absolute, ttfail Construct, tt'ari - \ 256. Participle tfaD. Exercise 64fl. iism yixn f^i D'aiern fa in'n nba itfrii prrri (i) rv -: VTT .- T _ I .. l_ x _ T T I -...;,...- v 256.] ]"3 CONJUGATION. 189 vr\nr\ onnn SIDMI (2) >: ' T-: IT: T : - T |-.- - T: Y"i* nans tftvn (4) 3 : lam pirns npisn astf D Tiro* ' v T T T : - \ - -: |- T " T T : T : T w n-Tni6 ^piii; 1 ? mtn YINI-TDK yr (5) AT\-:|- l VT-:|- VTT v -\ (7) 6 : #ND biiD TI nt NiSi (6) 5 : ]n* '- :-- 1 ? nn' ( 8 ) 7 : \ -: ' -.-r 8 : rb*n n'pijpia T : ITT T : ~ : : : Exercise 643. (1) As the melting of silver in the midst of a furnace, so shall you be melted in the midst of her. 9 (2) For from the rising- of the sun [and] until its setting, great (is) my name among the nations, and in every place incense (is) brought to my name, and a clean sacrifice. 10 (3) Pure gold shall not be given instead of her, and her price cannot be weighed in silver. 11 (4) And they said, <: Because it was certainly told to thy servants that which the Lord thy God commanded [^S] Moses, his servant, to give to you all the land, and to destroy all the inhabitants of the land from before you." 12 (5) The vessels which (were) on the table, 1 2 Sam. xviii. 9. 2 Mic. i. 4. 3 Is. lix. 14. 4 Ez. xix. 12. 5 Num. xxxii. 5. 6 Zach. iii. 2. 7 Lev. xi. 35. 8 2 Sam. iii. 34. 9 Ez. xxii. 22. 10 Mai. i. 11. 11 Job xxviii. 15. 12 Josh. ix. 24 190 ETYMOLOGY. ($ 256. the dishes, and the bowls, and the cups, in which libations were made, (were of) pure gold. 1 (6) (To) each according to pE)^] his muster, his inheritance shall be given. 2 (7) Let a little water be fetched, I-pray-you, and wash your feet, and recline under the tree. 3 (8) And he dreamed ; and behold a ladder placed [part.~] on the earth [il locale], and its head reached [part.] to the heavens [!"T locale]. 41 1 Ex. xxxvii. 16. * Num. xxvi. 54. s Gen. xviii. 4. 4 Gen. xxviii. 12. 257260.] ( 191 ) CHAPTER XIV. QUIESCENT VERBS. v '3 Conjugation. I. Verbs properly VS. 257. A large majority of V 'S) verbs originally, as the Arabic proves, must have commenced with 1 , e.g. Hebrew ib' 1 to bear, must have been *"6l = Arabic jJj wdlddd. Hence verbs properly T'3 are conjugated differently from those properly V 'D, as the 1 quiesces in some cases to i and 1 in- stead of ' and , as 2W Hi., from 1& 258. The imperf., infin., and imper. Niphal, having a dagesh forte in the first radical, take a 1 in that place, as 259. The imperf. Kal, however, either retains * or loses the first radical altogether, e.g. $1", but 3^- 260. Whenever the first radical begins a syllable the verb is regular (with " ), as :UT; but the constr. infin. and imperative Kal contract in the same manner as in the T'3 conjugation, as m^, njH (from yT), !? 192 ETYMOLOGY. 261263. II. Verbs properly v '3 261. The following are the only verbs of this class : 3J2* to be good. p^ , to suck- yp> , to awake. "UP, to form. ^ Hi. ^tyn , to lewail. * , to be straight. T > (Arab. {J ^ ydbisd, but which gives Hi. ttflVT) to be dry. S Hi., to go to the right. 262. These verbs do not contract in the infin. constr. and imper. Kal, as 210% 2B? ; and have imperf. Kal 2^; the Hi. also retains the \ as III. Contracted Verbs v '3- 263. This class contains verbs v '3 and V'3 , but which contract and are conjugated exactly like verbs V'3- 1 They are as follows : > , to set? T ', Hi., to place. 1 r * , to spread out* , to pour oneself out* , to kindle. 6 . to form (imperf. 1 Therefore no paradigm has been given for them. 2 Only found in Hitpael. 3 Found also in Ho. 4 In Kal, Hi., Ho. s Kal and Pi. y 3 , Hi. V'3 and ]"3 , Ho. V'3 . * ]"3 in Kal and JVt., V'3 in Hi. 261, 265.] v '3 CONJUGATION. 193 (A.) Kal. 264. Perfect. Regular. 265. Imperfect. SINGULAB. pers. masc. fern. V'3 v '3 V3 PLUEAL. pers. masc. fern. V'3 v S v'S 1 2#J 3^3 2 3 With T conv. V'3- (The tone is removed to the last syllable in pause). o 194 ETYMOLOGY. [266268. Some verbs V'3 are conjugated like v '3 in imperf. and imper., e.g. $~V imperf. #"}"> imper. $T- 266. Imperative. SlNGULlB. pers. masc. fern. 2 y& na> PLTTEAL. pers. masc. fern. 2 50$ ? )2I3 > Hi2t^ ("13213' 267. Infinitive: Absolute, 3^, li^V Construct, 268. Participles Regular. Exercise 650. (i) tthn (2) 1 For DJjWTI; this change of () into ( ), which, however, is rare, is a weakening caused by the >. 268.] CONJUGATION. 195 =)D3n 133 vn (4) : -133 -)33 rr nsto^ D'rrg /IND roigrr -i/iDrr i 1 ? n:rbN on^n T v T - nn (6) s ; (7) 4 :o s>: T^3"n - - (8) 5 : /wn (5) : D313, 7 : Dsntfl K-JIN my ^jm D >; t5n -lyD^ p 1 ? (9) 6 : Ton TM T -.- -: f T : A- -:' T T : v te ft Exercise 655. (1) And he moulded to him four rings of gold, and he put the rings on four of the corners, which (belonged) to four of its [m.] feet. 9 (2) Do not boast to-day [DV3] (of) to-morrow, for thou knowest not what a day may bring 1 Is. xliv. 12. 4 Is. xlvii. 1. 7 Jer. vi. 18. * Ex. xxxviii. 27. s Gen. xxviii. 4. 8 Gen. xxvii. 13. s Jer. xxxvi. 19. 4 Ps. li. 5. 9 Ex. xxxvii. 13. 196 ETYMOLOGY. [ 2G9. forth. 1 (3) From time to time [HO'DJ D'OJD] the daughters of Israel go [imperf.'] to commemorate [^ JTOJTlb] the daughter of Jephtha, the Gileadite, four days in the year. 2 (4) And she hastened, and she descended from off the ass, and she fell hefore David on her face. 3 (5) And he said to him, u I will not go, but to my land and to my birth-place I will go."* (6) Behold fire descended from the heavens, and devoured the two captains of the first fifties, and their fifties ; and now let my soul be precious in thy eyes.* (7) And David said to Uriah, " Dwell here [iTQ] also to-day, and to-morrow [TTD] I will-send-thee- away [suffix with $ demonstrative, see 89];" and Uriah dwelt in Jerusalem on that day and the morrow [mnSJO-l]. 6 (8) Who went 7 to descend (into) Egypt, and they did not ask of my mouth. 8 (9) And Barak said to her, " If thou wilt go [imperf. ~\ with me, [and] I will go 7 [j0//.], and if thou wilt not go with me, I will not go [imperf.] .' (10) Descend to thy house and wash thy feet. 1 Prov. xxvii. 1. J Jud. xi. 40. 1 Sam. xxv. 23. 4 Num. x. 30. * 2 Kings i. 14. 6 2 Sam. xi. 12. 7 Tpil : this verb is used in the perfect, inf. abs., and participles Kal, and the whole of the Ni. t Pi., and Hit. ^ is used in the imperf., inf. constr., and imper. Kal, and the whole of the Hi. 8 Is. xxx. 2. Jud. iv. 8. 269271.] 269. Perfect. v 3 CONJUGATION. (B.) Niphal. 197 SINGULAR. pers. masc. fern. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. 270. Imperfect. SINGULAR. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fem. pers. masc. fem. 1 30W 1 ^Kft} ilinj 2 mtftj^ "Qt^jn 2 ^^^ri njn^^n 3 iltfV Qti^/l 3 ! QEh > nju^jn .. T . T IT | 271. Imperative. SlNGULAB. pers. masc. fem. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fem. 198 ETYMOLOGY. [^ 272, 273. 272. Infinitive .Absolute, wanting. Construct, Itfjl' 27 3. Participle, IttfiJ. Exercise Tfona D^BN wotfl yiDtf (i) rrn TT T nnri'!? (3) 4 : oNa rraVj TEJ noa n^pii (4) *:Qrb~y3v : : T :- : ' A - : : T : '- VJT * - : > i (6) 5 ;p^ >jo5^ qcnn -^3'^n DD nnyi (5) 4 : 'TT : :JT- A-:- -T: T - : (7) e : irinsn "by -ivx nahsn ^s 1 ? in^ nnrui (8) : n _ (9) 02 ^31 (io) " : -imtri i |T: T : ,T: \:-| A' 1 Jer. xxxi. 18. 2 Kings vi. 8. 3 Prov. xx. 13. Prov. vi. 2. 5 P 8 . ii. 10. 6 Gen. viii. 12. * Ex. xxx. 6. 2 Ckron. xxxii. 3. 9 Is. viii. 15. 273.] v/ 3 CONJUGATION. 199 Exercise 66d. (1) And if they blow on one (trumpet), [and] the princes, the heads of the thousands of Israel, shall assemble to thee. 1 (2) Be corrected, O Jerusalem, lest my soul be alienated from thee. 2 (3) The graven images of their gods you shall burn with fire, thou shalt not desire (the) silver and gold upon them, and take it to thee lest thou be snared [imperj ? .] by it [2]. 3 (4) A servant cannot be corrected by words. 4 (5) And he said, " We will meet in the house of the Lord, in [7N] the midst of the temple, and we will shut the gates of the temple." 5 (6) Lest I be satisfied, and deny, and say, "Who (is) the Lord ? " or lest I become poor, and steal, and seize the name of the Lord. 6 (7) And I will show myself great and holy, and I shall be known to the eyes of many nations, and they shall know that I (am) the Lord. 7 (8) And thou didst also arouse prophets, to celebrate [upon] thee in Jerusalem, saying, " (There is) a king, in Judah ; " and now it shall be reported to the king, according to these words : and now go, and we will take counsel together.* (9) And you shall be remembered before the Lord your God, and you shall be saved from your enemies. 9 (10) When I make thee [" in-my -giving thee "] a desolate city, like the cities which (are) not inhabited. 10 1 Num. x. 4. 4 Prov. xxix. 19. 7 Ez. xxxviii. 23. * Jer. vi. 8. 5 Neh. vi. 10. 8 Neh. vi. 7. 10 Ez. xxvi. 19. 3 Deut. vii. 25. Prov. xxx. 9. 9 Num. x. 9. 200 ETYMOLOGY. [ 274, 275. (C.) Hipkil. 274. Perfect. , SlNGULAB. pers. masc. fern. < < < 1 PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. 1 uadtii 2 D/'i^ti'in < . 275. Imperfect. SlNGULAB. pera. masculine. feminine. / 3 CONJUGATION. 201 pers. 1 2 3 PLURAL. masculine. feminine. Apocopated, With 1 conv 276. Imperative. pers. 2 SINGULAR. masculine. feminine. pers. 2 PLUEAL. masculine. -ITOTT feminine. Exercise 67 a. 202 ETYMOLOGY. 276.] p'TOb yfn fa Darn D3rf? ^ (2) l : twa n^a tofe l .--*- A - : v- T T : IT. 3 : D^iyb T39 1 ? M3>x;n ra jnson *ana S JNI (3) * : np 1 ? eipVn T : ' VT : " -- T : - T \ : --:|- te iBtfn (5) ^Dfc-intp'p UTS -irrrtn in* tjprn (4) iiai noan nstrtn (6) 5 :>ai< n^ia, TT:T rnno .. |T .. T .. . . . : ITT jn (9) :]*&!! nn^ srim ^prn D^ynn ri (8) :ny3in D S ^I jnsrVi TD3 y^^ D^an ^3 T : T T : - -: - : ' A r- : - : j 113,1 ^)* p"r3 ^i (io) ATT ) T VT ' v T : ' v T T T -: Exercise 673. (1) And thou madest known thy holy sabbath to them." (2) Behold we shall-come [" coming "] into the land ; thou [fern.] shalt bind this rope of scarlet thread in the window, by which thou caused us to descend, and thou shalt collect to thee into the house [H locale] thy father, and thy mother, and thy brothers, and all the house of thy father. 1 * (3) For I will dispossess nations from before thee, and I 1 Josh. xxiv. 3. 4 Gen. xliii. 22. 7 Num. xvii. 11. 10 Gen. xiii. 9. 1 Prov. ix. 9. 5 Jud. vi. 15. 8 Jer. xxv. 34 11 Neh. ix. 14 Ps. xli. 13. 6 1 Kings x. 7. 9 Job. x. 3. " Josh. ii. 18. v/ 3 CONJUGATION. 203 will widen thy border. 1 (4) If thou dost well, (shall there) not (be) a lifting- (of the face) ? and if thou dost not do well, sin (is) lying 1 at the door, and to thee shall be his desire, and you shall rule over him. 2 (5) Art thou not our God ? thou didst dispossess the inhabitants of this land from before thy people Israel, and didst give it to the seed of Abraham, thy beloved, for ever. 3 (6) I- will-cause- them-to-go -down like lambs to the slaughter \infin. constr^], like rams with he- goats. 4 (7) When thou tillest the earth, it shall not continue to-give [constr.] its strength to thee. 8 (8) And thou wilt save the afflicted people, and thy eyes (are) upon the haughty, thou wilt humble (them). 6 (9) For right and left thou shalt break out, and thy seed shall inherit nations, anjd it shall make desolate cities inhabited. 7 (10) For we have heard that [")$N /IN] the Lord dried up the waters of the Red Sea before you. 8 277. Perfect. (D.) Hofhal. SINGULAR. PLURAL. pers. masc. fern. < < pers. 1 masc. fern. < 2 .TQtiftn rottf-in 2 [ watwn imttn 3 2tcMn mttfin T T 3 n o.fn 1 Ex. xxxiv. 24. * Gen. iv. 7. 2 Chr. xx. 7. * Jer. li. 40. 5 Gen. iv. 12. 6 2 Sam. xxii. 28. 7 Is. liv. 3. 8 Josh. ii. 10. 204- ETYMOLOGY. 278. Imperfect. 278280. SINGULAR. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. i atfia atfw 1 3tft3 3l^U 2 3Kftn win 2 ^3^^ rU3^W ~* * : : T : 3 3ttfy 3tftn 3 : T : ~ 279. Infinitive, 280. Participle, atth Exercise 6Sa. (i) nth3 HTT (2) > : ^ ipjin rratan (3) :jrn -|~T a vb (4) ': nn^prr ITTND nam (5) : aizo ^ jn vfy* 13-7 : _ n (6) * 1 Lev. Vi. 2. 2 Jer. xiii. 23. 3 Lev. sxi. 10. 4 Jer. xxxiv. 1. v> 3 CONJUGATION. 205 \m:u,'m (7) l : yn^n npa o^n 1 ? aratfvn Dipa DSJN ~iy :--:(-: v T T v v : v : - : v : - j : I T ... v nni itf Exercise 68. (I) And I will cause thee to serve thine enemies in a land which thou knowest not, for ye have kindled a fire in my anger ; it shall burn for ever. 4 (2) Now give pledges to my lord, the king of Assyria, and I will give thee two thousand horses, if thou art able to give, for-thy-part [^], riders upon them. 5 (3) Who says to Jerusalem, " Thou shalt be inhabited." (4) Thy pomp is brought down to the grave, (and) the sound of thy harps. 6 (5) And I sent to them messengers, saying, " I (am) doing a great work, and I cannot come down." 7 (6) And these (things) Solo- mon was instructed. (7) Or if his sin be made known to him. (8) In praise [injin.] of the Lord, because [t^] the house of the Lord was founded. 8 1 Is. v. 8. 2 Jer. xv. 14. 3 Is. xiv. 15. 4 Jer. xvii. 4. 5 Is. xxxvi. 8. 6 Is. xiv. 11. 7 Neh. vi. 3. 8 Ezr. iii. 11. ( 206 ) [281. CHAPTER XX. QUIESCENT VERBS.' T'y and r 'y Conjugations. ry 281. The following are the principal peculiarities of inflection in this conjugation: (a) (1) If the 1 should regularly be followed by a homogeneous l vowel (i.e. o or u), it quiesces, as Dip for *DY)p , pass. part, from Dip (2) If the 1 should regularly be pointed with sheva, it is elided, as 1D for * 1Dlp T - (3) It is also elided if pointed with a heterogeneous 1 vowel (i.e. a or i) and the preceding consonant takes a vowel, as MjPD for * \TVTID , &c., but *~)1D becomes "ID , and *"T1D . ID T ' " T (b) (1) When after one of the above changes the vowel of a prefix (being short) should be in an open syllable it is lengthened, as D^H for *D''prT 1 homogeneous is derived from two Greek words signifying " of a fike kind." " Heterogeneous is derived from two Greek words signifying "of a different kind." 28].] Vy CONJUGATION. 207 (2) The perfect tense IlipJiil retains the '" through- out, and T is inserted before the suffix, as rr, &c. (c) The following- irregularities do not come under the above heads : (1) The infinitive construct Eal is TlD instead of TID, which is the form of the absolute, and of which it seems a shortening. (2) The imperfect and imperative Kal also take 1 instead of 1 ; the imperfect takes ( ) under the prefix, as D^ptf- (8) The fern. pi. imperative and the second and third persons plural of the imperfect, which would be * rWQp and * nUDIpJ 7 ) . become !"T3Dp and ' 1 * I (4) The perfect tense NipJial has the third persons Qp3j &c., but the other persons insert a 1 before the suffix, as VliDlpJ , &c. (5) The other parts of the NipJial take \ as DipN (6) The participle Hiphil is D^pD instead of * D^D . (d) Verbs TV. have Pilel, Pulal, and HitJipolel for their intensive forms. There are many verbs which treat the T as a consonant, and they are conjugated regularly, as rni to be airy ; fTTH ltf*? and Saul became easy (1 Sam. xvi. 23). 208 ETYMOLOGY. [ 282, 283. vy 282. These verbs are subject to the same rules as those of the Y'y conjugation ; a paradigm is given when their inflection deviates from that of the latter conjugation. (A.) Kal. 283. Perfect. () \'y Conjugation. SlNGULAB. pers. masc. fern. < < < < < < < < T : '- T - T : : : '- : - 3 op na tfa nap nna 'T T 'T T PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. DJ^ap nra D^a ynap ]ria inufo < < < < < *ap 'uia wa ^ap -ina 284.] vy AND v'y CONJUGATIONS. 209 (fr) V T Conjugation. SlNOULAB. pers. masc. i Yi33 viira T : ~ T fern. ^:a \nta r):3 /T)3^3 ma nra T T T PLTTBAL. pers. masc. 2 DJ^33 DJT3M 3 133 W3 T fern. 133 13*9 T 284. Imperfect. SINGULAB. pers. masc. 2 mpn i^an T'aj^ * 3 D^ ^a* 1 va^ fem. 210 ETYMOLOGY. 285287. PLUEAL. pei-s. } #33 V33 fern. #33 mtflin Shortened DpMIT. < With ) conversive Dp s l , Dft^ , P*l 'TT- ' T- ' T With suffix 285. Imperative. SlNGULAB. pers. masc. fem. < < PLTJRAL. pers. masc. fem. 2 SMMD i3'3 mop rrara T : ' TV- 286. Infinitive : Absolute, Dip , p . Construct, Dip , r^ 287. Participle .-Active, DjJ , /ID , 03 , 13. Passive, Dp > ^3 287.J TIT AND V 'P CONJUGATIONS. 211 Exercise 69a. *fi-iNa rnayN (i) p rrjpian ny [were] -vrr n^ (2) : tozn T T T (3) ':rnrr iiDy-i Dn 3 -ra a TTI *a ia^ ^a- (4) s : T TT T:-: v T --: javiN ^a* nrr na' ninths i/iDa jn (5) 4 : : v T T : - T T : : T : T : T : y (6) 5 :nnyoifD par ^ai DI S rrt^o nsiDi oiix Dip T: - : T r - : T v: v^v nan D3 (7) :ietorn nitQ jrvn na^a n Da 1 ? TJSS DI Tito uas ?raN ova ' :T -: : * ' 1 Dent. ii. 27. 2 Josh. xx. 9. 3 Is. Ixv. 19. * Deut. xxvi. 5. s Is. xi. 14. 6 Josh. i. 15. ' Jud. ix. 40. 8 Jer. ii. 36. 9 Geu. ii. 17. 212 ETYMOLOGY. mbtf ntfra DHi&yn s : ni (ii) 'iD' crHtf am irwn nayn n&ip na " : ! T v |T - IT rrn qj (is) *: -fan ngn (is) s : na- ^ns Y"!"^3 nzp nn: Exercise (1) Also all that-hope-in-thee let them not be ashamed, let them be ashamed who vainly deceive. 7 (2) And the cities, which the Philistines had taken from Israel, were restored to Israel, from Ekron [and] unto Gath ; and their borders Israel delivered from the hand of the Philistines. 8 (3) Behold me sending, and I will take Nebuchadrezzar, king of Babylon, my servant, and I will put his throne above [*? /IftiQ] these stones which I have hidden. 9 (4) And 1 Neb. ix. 28. 1 Kings vii. 15. 3 Ruth i. 16. 4 2 Sam. xii. 19. s Is xiv. 7. 6 1 Kings xxi. 27. 7 Ps. xxv. 3. 1 Sam. vii. 14. Jer. xliii. 10. I 287.] Vy AND v 'y CONJUGATIONS. 213 they urged [on] him until he was ashamed; and he said, " Ye may send \imper.~\ ; " and they sent fifty men. 1 (5) And Saul said to the Kenites (sing?), "Go, (pi.) depart, go down from the midst of the Amalekites, lest I destroy thee with them. 2 (6) And behold you are risen up instead of your fathers, an increase of sinful men. 3 (7) And (a) [the] boy ran, and announced to Moses, and said, " Eldad and Medad (are) prophesying in the camp." 4 (8) And David fasted [a fast], and he went in, and passed the night, and lay on the ground [il locale], . 5 (9) For I said, " Lest they rejoice over me [7] when my foot slips [" in the slipping of my foot "], and act arrogantly towards me PP]." 6 (10) And Saul said, "Disperse yourselves among the people, and say ye to them, ' Let them bring to me (each) man his ox and (each) man his sheep, and let them kill (them) here [n-T2] and eat.'" 7 (11) For behold the stone which I put [1/13] before Joshua, on one stone seven eyes [dual] , behold me carving its sculpture ; and I will remove the sin of this land in one day. 8 (12) And David took the harp, and he played with his hand, and Saul was refreshed [" and it was airy to Saul "] and he was well, i 2 Kings ii. 17. * 1 Sam. XT. 6. Xum. xxxii. 14. * Num. XL 27. 5 2 Sam. xii. 16. Ps. xxxviii. 17. * 1 Sam. xiv. 34. Zaoh. iii. 9. ETYMOLOGY. [288. [" and it was well to him "], and the depression went away from him. 1 (13) Aiid he said, " Behold, I-pray-ye, my lords, turn aside, I-pray-ye, to the house of your servant, and pass the night, and wash your feet, and ye-shall-rise- early and go your way ; " and they said, " No, for we will pass the night in the street/' 2 (14) And when p^,?] th e child is dead, thou arisest and eatest bread. 3 (15) And he fell from off the throne backwards [JT3']hNr), by the side of the gate [~iy$n T "W2], and his neck was broken, and he died, for the man was old and heavy ; and he had judged Israel forty years. 4 (B.) Niphal. 288. Perfect. SlNGULAB. PI/UBAL. , pers. 1 masc. < fern. \ntoip: pers. masc. fern. < i 'oiaip: WD^p: 2 < T /tap? 2 DJiiaip: piaip: 3 Dip: rroip: 3 JiDip: ?iDip: 1 1 Sam. xvi. 23. Gen. lix. 2. 3 2 Sam. xii. 21. * 1 Sam. iv. 18. The inflection of verbs vy only differs from that of verbs Vy in tbe Kal. 289 292.] Y'y AND v 'y CONJUGATIONS. 289. Imperfect. 215 SINGULAR. PLUEAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 1 DipN DIpM i Dip: DipJ 2 Dipn ^pip.n 2 'loipj;) n^Qpri 3 Dip? Dip.n 3 IDip^ iTjbpD T 5 " 290. Imperative. SlNGULAE. pers. inasc. fern. Diprr PLUEAL. pers. masc. fern. 291. Infinitive: Absolute, DipH. Construct, DipH- 292. Participle, DipJ. Exercise 70. narr T T : T TT (i) nan D^aDn nan T T-: TA- 1 Jer. iv. 22. 16 ETYMOLOGY. [ 292. ini (4) ': pp^rr oate6 Djjia rnnD QJ? rftrr w 'Eattrtaj fro ayrr 1 ?? s rn (6) 'I st^B ^po MEJ^O Kim Tfc =120 (7) s :Di (8) 6 : Di s n Exercise 706. (1) Tremble ye before Him all the earth, also the world shall be established, it shall not be moved. 8 (2) And Pharoah said to Joseph, " After the Lord has caused thee to know all this, (there is) no (one) (so) wise and intelligent as thou." 9 (3) And she said to the men, " I know that the Lord has given the laud to you, and that your fear has fallen upon us, and that all the inhabitants of the land melt (with fear) before you." 10 (4) And he said in his heart, " I shall not be moved from generation to generation [" to generation and generation "], [that] (I shall) not (be) in 1 1 Sam. xiv. 16. Ps. v. 10. Gen. x. 18. 4 Ps. xlvi. 6. * 2 Sam. six. 10. 6 Prov. iv. 18. 7 Jer. x. 21. 8 1 Chr. xvi. 30. 9 Gen. xli. 39. 10 Josh. ii. 9. 293297.] V'V AND ' y CONJUGATIONS. 217 evil. 1 (5) For all the days which the son of Jesse lives upon the ground, thou shalt not be established, thou and thy kingdom ; and now send, and take him to me, for he is a dead man [rnD~]3,]. 2 (6) All thy fortresses (are) fig-trees with first-fruits : if they are shaken, [imperf.'] [and] they fall into the mouth of the eater. 3 (7) Then the princes of Edom shall tremble, the mighty-ones of Moab, trembling shall seize them, all the inhabitants of Canaan shall melt (with fear). 4 (8) Therefore say, " Thus saith the Lord, ' And I will collect you from the peoples ; and I will gather you from the lands, in which ye are scattered ; and I will give you the land of Israel/ 3i (C.) Pilel. 293. Perfect, TOD^p, DDip, &c. 6 294. Imperfect, D^ipN , &c. 295. Imperative, DDip, &c. 296. Infinitive, DQip. 297. Participle, DOipa 1 Ps. x. 6. 2 1 Sam. xx. 31. * Nah. iii. 12. 4 Ex. xv. 15. 5 Ez. xi. 17. 6 Cf. the verbs y"y, 213 et seq. 218 ETYMOLOGY. [^ 298 306. (D.) Pulal. 298. Perfect, \TVppip.D3ip, &c. 299. Imperfect, DQipN, &c. 300. Infinitive, DQip- 301. Participle, DDipD- (E.) Hithpolel. 302. Perfect. 'JTOItfpJVT, DQlpJVT, &c. 303. Imperfect, DDipTlN , &c. 304. Imperative, DQ s lpJnrT &c. 305. Infinitive, DStfpJVT. 306. Participle, DQipJIQ. Exercise 71. (2) ".DDitf >:D^ ^n^ s< i -nio OTT (i) T : onoa inTtt*a an-,n 'a-wm naitf ATT Lam. iii. 11. Is. xliii. 18. See 74 and 212. 306.] vy AND v 'y CONJUGATIONS. 219 niir >3 y-iN Twm D'stf watf (4) > : -wa Kin - - - T : D'an isntf* (5) 'pi T^S Dm wain - - : : : IT : : - : ' : D*a$n jrp") 'as'y pNrry ^iy sfijn n s n #3: yi^ *TT~~"5 **: "* TTT : I ^T"~ V V V V D'jn (7) *: obi^-iy D^ ^b ^i^ ^ayriN ^ piDm (6) ' - 7 : D*p =)^ s ^"i : T :JT: T : T VT - T : AT : sjji uns nan (ii) 8 : -innnbsi vby iayi : ^ nt'sa ii^ TT: :JT T ~ : -:|- -T V:(-.-T (12) 9 :T^y/iai suaj? ynasi ?b VNI ii^yna.i^ (is) A " : nsjw "inn n^am banan nyn -inir^ ^-iterri - : v - : 'AT T - : v : - - "T T : -TV T : iDm ^a n^iin npi^ (io) u : ' 1 2 Sam. xir. 33. ' Is. i. 2. * Gen. i. 20. * 2 Sam. vii. 24. s Ji-r. xii. 10. ' Ps. cxlvi. 9. i Is. xxiv. 20. 8 2 Sam. i. 9, 10. 9 Ps. xx. 9. 10 1 Kings xx. 27. " ProT. xiii. 7. 1J Jer. 1. 19. 15 Prov. xiv. 34. 220 ETYMOLOGY. [$) 306. Exercise 1\b. (1) If he does not turn \imperf. ~\, He will sharpen His sword : He has bent His bow, and made it ready [imperf, with 1 conv.]. 1 (2) Hast thou perceived even ["unto"] the breadths of the earth ? declare if thou knowest all of it [/.]. 2 (3) Mountains tremble on-account-of [p] Him, and hills melt (with fear). 3 (4) And David sang this lament over Saul, and over Jonathan, his son. 4 (5) Deliver me from my enemies, O Lord ! protect me safely from those-that- rise-up- (against) -me. s (6) And the king said to Barzillai, " Cross [imperf.] thou with [-HN] me, and I will provide thee with food with [113V] me in Jerusalem." 6 (7) He dwells \imperf.~\ and abides (on the) rock, on the point [" tooth "] of the rock and (the) peak. 7 (8) For a short time Thy holy people have possessed (it), our enemies have trodden down Thy holy place. 8 (9) Dwelling in the secret place of the Most High, he shall abide in the shadow of the Almighty. 9 (10) And this (happened) in past time in Israel, on account of the redemption and on account of the exchange, to confirm everything : a man drew off his shoe, and gave it to his neighbour ; and this (was) the testimony in Israel. 10 (11) Howl, O Hesbon ! for Ai (is) spoiled, cry- 1 Ps. vii. 13. Job nxviii. 18. 3 Nah. i. 5. * 2 Sam. i. 17. * Ps. lix. 2. 2 Sam. lix. 34. 7 Job xxxii. 28. Is. kiii. 18. 9 Ps. ici. 1. 10 Bath ir. 7. 307.] AND CONJUGATIONS. 221 ye daughters of Rabbah, gird (yourselves) with sackcloth, (pi.), lament, and run to and fro by the fences ; for their king shall go into captivity, his priests and his princes together. 1 (12) The steps of a man are maintained by [P] the Lord, and He delights in his way. 2 (13) And they shall bless the name of Thy glory, which [" and "] (is) exalted above all blessing and praise. 3 (14) Why is this people of Jerusalem slidden back, with a complete back- sliding? they have refused to return. 4 (15) The chariots shall be mad in the streets, they shall run about in the broad ways ; their appearance (shall be) like torches, they shall run like flashes of lightning. 5 (F.) EipUL 307. Perfect. SING. PLTTE. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. i ^nTQ^Dn ^/iiu3*P^ i -i^iDpn yio'pn < 2 rfeypn /topn 2 D/iiDpn i-O^V? T . . _ . _. 3 D'pn nirpn 3 -iD'pn ^T?"!? T 1 Jer. xlix. 3. 2 Ps. xxrvii. 23. 3 Neh. ix. 5. 4 Jer. viii. 5. * Nah. ii. 5. 222 ETYMOLOGY. 308. Imperfect. 303311. SlNGULAB. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 1 DPN D'pN 1 DpJ DpJ ' T ' T T -T 2 Dp/1 TOpfl 2 .jj^p^ n^DpD T ' " T ' T T:'"T 3 Dp* Dp/) 3 TOW ruapn T T T . T Shortened, Dp s With 1 conv., 309. Imperative. With suffix, SlNGULAB. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. w pers. masc. fern. 2 Dpn *apn 2 Jiapn n^Dpn 'T ' ' T ' T T : ' T 310. Infinitive: Absolute, Dpn, Construct, D^pH ' T 311. Participle, D^pD- Exercise 7Za. 1 : T???P ^ njn; rrtaa n^an noto; d) 1 Ps. xlviii. 12. 311.] Y'y AND V T CONJUGATIONS. 223 yrg nirr "itfK yiN3 DKKPI frjXTJTK rnasn (2) yir^sQ D3 1 ? mm D3/iN ' T -.-: T T - : A v : v r*\x DV (3) VTT TT -: - T: A T ': '- ': Dill? JTUm DH2 v T T : - : v T 3 too 13V (5) 8 :Dn^ * nv^n D^ (6) 4 : nbn: p^p DTTN AT T : T T-:J- ' -:|- - -^32 Dyn vsn (7) : -nm ^i >jso TT^P^ TDD T: TT'VT- T : -T l v '. - T n-tn D^n-n n^om (8) 6 :]^rh i^p itrtop!? onso v - ^ T v T - : v v - '- " I -AT : T ptoDiT-nx n^D opn (9) r : T-: v ---- ' T : - v v 'IT- (io) 'nniajrnN op^i vrna'/is v=)i T v I VT - AT : V ' ~ i n^rr,n ^ano jap rrur *b i^ ntora v : T | r v T 'T T : ; v -: v : - ~ : I T atDn in s 3n:> n epn innwo p^n ^3 (12) -.-(: AT : - - : '-T- -ij-~ '\ : ":n-Tn D^r - T T T : 1 Deut. xii. 10. 2 Ps. kxiv. 16. 1 Sam. viii. 9. 4 Prov. xvii. 2. 5 Jer. iv. 1. 6 Ex. v. 12. " Num. xiv. 15. " Ex. xl. 18. " 1 Kings viii. 64. 10 Jer. xxiii. 3. u Num. xxxii. 15. 224 ETYMOLOGY. [ 311. Exercise 726. (1) For, behold, I (am) commanding; and I will shake the house of Israel among all nations, as (grain l ) is shaken in a sieve; and a grain shall not fall (on the) earth. 3 (2) And Gideon, his son, was threshing wheat by the wine vat, to put (it) in safety from before ['ISO] Midian. 3 (3) And my mercy shall not depart from him, as I caused it to depart from Saul, whom I took away from before thee [T^rP]- 4 (4) On that day I will cause to arise against Eli all which I have spoken against his house. 8 (5) And the woman said, " And why thinkest thou like this about the people of God? and the king (is) speaking this as a man in fault, that the king does not bring back his banished [*inff.']." { (6) And I will give the men who (are) trans- gressing my covenant, who have not caused to stand the words of the covenant which they made [" cut "] before me, the calf which they cut in [^] two, and they pass between the two pieces, into the hand of their enemies, and into the hand of them that seek their life. 7 (7) Have ye not known ? have ye not heard ? has it not been told from the beginning unto you ? have ye not understood the founda- 1 The Authorised Version gives " corn." 2 Am. ix. 9. * Jud. vi. 11. 2 Sam. vii. 15. ' 1 Sam. iii. 12. 6 2 Sam. xiv. 13. 7 Jer. xxxiv. 18 & 20. 312.] AND v 'y CONJUGATIONS. 225 tions of the earth ? * (8) And thou (/) hast placed thy back as the ground, and as the street to them that go over. 2 (9) And Jesse said unto David his son, " Take, now, to thy brothers, an ephah of this parched corn, and these ten loaves, and run to the camp to thy brothers." 3 (10) And a whirlwind shall scatter them ; and thou shalt rejoice in the Lord, and the Holy One of Israel thou shalt praise. 4 (11) And thou shalt know to-day, and recall to mind, that the Lord He is God in the heavens above, and on the earth below, there is no other ["fly f N]. 5 (12) God understands her way, and he knows her place. 6 (G.) Hophal. 312. Perfect. SlNGULAE. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. < < pers. 1 masc. < fern. < < T : 1- : : '- 2 OWE" i nogn 3 agin rroj^n 3 1DJ5-VT w^n i Is. xl. 21. 4 Is. xli. 16. 5 Is. li. 23. 5 Deut. iv. 39. s 1 Sam. xvii. 17. 6 Job xxviii. 23. 226 ETYMOLOGY. 313. Imperfect. 313315- SINGULAR. PLURAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 1 Dj? DpjlX 1 DjJO 0)713 2 Dpl^l ^DpV) 2 siopn mapw 3 DpV Dp-in 3 lapv mopw 314. Infinitive, D|>in. 315. Participle, DjJD. Exercise 73a. nsijrin nrn n Jn^ip 1 ) (i) D D*nn "ajn pin yz (2) ijnm nin> notto niirr D^I ^i* rurno (3) 2 : (4) 3 : 1 Ex. xxix. 27. Is. xxx. 33. s Ex. xxi. 29. 315.] V'y AND v '^ CONJUGATIONS. 227 tfp "in: nr^i rtos itfN (5) M " - TT A" : : '\ Y-: T --T | "IT (6) 2 : DTID^ nrram pirn (7) :viay toana t^N JTQN T \ : : T : v : AT tapfeh inwaa n^iD p^ (8) 4 : TT: v ' : T : T :|- i iD^ my p'y ^n -:|- -T '" 'ATT n^rr noin iit'sa TIP rT^rr-nKi (9) S :-ID: ^ irr-n v v ~|~ T T : v T v : T T : e :rfrn rpT? nnitan inan Tppm bp^rr ni) ^p DK^ [there was not] rPH ^ >3 tthfp ^3? i^~]m (10) on nn'? nftfo rfirf ^*bn anwan D^D.T v v I v v 7 : irrp^n oVa I ':|T- Exercise 73(5. (1) And the door of the side chamber (was) towards (V] the-place-that-was-left, one door northwards [" the way of the north "], and one door to the south. 8 (2) And if there- be [iTrP] against a man of sin a judgment of death, [and] he shall be killed. 9 (3) And his throne shall be established [perf. with 1 conv.] in mercy, and he shall sit upon it in 1 Is. xliv. 26. 2 Job xxii. 16. * Deut. xxiv. 16. 4 Zach. v. 11. 5 Jer. xlviii. 11. 6 Lev. iv. 31. 7 1 Sam. xxi. 7. 8 Ez. xli. 11. 9 Deut. xxi. 22. 228 ETYMOLOGY. [| 315. truth in the tabernacle of David, judging and seeking justice, and quick of righteousness. 1 (4) Thy ointments are good to (the) smell, thy name (is) poured out (like) oil : therefore the maidens love thee. 3 (5) And Saul said, " A man shall not be killed on that day." (6) And ye shall take double money in your hands, and the money (which was) returned in the mouth of your sacks, ye shall bring back in your hands; perhaps it (is) an error. 3 (7) (The) horse (is) prepared for the day of battle, but safety (belongs) to the Lord. 4 (8) And all her fat he shall take away, as the fat of the lamb is taken away from the sacri- fice of the peace offerings. 5 (9) We are persecuted upon our necks, we labour and we have no rest [say " and it is not caused to rest to us"]. 6 (10) And it came to pass [VP1] in the first month in the second year, on the first of the month, the tabernacle [pltfQ] was established." 1 Is. xvi. 5. 4 Prov. xxi. 31. 2 Cant. i. 3. 5 Lev. iv. 35. i Ex. xl. 17. 8 Gen. xliii. 12. 6 Lam. v. o. 316318.] ( 229 ) CHAPTER XVI. QUIESCENT VERBS. Wb Conjugation. 316. There are very few verbs belonging to this con- jugation, and their inflection differs from that of the regular verb, in a much less degree than that of the pre- ceding quiescent verbs. 317. In all the parts of the verb where the N should regularly be pointed with a silent sheva, the sheva is dropped, and the N quiesces in the preceding vowel. If this vowel be long it is not changed, as NiJQ to find, part. Kal N2fiO , &c. If the vowel be pdtidch, however, it is in some cases changed to fcamets, as N^O for *N^2> N2p3 for * NSD3 . In the first and second persons singular and plural of the perfect tense of all the forms, excepting Kal, it becomes tsere, as VWXZM . &c. ; in the second and third persons plural feminine of the imperfect, and the feminine plural of the imperative of all the forms, it becomes segbl, as , &c. 318. The parts of the verb in which the N is pointed with a vowel are regular, as 230 ETYMOLOGY. R 319, 320. 319. The perfect Kal with 1 conv. has the tone on the syllable before the last, as VINZOm (Gen. xxxix. 9), but the perfect of the other forms is accented on the last syllable, as .HNSim (Num. xx. 8). T \ : ^ (A.) Kal. 320. Perfect. SINGULAR. pers. masculine. feminine. < < < < 1 MINXO VWto V)N2iQ S /1^7Q T T " T T T " T < < 2 J"1N2Q JIN^Q JINiJO JIK^Q T T T T " T r T " T 3 XXV fc^Q ns2{!3 nhi/D T T " T T : |T T : |T pers. 1 2 3 PLUEAL. masculine. feminine. 321 324.] N" 1 ? CONJUGATION. 2:31 321. Imperfect. SINGULAR. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 1 N2iON NliON 1 J^QJ ^QJ T : v T : v T : T : 2 N^ roan 2 'iMUQri njN:ip.ri 3 N2JZT NSQfl 3 wxo' mxsafl T : T : : : TV:* With suffix, 322. Imperative, pers. 2 SINGULAR. masc. fern. pers. 2 PLURAL. masc. fern. 323. Infinitive .-Absolute, Construct, fc& ^.Participles: Active, sb. Passive, 232 ETYMOLOGY. [ 324. Exercise 740. nrr ION .13 nro* ^rro? T- /am* ^n-iya ion wot --:|- ' : v '-AT | : --:p : v v T :-T DIT \-:' r : ::';> T : - : : - Diarn DJ^ na^p nrutftf-i ^ptth (4) (5) (6) (7) 6 : ._ -IDT T T A TT ' v! V V '. '. ~ I T T|T TO vTDn ni^s: now jn W3' rrt.T 'nn (8) 7 j on AT -: " T : T : -: | T NITNUD 1 Jer. ii. 2. J Ps. xxvi. 5. 8 Gen. 1. 3. 4 Jer. xvi. 18. 5 Num. xx. 14. " Num. xxii. 34. 1 Gen. i. 27. 8 Ps. xcvii. 10. 9 1 Sam. xx. 36. 10 Ps. Ixxxix. 48. 324.] X"b CONJUGATION. 233 Exercise 743. (1) And if one soul has sinned in error, he ["she"] shall bring a she-goat one year old ["a daughter of her year "] for the sin. 1 (2) And when [TNI] the army of the king of Babylon were besieging [upon] Jerusalem, [and] Jeremiah, the prophet, was pTH] shut up in the court of the prison, where [" that "~\ Zedekiah, king of Judah, had shut him up. 2 (3) And he passed through the Mount of Ephraim, and he passed through the land of Shalisha, and they did not find (the asses) ; and they passed through the land of Shaalim, and (there was) nothing (there), and he passed through the land of the Benjamite, and they did not find them. 3 (4) One witness shall not rise up against [3] a man for any iniquity or for any sin [ J"INE>n], in any sin [Nipn] which he may sin; on account of ^D ?%] two witnesses, or on account of three witnesses, the thing shall be established. 4 (5) And the people thirsted there for water, and the people murmured against Moses, and they [" it "] said, " Wherefore (is) this, that thou hast brought us up from Egypt, to kill me, and my sons, and my flocks with thirst ? " * (6) Break the arm of the wicked tyEh] (man), and the evil [JH] (man), thou shalt seek his wicked- ness, (until) thou find none [^3].* (7) The insolent shall not stand before [TH 1 ?] thy eyes, thou hatest all the doers of iniquity. 7 (8) Did I not say to you, saying, " Ye shall 1 Num. xv. 27. 2 Jer. xxxii. 2,3. 3 1 Sam. ix. 4. 4 Deut. xix. 15. 5 Ex. xvii. 3. 8 Ps. x. 15. ' Ps. v. 6. 234, ETYMOLOGY. 325, 326. not sin against the child ; " and ye did not listen, and also behold his blood (is) sought. 1 (9) For they (are) life to those that find them, and to all his flesh (is) health. 2 (10) And Leah said, "(I am) in my happiness, for daughters will-call-me-happy ; " and she called his name Asher. 3 (B.) Niphal. 325. Perfect. SING. PLUB. pers. masc. fern. < < pers. 1 masc. fern. liNJKM wNspa 2 mjoa TIN^D:: T : : 2 DTINSD? inM T : T : : 3 WXM WS03 ^326. Imperfect. pers. 1 2 3 SING. masc. fern. pers. 1 2 3 PLTTB. masc. fern. 1 Gen. xlii. 22. Gen. xxx. 13. 327329.] "!? CONJUGATION. 327. Imperative. 235 SING. PLUS. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 2 N2jan *Nxan 2 w^an njtfsan T : IT : IT T - r . 328. Infinitive .-Absolute, Construct. N^DH / T 329. Participle, Exercise 75a. h DIM *paa oto T^N /irifn mxan <3 (i) A - ' : -: IT v -: T: wuarw(2) Msin nprn ^i ^a^ sin . ; . T _ . 'T : : ' : (3) ': (4) 3 : x -|T T - ::- -r- 'ATT- \-:|- ^aan (5) *:a^ D'ttfi^ nr ^an"b ^inb -: ! V 'T V ~ nitoy D^ Nsa 1 ^ D>'Drr maiKi (6) - TT-: T (7) 6 : mtoyn T T -: IT 1 Deut. xxx. 11. * Is. xlviii. 7. 3 Gen. viii. 2. * Est. iv. 11. s Jer. xxxii. 27. 6 Gen. xviii. 32. 236 ETYMOLOGY. [$ 329. nVn ooban Jitfsn wji (9) IT VA-T T : - v " -: \ T ttn wfe vunrDii (ii) s : mpoa mom cwana AT -VT- ^ ': - T 1 --- : TT : - :: 4 :o^i Tttty T ; | ; | Exercise 756. (I) The ships of Tarshish (are) thy goers about, (to sell) thy merchandize [ pl.~\ ; and thou shalt be filled and honoured very much in the heart of the seas. 5 (2) Wherefore didst thou flee secretly [" hide to flee "], and deceive me, and didst not tell me, that [" and "] I might have sent thee away with joy, and songs, with (the) timbrel, and with (the) harp ? 6 (3) [To] the wicked shall no more be called generous, nor [to] the fraudulent said (to be) liberal. 7 (4) And (when) found, he shall repay sevenfold, he shall give all the riches of his house. 8 (5) Is this house, which is called by my name, a cave of ruffians in your eyes ? [say, " A cave," with il interrogative, " of ruflians is (iTH) this 1 Prov. iii. 10. * Ez. xxi. 35. 8 . Josh. x. 16, 17. Prov. xiv. 20. 5 Ez. xxvii. 25. Gen. xxxi. 27. 7 Is. xxxii. 5. * Prov. vi. 31. 330.] N" 1 ? CONJUGATION. 237 house which (is) called my name upon it in your eyes ? "] l (6) If the thing-stolen be surely found in his hand, either ox, or ass, or sheep [" from an ox to (7y) an ass, to a sheep (nto) "] alive, he shall restore double. 2 (7) And I restrained her rivers, and the great waters were stayed. 3 (8) Behold ' he is hidden among the vessels. 4 (9) Seven days leaven shall not be found in your houses ; for everyone that-eats anything-leavened, [and] that person [$9.3] shall be cut off from the assembly of Israel, whether-he-be-a [2] stranger or-a [in] native of the land. 5 (10) Nothing is too difficult for Thee. 6 (C.) Piel. 330. Perfect. SlNGULAE. PLUEAL. pers. masc. fem. 1 V1N-S3 yiS2Jp pers. 1 masc. fem. < < T " ' 2 DJ"lN2i^3 |/1N2i^3 v ' " ' 3V*M*^ *^V>V^ Jv.i J I I^S'J T : ' 3 WS3 WSp 1 Jer. vii. 11. 4 1 Sam. x. 22. 1 Ex. xxiL 3. Ex. xii. 19. 3 Ez. xxxi. 15. 6 Jer. xxxii. 17. 238 ETYMOLOGY. 331. Imperfect. [ 331334. pers. 1 2 3 SlNGULAB. masc. fern. pers. 1 2 3 PLTIBAL. masc. fern. With suffix, 'JMiiD^ 332. Imperative. SlNGULAB. pers. masc. fern. 2 PLTJBAL. pers. masc. fern. 333. Infinitive .-Absolute, Construct, KSD- 334. Participle, XDQ . Exercise 76a. niwi (i) 1 Ps. li. 9. 334.] N"b CONJUGATION. 239 oi'3 (3) l : i : : - T ' 2 : ^/iNta pyna \rattf' 113 IT *39D !T : : -T TT I :| T : A : v T --: r : mt'b i 1 ? IQS S T (5) ' : Vb^ w;na ^oj KXD: ip ]irr^3 (4) v T T - ' rhrp ^^a D^^na rrtrr T T T : too -iwri vi^ wsr D'rf?N oip^ (6) 4 : (7) 5 : DINH TTJT (8) 6 :nD nn DKTKI jrr T DDH ^3 3pjn-? (9) 'I TT: T: -: -: ATT i 1 ? ^131 -> nx 'i TII 113^ mo^ ittf A T : - v -: T T ' : : - : T : - T 9 :m.i DT3 Exercise 765. (1) For the mountain shall be thine, for it is a wood pr], and thou .shalt cut it down ; and the out-goings of it shall be ['Till] thine ; for thou shalt dispossess the Canaanite, Deut xxi. 23. " Jer. xv. 17. * Prov. i. 13. Num. xi. 29. 5 Ps. kviii. 2. 6 Lev. v. 4. 2 Kings xxiii. 10. 8 Prov. iii. 31. 9 1 Kings viii. 24. 240 ETYMOLOGY. [ 334. though ['3] he have an iron chariot, though he (be) strong. 1 (2) The Lord is exalted, for He dwells on high [DVlO] ; He has filled Zioii (with) justice and righteousness. 2 (3) And thou shalt cleanse [upon] the altar, when thou atonest upon it, and thou shalt anoint it, to sanctify it. 3 (4) And I have filled him (with) the spirit of God, with wisdom, with understanding, and with knowledge, and with every (kind of) work. 4 (5) And the priests killed them, and made an expiation with [~J"IN] their blood on the altar [H locale], to make-an-atonement for all Israel; for, for all Israel the king commanded [" said " ] a burnt offering and a sin offering. 8 (6) And thou shalt fill the hand of Aaron and the hand of his sons. (7) And thou shalt cut down (trees) for thyself there, in the land of the Perizzite and the Rephaim. 8 (8) And a man if he bring a peace offering [D^JD /$ POT] to the Lord, to accomplish a vow, or for a free- will-offering, from [" in "] the herd or from the flock, it shall be perfect (and) acceptable [" to satisfaction "~\ , (there) shall not be [HYP] any blemish in it. 7 (9) And he had b m] flocks [flfc njpp] and herds [13 rupD] and a numerous household; and the Philistines envied him. 8 (10) Fulfil this (one's) week (of years), and we will give her to thee, also this (one) [/*], for the service which thou shalt serve with me, still seven other years. 9 1 Josh. xvii. 18. * Is. xxxiii. 5. * Ex. xxix. 36. * Ex. xxxi. 3. * 2 Ch. xxix. 24. 6 Josh. xvii. 16. ^ Lev. xxii. 21. 8 Gen. xxvi. 14. 9 Gen. xxix. 27. 335 338.] 335. Perfect. ? CONJUGATION. (D.) Pnal 1 241 SlNGULAB. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 1 VWSD yraa 1 ! UN3Q W^Jo . .. s \ \ s 2 ni*Jo n^aD 2 D-HN-ia inxaa T \ \ \ v \ 3 N2T2 PW21D 3 I^D -1K-22 T x T : x : \ = \ 336. Imperfect. SlNGULAB. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. T \ : ' : S : pers. masc. fern. T % : T \ : < 2 wsQn nuNiJEn : \ : T v \ : 3 W2JO* HJNiiQn : \ : T . \ : 337. Infinitive, * NSD 338. Participle, N#DQ. Exercise 7 7 a. Bare. 2 12 ETYMOLOGY. | 339 *6 nttea nan nrm nfej (2) ' ; wa tf-ijnfc ^'^ ^- Exercise lib. (1) The afflicted of the earth are hidden together. 4 (2) And thou shalt be called by a new name ["And a new name shall be called to thee "], which the mouth of the Lord has named [it]. 8 (3) His hands (are as) rings of gold set with topaz,' (E.) Hiphil. 339. Perfect. pers. SlNGtTLAE, maac. fern. pers. PLTIEAL. masc. fem. 1 Is. kv. 1. 4 Job rxiv. 4. * Ez. iv. 14. * Is. liii. 2. * Is. Iviii. 12. * Cant. v. 14. 340343.] X"b CONJUGATION. 340. Imperfect. 243 pers. 1 2 3 SlNGTTLAB. masc. fern. pers. 1 2 3 PltTBAL. masc. fern. Shortened, 341. Imperative. With suffix, SlNGULAB. pers. masc. fern. PLTTBAL. pers. masc. fern. 342. Infinitive : Absolute, Ni?pn Construct, N^Ofl 343. Participle, N^OD - Exercise 7&a. by Ti ww "isyrrp ^nbnn T ': V V|T TT JT ir 244 ETYMOLOGY. [ 343. prw rn wspn n^jr/iN zorrtf^ (2) ': spi* :- : | : AT ,T : (7) 'I A - : T :-|T: T : v - an (8) 7 ; ^ DJl^ KIDm (10) ["and he leads them back"] T T|T T T ': - - 1 1 Kings xvi. 2. * Lev. ix. 12. 8 Is. xxix. 14. 4 Jer. lii. 25. 5 Ps. kxviii. 58. 1 Kings xviii. 4. ? Num. vi. 2. 8 Dent, xxxii. 21. Job xii. 23. 10 Jer. xxxii. 23. 343.] X"b CONJUGATION. 245 Exercise 78#. (1) And I will make ["give"] thy house as the house of Jeroboam, the son of Nebat, and as the house of Baasha the son of Ahijah ; for [^N] the vexing-, (with) which thou hast vexed (Me), and that thou hast caused Israel to sin. 1 (2) And the Lord will make thy plagues wonderful, and the plagues of thy seed ; great plagues and long-continued, and evil diseases and long continued. 2 (3) For the deeds of a man he shall requite to him, and according to the path of a man he shall cause him to find. 3 (4) And thou honourest thy sons more-than []Q] Me, to make yourselves [DD ] fat from the chief of all the offerings of Israel [to] my people. 4 (5) For He has made His mercy wonderful to me in a fortified city ["a city of fortification"].* (6) They- excited-Him-to-jealousy with strange (gods), they-vexed- Him with abominations. 6 (7) He brings-it, whether [DN] for correction, or [DN] for his land, or [QN] for mercy. 7 (8) And they brought the burnt-offering to him, with its pieces, and the head ; and he burnt incense on the altar.* (9) To prepare for me much wood [2*1^ &W], for the house which I (am) building (shall be) wonderfully [N^D Hi. ittftn. constr.~\ great.' (10) And the sons of Aaron brought the blood to him, and he sprinkled it on the altar around. 10 1 1 Kings xxi. 22. * Deut. xxviii. 59. 3 Job xxxiv. 11. * I Sam. ii. 29. s Ps. xxxi. 22. 6 Deut. xxxii. 16. ' Job xxxvii. 13. " Lev. ix. 13. 9 2 Chr. ii. 8. 10 Lev. ir. 18. 246 ETYMOLOGY. [^ 344 347. (F.) Hupkal. 1 344. Perfect. SlNOTTLAB. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. i vmpn vwxarr : 'x " : \ 2 riN^an /utitan T : \ : \ 2 Dn^jjDn i/i^iiDn r : x : " : \ 3\>v^^ ^\>v^>~t !>->_. 1 1 IkN^lJl 1 T : \ T: : x 3 IXSDn WSDH : : X ' \ 345. Imperfect. SlNGTTLAB. PLTJBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 1V tv >V> VV>AVS iXJkWPi >> ^ >N T : x T : x T : x : : X 3V>V^^ \>^>^>M > ^ i> ^ j ' ' T : \ TT : x 1 N2SD3 XXDZ T :\ T : x 2 wsajn ruNitfin : : X T v : x < 3 -INjj!^ njXjjQ^ : -.X T v : x 346. Infinitive : Absolute, wanting. Construct, NJilpn. 347. Participle, N2*OB. ' T : x 1 Yery rare. 348 350.] N"7 CONJUGATION. 247 (G.) IllilipaeU \ 348. Perfect. SlNGULAB. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. i \naorn Ywxann pers. masc. fem. < < i -*).3N:Qj"in ^i^iJD/in 2 n^s/in JiN2rarn 2 Dnwrnnn irissDJirr 3 Nsonri nwrnnn 3 W2iQ/in wssnn 349. Imperfect. SlNGULAB. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fem. 2 s^Dnn ''KiJDnjn < 3 N-UDrP K2JDJ1D < 3 W-SDJT iliNSDriri | 350. Imperative. SlNGULAB. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fem. pers. masc. fem. 2 Mmrn IJBOIV. : - : T - : Eare, 248 ETYMOLOGY. [ 351, 352. 351. Infinitive: Absolute, wanting. Construct, NSOJVf. 352. Participle, N2iE.n7p. Exercise 79a. nn ba (2) MNKOJT nai nw Np^a ay in (i) ' T T : V^ ntf^tfn ova wzsn/un Wra - : - - : - : \- TTJ.- -?N n;n D^rg mi rronm ova, ova ii^ iD TJTI mmji/ia -:,-: A: : T: '-: T: - ' | : Srrh* no^i nn^^i mtto'^y siSii^ (4) 3 : v -: : |- -:,- "f-i : ~.{n~ T nirp DDi/im D^ip o^a rnjrrrba \D DD^II AT : T : ': T \ -f~ IT T v T rn^ ia^ vn^ (5) * : (6) ! : i^T^ vrt^ iti >a T v: . AT : VT T - | DTI (7) j/rt-toi QTn-iM D^DQI Dvnnisi n^iyaa Din - - T : - T-:| (8) 'iViobo : - 1 Num. xriii. 24. ' Num. xxxi. 19. 8 1 Sam. xviii. 10. 4 Num. ivi. 3. s Num. vi. 7. 6 1 Sam. xiii. 6. 7 Num. xxiv. 7. 352.] X" 1 ? CONJUGATION. 249 ryn JTTDN AT : v : T T nan with nra-Dy m (9) > : p a " T T : T : i..._ u nyi (ioj 2 : |T : T T : t^^ DU^ rmmpo Dst^im : I T : 'v |v TT | : DrrEb o^ajna D^^aiT^i fnnw "ir^ nns p3a ....... . . _ . . . . . _ T . A . , _ ... > .... Exercise 793. (1) He shall purify himself from [3] it on the third day, and on the seventh day he shall be clean ; and if he does not purify himself on the third day, on the seventh day he shall not be clean. 4 (2) Take ye knowledge of all the hiding-places where he may hide himself, and return \_perf J\ to me with- certainty [fOr^N], and I will go with you. 5 (3) And every garment and every vessel (made) of skin, and every thing- made-of [n'^0] goats (hair), and every vessel of wood shall be purified. 6 (4) Thine [" to thee "], O Lord ! (is) the kingdom, and thou art exalted [ who (art) exalted "] above all (as) head. 7 (5) And he hid himself, the man and his wife, in the midst of the trees [sing.'] of the garden. 8 (6) And-it-came-to-pass [TP1] when the spirit rested upon 1 1 Kings xxii. 8. * Is. xlii. 22. 1 Kings xxii. 10. 4 Num. xix. 12. 5 1 Sam. xxiii. 23. 6 Num. xxxi. 20. 7 I Chr. xxix. 11. 8 Gen. iii. 8. 250 ETYMOLOGY. [ 352. them, (that) [and] they prophesied, and they did not cease. 1 (7) Everyone that touches a dead person, the body of a man who has died [imperf.], and does not purify himself \imperf f ~\, he has defiled the sanctuary of the Lord, and that person shall be cut off from Israel. 2 (1) And I said to them, " Cast ye away (each) man the abomination of his eyes, and with the idols of Egypt ye shall not defile your- selves." 3 (9) Together they- will-attack me with-united- strength. 4 (10) Did I not tell thee [^], "He will not prophesy good for me, but evil ? " 6 1 Num. xi. 25. Num. xuc. 13. 3 Ez, xx. 7. 4 Job jwl 10. 5 1 Kings xxii. 18. ( 251 ) [^353 356. CHAPTER XVII. QUIESCENT VEKBS. T1"b Conjugation. 353. The irregularity of these verbs is chiefly owing to the third radical having been originally \ which has been changed to H , in all the parts where it should be the last letter, excepting in the passive participle Kal ; thus the second pers. masc. sing, of * v3 is n73 ; but the passive participle is >; fel. 354. The ^ is elided in all parts of the verb where it should regularly begin a syllable, and be followed by a vowel, as ^ for *-V^, -ikl for *-V;>3, &c. T :|T : 355. When the " should regularly close a syllable, being pointed with a silent s/ieva, it quiesces. In the first and second persons of the perfect Kal it quiesces in chvrik, as VT73 &c. ; but in the perfect of the other forms usually in tsdrd, as *JTP9| &c. In the second and third persons plural feminine of the imperfects and the feminine plural of the imperatives of all the forms it quiesces in segbl, as rOTWh &c. 356. The vowel of the last syllable of the masc. sing, of the imperative is tsere, as rb% , &c. ; in the persons of 252 ETYMOLOGY. [ 357 - 360. the imperfect that have no personal suffixes, and in all the participles except the passive participle Kal, it is &egbl, as rby& , n^Q , &c. ; but the third person masc. sing, of the perfects takes Jcamefs, as r6.3 , &c. In the feminine the H is changed to A as nrfta for * r\rb* (* iT^) , &c. T T T :T T :T 357. The absolute infinitive is generally regular ; but when the last syllable has chblem, it is often written with a 1 instead of a H, as V^2l for 358. The construct infinitive always ends in J"Vl, as 359. The parts of the imperfect and imperative ending in n and Jl are often shortened by dropping those terminations, as ^ for "6|\ ]D for HilD; the imperfect Kal and the imperfect and imperative Hiphil, however, become tf , ^\ !?3n instead of * ^\ * ^' , * V:n (cf. 27) ; rv v v : : : :- : : - v o " if the first radical be a guttural, both syllables have pattdch instead of segbl, as ]J f r *^J ^ the second radical be a guttural, only the second syllable takes pdttdch, as Jrttf? for *V^ The imperative Za/ and imperfect Hophal are not shortened. 360. The parts ending in H drop that letter when they take suffixes; but the suffixes in and -in are more often found than 1 . 361363. rr!? CONJUGATION. 253 361. The perfect with 1 conversive has the tone in the same manner as in verbs N"^>. N.B. Verbs ending in PT (with mdppik\ belong to the " 7 Guttural" Conjugation. (See chap, x.) 362. Perfect. (A.) Kal. SINGULAR. PLURAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. < < ^ ^ 1 VP^D TP^>a 1 'tt^a -IJ^Jl T T T > T 2 j^ j^L^ 2 D/T 1 "?]) 7/1^3 T T ' T ..... 1 .. . . 3 n^a nr6a 3 ^a -i^a TT T:|T T 363. Imperfect. SINGULAR. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. per a. masc. fern. i n^Nt rfast 1 n^j r6:o v : v : < 2 nbari s ):i^ 2 srah m >! 7J^ ; r v s < s nfcp n6;jn 3 T - Shortened, With suffix, ^^\ &c. 1 But from H\1 and nTT , ^H" 1 and TP 254 ETYMOLOGY. 364. Imperative. 364 366. pers. 2 SINGULAR. masc. fern. PLURAL. pers. masc. fern. 2 sfei n&a ^365. Infinitive: Absolute, tiS Construct, 366. Participles : Active, n Passive, Exercise 80a. -DIM rotf TO-TIN DDJIN jftio (i) ' DD7 in^i (2) l :* TT '-. IT ona "133 (3) i : Dnjn n^ v -: - T : T jt : r \ v DI T - : T (4) MOTH on 1 ? -)D33i - - 1 Deut. xxix. 4. * Josh. xxiv. 13. * Deut. xxi. 8. 366.] FT? CONJUGATION 255 *: 100303, sun owtei iws, jaas, 0*11^ noy ssoan : : A'T: -: : : , T T : - UN-^N irza^s t)pi> nil i/iain^ nin> ntwnb (5) : T T | T : '.-:|- , ttrb H^rn T^n^i *[aT*rri vr^n Tpy njnrr/w (6) S :^^~D^ n*n 1^3 Tray ni.T vri T TT T |- 'T T ! D-Nn rtp- DD.nD-m-.nNi D ; , s rT DDDN wap in Dn v T j- A : - : :-:- v : - v : v .I T ' .. ^. T nis iotf< rra-DN (7) 8 :nQ-TNn-nN t. |TT-:|T v 4 :iayo nnn rvfo-'D jn i'? 1 mir rnn-D^i ?n^ TTT T:IT r- v:|v T : ' A v : = : ': jn^Tpy P'l^ nson eixn 10^1 oma ^ai (8) v : AT VT T : - ^n no n^Nin nanpn "iflN n^ w 1 ? IT^I ^a^ (9) T ( T T A- : v -: T innn njnai 'M^ no v #ai -iTan T -:(- T :|-: T T: K -Ian i/n^ it^s Dyrroi *\w n wm T * V ~ T T T I A**T Tta-i an 1 ? itoj^ i/ia apjn (12) 9 : ri 331 rt * : * v T : - T ' [-: T 1 1 Sam. xiii. 16. * 1 Sam. xx. 13. s Gen. xlvii. 23. * 1 Sam. xx. 7. * Gen. xviii. 23. Supply "upon it." 7 Is. xli. 22. Num. xxxiii. 49. * 2 Sam. xv. 30. 10 Gen. xxv. 34. 256 ETYMOLOGY. [366. Exercise 803. (1) And David said to him, "To whom (dost) thou (belong) ; and whence (art) thou ? " And he said, " I (am) an Egyptian young man, servant to an Amalekite man, and my master left me, for I was sick three days ago [DVH rtfhti"]" l (2) Write this memorial in the book, and put (it) in the ears of Joshua; for I will surely blot out the remem- brance of Amalek from under the heavens. 2 , (3) And Ahaziah fell through the lattice, in his upper chamber, which (was) in Samaria; and he was sick; and he sent messengers, and said to them, " Go, seek from [1] Baal- zebub, the god [ joZ.] of Ekron, whether I shall recover from this, my illness." 3 (4) " Is not this (that) in which my lord drinks, and he surely divines by p] it ? you have done evil (in) (that) which you have done/' 4 (5) " At that time," (is the) saying of the Lord, " I will be for a God to all the families of Israel, and-they-shall-be to me for a people." 5 (6) And thou shalt divide the spoil, between those who take hold of war, that go out to (the) warfare, and between all the assembly. 6 (7) And they went three days journey in the desert of Etham, and encamped in Marah. 7 (8) And Joseph said to them, "What is this deed which you have done, know you not that a man who (is) like me (can) surely divine [imperf.] ? "* (9) For thou, O my God, hast revealed (to) the ear of thy servant, to build for him a house; therefore has thy 1 1 Sam. xxx. 13. * Ex. xvii. 14. 2 Kings i. 2. 4 Gen. xliv. 5. * Jer. xxxi. 1. 6 Num. xxxi. 27. 7 Num. xxxiii. 8. * Gen. xliv. 15. 367.] rr 1 ? CONJUGATION. 257 servant found (in his heart) to pray before thee. 1 (10) And he put on righteousness as a cuirass, and a helmet of salvation upon his head ; and he put on the garments of vengeance (as) clothing, and he was covered (with) indignation as a mantle. 3 (11) And I, I said, "I will reveal (it to) thy ear, saying, ' Buy (it) before [13^] the inhabitants, and before the elders of my people; if thou wilt redeem (it), redeem (it), and if thou ["he"] wilt not redeem (it), tell me, and I shall know, for (there is) no-one besides thee to redeem (it), and I (am) after-thee/ w And he said, "I will redeem it." 3 (12) For of [b] days still seven, (and) I will-cause-it-to-rain [part.~\ upon the earth forty days and forty nights ; and I will blot out every creature, which I have made, from off the face of the ground. 4 (B.) NipJial. 367. Perfect. SlNGULAB. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. < < < < 1 wbai w^j 1 y^ ^^^ < 2 TOU /TOO T : 2 T ; v ** i " 3 rto ruto 3 to to T : T : : 1 1 Chr. xvii. 25. 2 Is. lix. 17. 4 Gen. vii. 4. 3 Ruth iv. 4. 258 ETYMOLOGY. 368371, 368. Imperfect, SlNGULAB. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 1 r6atf nVa** 1 -jtjsfl nbH3 v T v v T v V T * V T * 2 r6an ^ILH 2 sfoifl ny^an V T * T ' T * T V T 3 r6a* r6an 3 ^ n/^afl V T V T ' T T V T * Shortened, 369. Imperative. SlNGULAB. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 2 nban ^an 2 ^an ra^an " T T .. T f T V T * Shortened, H . T * 370. Infinitive: Absolute, fib}!- Construct, 711 /Si 371. Participle, H^3 371.] n"b CONJUGATION. 259 Exercise 810. /vam (2) ' : ruroi vki fora DM bm^y r6y (i) T T : T- -:j- AT V T * TT mam jiiapa-i runa yea noto p ijhbara -.-:--: 'T - A T : T - T ~ : 'v v r : aa mi why mr~"ry ( 3 ) *: intern /raa, yatfr^ T' "T Tr| - T': -- ~ J | (4) 'jntzp*. iy^ ^"l^m ^o"}3^ tiip .Tm *:DTnsi yn rnp-pi^Q 1 ? I^DD ibyrr ibsV mm T -:j- TT -''-:: -T- TI- A~ T~JT ^ (6) s :ns-;rr v"i^^ D^DIDI nii'^n D*jnn WIF "ri^ (5) T T T : T : T 'T' " (7) 6 : IT T : T v T : AVT T : : s^ nhto W (8) 7 : T-: T T :niDboo-^ p ntfyrtfb ma-i m^ ni^yarr ttnr T: - T: ' T^I- | AV v -:|- - ibN^i D^^ ^sn-^ai TI ^ii3^ laferr (9) | : A' : - : T T : - : IT jj^m -nip D^fji D*ian WIT (io> : ID-IJ^ ^m nj^^ : v T'T ' : :|T 1 Jer. li. 42. ' 1 Kings vi. 7. 3 Is. xxxii. 15. 4 Num. xvi. 24. 6 Jer. xxxii. 15. 6 Is. i. 27. 7 Ez. xxx vi. 3. 8 1 Kings x. 20. 9 Is. xliv. 28. 10 Jer. xii. 13. 260 ETYMOLOGY. R 371. tfri VK ^ -nsrw rfri T^p 1 ? 0^:6 rrrn TTTN ^01 Exercise %\b. (1) And Jonathan said, "Behold we (are) going over to the men, and we will discover ourselves to them." ! (2) Who drink in bowls of wine, and anoint themselves with the chief of ointments ; and they do not grieve on account of the wound of Joseph. 4 (3) And I will make [" put "] thy seed as the dust of the earth ; that if a man be able to number the dust of the earth, also thy seed shall be numbered.* (4) Again I will build thee, and thou shalt be built, O virgin of Israel.' (5) And they departed from [^yD] the dwelling of Korah, Dathan, and Abiram, from around. 7 (6) And the field shall be bought in this land, (of) which you say, " It (is) desolate, without [V^O] man or beast, it (is) given into the hand of the Chaldees." 6 (7) And also thy brothers, the tribe [HSO] of Levi, the tribe [ZD3ltf] of thy father, bring near with thec, and let them be joined with [^] thee, and let them serve thee, thou, and thy sons with thee, before the tent of the 1 Ez. xxxvii. 22. * Gen. xxix. 26. 3 1 Sam. xiv. 8. * Am. vi. 6. " Gen. xiii. 16. Jer. xxxi. 4. J Num. xvi. 27. 8 Jer. xxxii. 43. 372.] n "b CONJUGATION. 261 covenant. 1 (8) Six days work shall be done, and on the seventh day it shall be holy to you, a sabbath of rest to the Lord, every one that does work on it shall die. 2 (9) A man shall be praised according to his intelligence, and the perverse of heart shall be for contempt. 3 (10) And the king-, Solomon, and the assembly of Israel, who (were) assembled around [^J>] him, before the ark, (were) sacrificing flocks and herds [sing.], which (could) not be counted \imperf.~], and (could) not be numbered, for multitude [HID]. 4 (11) Thou art very-much exalted above all the gods. 5 (12) And they shall be joined to you, and keep charge of the tent of the covenant, for all the service of the teat ; and a stranger shall not approach to you. 6 (C.) Piel. 372. Perfect. pers. 2 3 1 Num. xviii. 2. 2 Exodus xxxv. 2. 3 Prov. xii. 8. * 2 Chr. v. 6. 5 Ps. xcvii. 9. Num. xviii. 4. 262 ETYMOLOGY. 373, 374. PLUBAL. pers. 1 2 3 fern. With suffixeg the form with ^ is always used. 873. Imperfect. SlNGULAB. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. i rfotf rfott i rto n^: 2 n^j-i tyn 2 ^3fl ^9^9? 3 rky r6in 3 if?y ^j^9W Shortened, ^J\ 374. Imperative. With suffix, *JXT > &c. . M _. SlNGULAB. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 2 n^a ^ 2 j|t, a n ^,, TV- Shortened, 375, 376.] Tl"b CONJUGATION. 263 375. Infinitive : Absolute, i"ft| , rf?a Construct, JVks , 376. Participle, Exercise 820. mln jitfr Inxb vaavwi ]WiN-nN tt (i) TT v : ' -: j- |T mnn(3) 2 :nprii nam npTjfc ratoD nam BBtfo^ ID"! (2) 'TT: : 'TT:' T:- -: T : : r -;~ ^aw pna Tbjtf) na^ (4) 3 :-iannT D^ian^ ^DSD 1^2 IT: ' -:|- TT T -I" ' AT-;|- ' niim (5) 4 : o^Da 1 ? o^pa-i jvan ^n s aD : -:- 'T o^i (6) 5 :nn>n p JIN ni -IDDI : I- *|T T [that we might be destroyed] VTWlb KbTlfil "H01O U j>3 I^N : - : AT T v -:|- T v . jrw (7) 6 : T : " T : \ : r : AT v T: T x (8) 7 :DD*ai" no^/i rt3 - : V|T jv :|v rr bip Dj 10 : orrsaa na^un Dipra nano V " I "" T V ~ T T . A^ ' 1 Lev. vi. 2. * Is. v. 7. 3 Ps. xliv. 12. * Gen. xxiv. 31. 5 Num. iv. 6. 6 2 Sam. xxi. 5. 7 Jer. xxvii. 4. 8 Prov. xv. 18. 9 Jer. xxxiii. 6. 10 Ez. i. 24 264 ETYMOLOGY. [376. Exercise 82i. (1) Thou sellest thy people for no price, and thou dost not increase by selling-them ["their sales"]. 1 (2) Many flatter [" smooth the face of"] a liberal-man, and every- one (is) the friend to a bountiful man. 8 (3) And [thou didst] cause him to stand before Eleazer, the priest, and before all the assembly, and [thou didst] command him before their eyes. 3 (4) And there was a voice from above [*? ^?] * ne expanse which (was) above their head; when- they-stood-up their wings were-let-down. 4 (5) And God appointed a worm, when-rose [H^ , infin. with '4] the morning, on [^] the morrow. 8 (6) We are ashamed, for we have heard reproach ; shame covers our faces.' (7) Who can-say, " I have made my heart pure, I am cleansed from my sin"? 7 (8) Though thou hast broken us in the place of dragons, and covered us with the shadow-of-death. 8 (9) And thou shalt overlay it [perf. with 1 convJ] with pure gold, within and without [VTO-1 JT3Q] shalt-thou-overlay-it [imperf.], and thou shalt make [per/.] upon it a crown of gold around. 9 (10) The lips of wise-men scatter knowledge, but the heart of fools (does) not so. 10 1 Ps. xliv. 13. Prov. xix. 6. Num. xxvii. 19. * Ez. i. 25. Jonah iv. 7. Jer. li. 51. 7 Prov. xx. 9. * Ps. xliv. 20. Ex. xxv. 11. 10 Prov. xv. 7. 377 380.] CONJUGATION. 265 (D.) Pual. 377. Perfect. SINGULAR. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fem. < ^ i y JTO pers. 1 masc. fem. " \ ' \ 2 rfta n^a T ~ \ " \ 2 DJr'pa ]JT|?J) 3 n^a nrfea 3 \ \ 378. Imperfect. SlNGULAB. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fem. pers. masc. fem. 1 n^ON n^^x s l ^j.j -jL,.jj v\-: v\-: v \ : v \ : 2 n^jn - \- 2 ^j.n ir^j'n v \ : \ : \ : v\ : 3 Fky n'pjjn < v \ : v \ : \ ' ' \ : 379. Infinitive : Absolute, n?3 Construct, 380. Participle, n 266 ETYMOLOGY. [ 380. Exercise 83#. rvw (2) i : /insa vnrty mr ft-^ao Vprwa fcrato (i) T - : | : T -T :*: T-.JT : JlfcT JT/Ttt T \ nntfa n-in -ira DWVD ntyjn (3) 't : v - T T - IT T : T T : jo (4) s : o' j-ii*.nnrtt ^^ \ V A ^ may n^ii^-^ n/ifc n^nji (5) v "JT TT *\: " T T : - - T T-T: niiTn n-is ^INI (6) 5 :ep:p:nN nysm "T T |- T\ -:j- 'VT : - T T :- raa. o^arn (7) : nrvntft* D^rin^n onnrr^s -iD3 s i vi^ v -: T |v T v nft* nam ipa oyrr^ naiw (8) 7 : ''ATT V : T T- 'v ~ TT V " :|T 8 1 MTO -|^^3 1032 t^Sl -\ v -:,- "vv- *-T Exercise 83<5. (I) And the heavens and the earth were finished, and all their host [Njs] .' (2) All of them shall answer, and say unto thee, " Thou art also made weak like us, thou art like unto us." 10 (3) For in vain (is) the net spread in the eyes of any bird-that-can-fly ["master of a wing"] ." (4) Fifteen 1 Job xviii. 15. Gen. xlv. 19. s Is. xxv. 6. * Ps. cxxxix. 15. s Ex. xxvi. 32. Num. xxxvL 2. 7 Gen. vii. 19. E Z . !,-. 18- Gen u< , 10 Is. xiv. 10. " Prov. i. 17. 381.] JY 7 CONJUGATION. 267 cubits above \TtychQ] the waters prevailed, and the mountains were covered. 1 (5) (As) silver dross, overlaid on a potsherd, (so are) burning lips and an evil heart. 1 (6) And he said \_perf."] to the children of Israel that which he had been commanded [imperf."].* (7) Better (is) open rebuke than hidden love. 4 (8) And David fell, and the elders, covered with sackcloths, upon their faces.* (E.) HipMl. 381. Perfect. SlNGULAB. pers. masc. fern. 2 JT T 3 PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern 1 : 2 on* D T * T *" 3 1 Gen. vii. 20. J Prov. xxvi. 23. ' Er. xxxiv. 34. * Prov. xxvii. 5. s 1 Chr. xxi. 16. 268 ETYMOLOGY. 382. Imperfect. 382385, SlNGULAB. PLUKAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. f^m. 1 rfatt i"fa 1 rfa: n"?M 2 rfar) far) 2 ! fa/D T v ; " 3 rfap rfan 3 rf?y TVS" Shortened, ^-. 383. Imperative. With suffix, SlNGULAB. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 2 n^n fan 2 fan na'fan T V Shortened, V 884. Infinitive : Absolute, i" Construct, 385. Participle, nD . Exercise 84a. oroa nna -- (i) 385.] n "b CONJUGATION. 269 nxao ^N"Vtfr-3 ^rptftf =)pi' rrtoarnw (2) ' : *&b on-'sa /wo a'pr n:p ->#N ,-riipn rpbna DDtfn nap -: I": ' ~r T'T : . t T - I . -.- : : : I |T (3) 2 : ryn '3w s n^^n ^ nan ; : "v:|v |T: T T |T T -: rrnn nn^i > n^n> wn wn ti njni wn (5) - - - T-: '::- rpaaT3 S 3 (6) S : ' DN (8) 7 :n^a r'py rwyn VD^JT ^ j^ispn (7) v : - T TT T v:jv AT -: : T :-': (9) 8 :n a D^DD TJT nn pitf T>N -inp^ NT^ T- T 'T - \ : nirra U^N n^ T^5.VJ3 T7' nbsn V :iT 10 : -inn IT T 1 Jer. ii. 22. * Josh. xxiv. 82. * 2 Sam. xxiv. 17. * 2 Kings xvii. 27. s Deut. xxviii. 44. 6 Dent. xii. 14. 7 Ps. Ixxxix. 46. ' Deut. xxxii. 23. " Ex. xxvii. 20. 10 Josh. x. 6. 270 ETYMOLOGY. [ 3S5. Exercise 84. (1 ) A voice is heard upon the hills-bare-of- trees, a weeping, the supplications of the children of Israel. 1 (2) Let me ['PSD] alone, and-I-will-destroy-them [TO^n], and I will blot out their name from under the heavens, and I will make thee into [V| a nation stronger and greater than he. 2 (3) And they said to the king of Assyria, saying : " The nations which thou hast carried into captivity, and caused to dwell in the cities of Samaria, know not [perf.~\ the manner of the God of the land ; and he has sent among them the lions, and behold them killing them, as they do not know [D^ s WNl the manner of the God of the L : T J land." 3 (4) The Lord shall open to thee his good treasure, the heavens, to give the rain of thy land in its time, and to bless all the works of thy hands ; and thou shalt lend (to) many nations, but thou, thou shalt not borrow. 4 (5) And the people assembled around [^] Aaron, and said to him, " Arise, make for us gods, who shall go before us ; for this Moses, the man who brought us up from the land of Egypt, we do not know [perf.] what has happened [rrn] to him/'* (6) And Samson went, and caught three hundred foxes, and he took torches, and he 1 Jer. iii. 21. Deut. ix. 14. 2 Kings xvii. 26. 4 Deut. xxviii. 12. ' Ex. xxxii. 1. I 386.] CONJUGATION. 271 turned tail against tail, and he put one torch between two tails, in the middle. 1 (7) He will not desert-thee, and he will not forsake-thee, until the finishing of [/rt&P^~TJ7] all the work of the service of the house of the Lord. 2 (8) After him Baruch, the son of Zabbai, earnestly repaired the second length (of the wall), from the corner, as far as the door of the house of Eliashib, the high priest. 3 (9) If thou lend money to my people, to (him) who (is) poor with thee, thou shalt not be to him as a creditor, thou shalt not put usury upon him. 4 (10) Our fathers in Egypt did not understand Thy wonders, they did not remember the multitude of Thy mercies ; and they rebelled by [/J?] the sea, by [3] the Red Sea. 5 386. Perfect. (F.) Ilophal. SlNGULAB. PLUBAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 1 : T vi^an 1 afton " 1 T ign 2 /v*xin /iton 2 onton inton : T v ~ : T v : T 3 rton nrton 3 ^an : T T : T T : T 1 Jud. xv. 4 2 1 Chr. xxviii. 20. ' Neh. iii. 20. 4 Ex. xxii. 24. ' Ps- cvi. 7. 272 ETYMOLOGY. 387. Imperfect. [ 387390. SINGULAR. PLURAL. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. i rfatf nto 1 ? :T v :T 2 nbjn "h^r\ 2 'ib^ na^/jj^ v : T : T : T T v : T 3 ffry .^^ 3 fo* rcfean V .T V . T :T T v : T 388. Infinitive .Absolute, nJT Construct, 389. Participle, (G.) Hithpael. 390. pers, masc. fern. PLURAL. pers. masc. fern. 391394.] 391. Imperfect. CONJUGATION. 273 j SlNGULAB. PLTTBAL. pers. masc. fern. 1 n^l/lNl n^ntf pers. 1 masc. fern. n^nj nki/u 2 n^ann ^znn 2 siVanfl ra^arw 3 nJpajT T'piW 3 ^JT i"u^nn.n T v ~ ; * Shortened, 392. Imperative. SING. PLUS. pers. masc. fern. pers. masc. fern. 2 *** *W 2 tarn nr^n Shortened, J 393. Infinitive .-Absolute, rt Construct, 394. Participle, njHD - Exercise 85TT " to pierce." Kal, imperfect, TIN , &c.j also bnti, &c. Niphal, perfect, M^m or & c - ') imperfect, ^HN, &c. ; imper. and infin., , &c. 2 (2) TV and y gutt., TO "to separate." Sal, perfect, ''Jim, &c.; imperfect, "ON, &c. or "ON, &c. ; imper., ~U, &c. Niphal, perfect, YirO3, &c.; 1 These verbs have already been used in the exercises, on account of the simplicity of their irregularity. 1 The parts not given are like 396.] DOUBLY IRREGULAR VERBS. 277 imperfect, nan, &c.; imper., nan, & c . Hiphil, perfect, 'JT?, &c.; imperfect' nan ; imper.', n 2?; &c. 7/0^, perfect, Wain, &c.; imper- fect, nrnn, &C. 1 (3) I'D and y gutt., Snj "to lead." JT^, imperfect, fyff* ^in, &c. #?>/h7, perfect, "fbnm, &c. ; imperfect, ^TUN, &c.; imper., Snjn, & c . ; infin., ^rur?; partic., ^njO, &c. (4) 1"3 and ^ gutt., WJ " to touch." ^a^, imperfect, yZX, Wn, &c. ; infin. abs., jyijj; constr., Jl^.3; partic., Wi:, jnjj. /^>/^Y, perfect, ^|rr, jnj,3n , ^ari; imperfect, P^, &c. ; infin., ^n.^rT; im- per., ^H; partic., P^D. Hopkal, perfect, Jyarr. (5) '"3 and y gutt., "tt "to appoint." JTa^, infin. constr. and imper., "IJP ; irT" 1 " to give," imper. an . (6) >"3 and b gutt., ^T "to know." Kal, perfect, nyT; imperfect, J?l^ ; infin. PIT, J1JTT; imper., yi, &c. Niphal, perfect, Fynfa ; imperfect, or ^11^, &c. ; infin. and imper., JHVT . perfect, -H^TH .'.JTrirT ; imperfect, riiN , &c., n^nin - shortened JHi% &c. ; infin., VHin , ^lin ; imper., inin ; partic., ynta . Hop&al, perfect, J^TIH . 1 The parts not given are like 278 ETYMOLOGY. [ 396. (7) 1"y and 3 gutt., /TIN "to consent/' Niphal, im- perfect, /TINN, &c. ; infin. and imper., JTINn, &c. (S) Vy and b gutt., JTI9 "to breathe/' Kal, imper- fect, rn3N,nEH, &c.; infin., ITPD.rnS; imper., PDD. &c. ; passive partic., PDS . Niphal, perfect, FTlSjl * &c. ; imperfect, rP3N ; infin. and imper., niSil ; partic., 1TI33 . Hiphil, perfect, rPE)il ; imperfect, n^ss\ &c., nsn; infin. n^n, nsn; imper., nsn, partic., H'D^ . P/7^, perfect, JTTTTiB , HH'lB , &c. Pulai, perf., pnniD , nnniB , &c. (9) K" 1 ? and 3 gutt., NIPT "to hide/' Z^, perfect, D/nK^n ; imperfect, ^H^, &c. ; infin. and imper., Sin, ^in, &c. Nipkal, perfect, XHiOm I, &c.; imperfect, Nin^ , &c. ; infin. and imper., Sinn . Hip/til, perfect, YmiTPT. Hopkal, perfect, ^Sinn. 1 (10) S" 1 ? and y gutt., NTO "to strike." Za/, perfect, nSPTQ , -ISJID ; imperfect, WTOrt , WTOjn , WTO* - JV^fl/, perfect, nsnDJ, WTO3 ; imperfect, Wian, &c.; imper., ^TOPT, Wnan. Piel, perfect, ^NTO or MpNnp, &c. Pual, ^TlNnb or Y1NTO . Hithpael, ^snDrin or ^STOnn, & c . , >j-mnn. 396. DOUBLY IRREGULAR VERBS. 279 (11) H" 1 ? and 3 gutt., r6y "to go up." Kal, perfect, Dfl^j imperfect, r6jfl$, rfotfl, &c.; infin. and imper., r6jj, &c. JV^yW, perfect, V^O , &c. ; imperfect, rfafl* ; infin., rfyg I, /TI^H ; imper., r6jn . .#^7, perfect, Virgil ; imperfect, r6]7 - Hophal, perfect, W^TT : imperfect. fl^N . "T:|T * ... T : (T Exercise 860. sn Dip S Q^D ^ n/ii* piniQ? nyoitrn (i) -- viv -T T T|": T:-T | -: VTJTI n - :-: n-in TT vim ^"112 i nin s ^^2 y-n teyi (3) * : r ' r v : ' AT :: -T - rta (4) 3 : ' rrm2 D v -: T-:J 4 : Di^ i^inN* rrriir : |T ' T ATT 1 Is. xxxvii. 26. * Ex. xxxiii. 12. * 1 Kings xv. 26. 4 Jer. xii. 14. 280 ETYMOLOGY. [ 396. (6) ' : " T|" T|~ V T T , T T rrai ^ wtyy-no w (7) * : n ST N? ron T I; |V |VT|" aba rrbi jris ^ iny no -iQtfn TUS () : ^ b 11233 Drn3 i^3 rr^rr^ na^ (9) 4 j >:iD3 I : T : : r : T T T 513 TTO 1^ DS1KD D3 1 ? WN^ *3 D3 -l^njn'^ (10) i _. . T :- I- VT ' v i T infc iso (ii) 6 : i w irrnK wi3 T \: VAT : nijn yx nyuh *n "rf\$h nzw p^^ 3^? (12) T - -T ^T : A-:|- v':v ' -. Exercise SQb. (1) And now, gather together the remnant of the people ; and encamp against the city, and take it ; lest I take the city, and it be called by my name ["and my name be called upon it"].* (2) And he said to Aaron, " In their land, thou shalt not inherit, and there shall not be a portion to thee, in their midst ; I am thy portion, and thy inheritance, in the midst of the sons of Israel. 10 (3) And it came to 1 1 Sam. vi. 3. ' Lev. xix. 7. Mic. vi. 3. 4 2 Sam. ix. 8. ' Jer. xiv. 9. 6 Deut. ii. 5. 7 Is. xliv. 25. 1 Prov. xv. 28. 9 2 Sam. xii. 28. 10 Num. xviii. 20. 396.] DOUBLY IRREGULAR VERBS. 281 pass, when Moses raised his hand, [and] Israel prevailed ; .and when he rested his hand, Amalek prevailed. 1 (4) And the king- of Israel answered, and said, " Say ye, ' Let not one-who-girds-on (his armour) boast as he-who-takes-it- off/ ' ! (5) As valleys spread out, as gardens by ["bv] a river, as aloes (which) the Lord planted, as cedars by [^] water. 3 (6) And Baasha, the son of Ahijah, of [" to "] the house of Issachar, conspired against him; and Baasha smote him in Gibbethon, which (belongs) to the Philistines ; and Nadab and all Israel (were) besieging Gibbethon. 4 (7) And they carried Asahel, and buried him in the sepul- chre of his father, which (was in) Beth-lehem ; and they walked all night, Joab and his men, and they reached Hebron at daybreak ["it became light to them in Hebron "] . 5 (8) A witness of falsehood (that) speaks lies ; and he who casts contentions between brothers. 6 (9) Was it not told to my lord, what I did, when Jezebel slew the prophets of the Lord ; and I hid of [ID] the prophets of the Lord a hundred men, fifty men in each cave [say, " fifty fifty men in the cave"], and I sustained them (with) bread and water ? 7 (10) And I will separate from you those-that- rebel,and those-that-transgress against me. 8 (11) And Absa- lom said to Ahitophel, " Give ye to yourselves counsel, what [HO] we shall do." 9 (12) And David said to all his servants, who (were) with him in Jerusalem, "Arise, and we will fly; for there will be no escape for us from before Absalom; 1 Ex. xvii. 11. 2 1 Kings xx. 11. * Num. xxiv. 6. 4 1 Kings v. 27. s 2 Sam. ii. 32. 6 Prov. vi. 19. 7 1 Kings xviii. 13. s Ez. xx. 38. 2 Sam. xvi. 20. 282 ETYMOLOGY. [ 397. hasten to go, lest he hasten, and overtake us, and bring down [the] evil upon us, and smite the city with the edge [" mouth "] of the sword." l 397. Contracted Verbs. (12) y"y and V3 . There are only three verbs com- bining these two characteristics : "TO " to move," DDJ "to lift up," and 103 "to bore;" they do not combine the irregularities of the two conjugations, but are inflected in some parts according to one, in others according to the other. Thus T73 gives -VTU , "TIT, IT after the ]"3 conjugation, and IITTP, TTO, nTmnrT, "n^JVl after the y"y conjugation. (13) yy and v '3- V^ "to lament," the only verb found that belongs to this conjugation is conju- gated entirely according to the v/ 3 conjugation (see 261). (14) ]"3 and W. All the verbs of this conjugation, viz., IIU, TD, TO, DU, DW, ^U, and ^13 are inflected after the V'y conjugation. (15) V'3 and N" 1 ? . &M "to bear." Kal, imperfect, Bten; constr. infin., iif ; imper., "^. s 1 2 Sam. xv. 14. 1 Also J"INJP . is also found ; N& is only used figuratively. 39 7.] DOrBLY IRREGULAR VERBS. 283 Niphal, perfect, Y1NBO; partic., NJW. Hiphil, per- feet, V^fcrTT; imperfect, N*fc . JTo^a/, perfect, (16) ]"3 and IT. fTZM "to bend/ 7 ^a/, imperfect, HBK, na^, &c., shortened BN, &c., but fltt gives r besides V . Niphal, perfect, VV19J ; partic., HE} . Hiphil, perfect, MTEn ; imperfect, HEN , &c., shor- tened Z9N, &c. ; imper., ni3n, ZOH. Exercise 87 a. in own 'lia aiJ3 ^noszai niiN3 TIT-IQ (i) |- AT : '-::-: v : - (T ' -r: 3* (2) : D S ^ toipo jnirri'n Trtji nrnr Kto^ nip ov T T - I : - : T :JT v v V ^ (3) f :r TO < 4 > *iW33 om on^ rr\3 nn (5) 4 : nn iza'n vDiia V:B oSi ^ (6) 5 : ni. : ( - - TT:~ Tr : |T T |- T : ( 7 ) e ' wvn vsn 1 Nah. Hi. 17. ' Deut. xxxii. 30. s Jer. xxiii. 21. 4 1 Sam. xxiv. 6. & Deut. xv. 2. ' 1 Sam. viii. 3. 284 ETYMOLOGY. [| 397. 4^iv? 'T itf^/im prn oyin i^rn (&) ' : 2 :rn:pn ^33 QjnbppT Dyrftpsrn rnj '-^ Snam ijrb DITITTIK VD i?*? (9) ini "Q-rN oiw ^Nto (io) Exercise 875. (1) And Aaron stretched out his hand, over the waters of Egypt ; and the frogs came up, and covered the land of Egypt. 5 (2) And if he betake himself to a city, and all Israel shall bring ropes to this city. 6 (-3) And (there) went-up from the people, about [3] three thousand men ; and they fled before the men of Ai'. 7 (4) Inaugurate against it (/.) war ; arise, and we will go at noon ; woe to us, for the day has turned, for the shadows of evening are stretched out. 8 (5) For (they are as) stones of a diadem, lifting themselves upon his ground. 9 (6) Thus^he will cause many nations to rejoice, because of him; kings shall shut their mouths, for what p^] has not been recounted to them they see, and what they have not heard 1 Job. xx. 8. * Jer. xiv. 34. * Jer xviii. 21. 4 Job xxi. 3. * Ex. viii. 2. 6 2 Sam. xvii. 13. ? Josh. vii. 4, Jer. vi. 4. Zech. ix! 16. 398.] DOUBLY. IRREGULAR, VERBS. 285 they understand. 1 (7) And these are the kings of the land, whom Joshua smote, and the sons of Israel, on the other side of the Jordan, westward, from Baal-gad, in the valley of Lebanon, and unto the bare mountain, which goes up towards-Seir; and Joshua gave it to the tribes of Israel, (as) a possession according to their order. 2 (8) Near the border shall be the rings for places [" houses "] for the staves to bear the table. 3 (9) Thou shalt not be after many, to do evil ; and thou shalt not answer about a dispute, to turn aside after many, to turn (judgment) aside. 4 (10) And thou, Pashur, and all the inhabitants of thy house, shall go into captivity; and thou shalt come to Babylon, and there thou shalt die, and there thou shalt be buried, thou, and all they that love thee, to whom thou hast prophesied falsely. 4 398. Quiescent Verbs* (17) N"S and rf'b- r0N"tobake." Kal, imperfect, r3^, &c., shortened fKW (from nm "to come") ; < < imper., -VJ1N . Iliphil, imperfect, VJnrr for * VJHNn (Is. xxi. 14), shortened ^ (from rb* "to swear "). (18) v '3 and X"b Kg "to go out." Kal, imperfect, 1 Is. lii. 15. 3 Josh. xii. 7. 3 Ex. xxv. 27. * Ex. xxiii. 2. * Jer. xx. 6. 286 ETYMOLOGY. [399. N^ ; imper., Nlf ; infin., n$X . Hip Ml, perfect, VINtfn, &c.; imperfect, JTSiN , &c. Hopbal, per- fect, '/INJpn ; imperfect, NlpN ; partic., JBD . (19) V 'S and !Y'^. iT^ "to oppress." J6z, imperfect, ru or nrtt . Nipkal, perfect, MT3fo . Hiphil, perfect, ^^in ; imperfect, n^l* . Hophal, perfect, VV:nn, &c.; imperfect, HjW, &c. (20) V'l? and "V Nfa "to come." JTa/, perfect, , &c. i>^*7, perfect, ^^nn, /)fe\?n or K^H; imperfect, O, &c. 399. The verb iTTT "to live" (which of course is not " doubly irregular," the ^ being a consonant), has a synonym *^n, from which the third pers. masc. sing, of the perfect Kal, ^n (Gen. iii. 22, and very frequently) is formed, but the other parts of the verb are taken from HTf . Exercise 88. (i) : I v - v v:|* n-]0 L^ N2f) P"D1 ^1 TOH ^3 DD^y ^D 1 ? T T |T ....!._ . . A . . . _. _. I . (2) J : toVn s n-/i ' :T v -in 1 Jud. ix. 15. 399.] DOUBLY IRREGULAR VERBS. 287 :)- c]nn natfl Q'anan nattpm rrirp jra ^T atf n -in^i (3) : nirr-jTa TV T : rrru mNjn (4) * rrttaa ratfl-nam terra prosit i TT : i , T |- 'a taifn (5) :jna TID a^D3 nunjTi ^3^ - -: I : VAT: -v:|v fl ^i-in^n y^v DSI^I ito i^ JT - :-:{- - T : <- ^ s i rrtfa v ^ T A" - v T:V-T y o^-san D^^ Tf^arr "ia^ (6) rn:r<3 ^T 01 -riTqy DI^D^ 3 VT : |- :JT : -T * TT rtaa y&b ni^nx ri!?^ ^ban nay lairtf^i ^:? :j : -v: TT v 'vv - T | : *: T IM ^T ^arr^ 13.1!? *na"nKr nnyi (7) s :ni,T v -: ' v v - v - : -TV-: T - : T : wrraTN ^rnns^ laiirn pyn ^i ^3 n-irr na^rr T T : : ' : IT : v A* T " \ :|" T T- i"W (8) 6 : n; ^3 nbj;^- -iryn T -|T "r T A-:|- T T NI^I (9) r : v -: T T v ' --- A v -:(- T - avj VT T AV: - : 1 2 Kings xii. 10. 2 Ex. iv. 7. s Prov. xiii. 19. 4 Ex. ii. 14. 5 1 Sam. xxii. 17. 6 2 Sam. xiv. 15. ' Jer. iv. 6. 8 Gen. xxxii. 8. 9 Is. i. 19. 288 ETYMOLOGY. [399. Exercise 886. (1) And the land shall not cast you out, when you pollute it, as it cast out the nation, which (was) before you. 1 (2) And the stranger thou shalt not oppress, and thou shalt not afflict him ; for you (were) strangers in the land of Egypt. 2 (3) .And all the days of Adam which he lived, were nine hundred and thirty years ; and he died. 3 (4) And the man of Israel was oppressed on that day ; and Saul caused the people to swear, saying, " Cursed (be) the man who shall eat bread, till the evening.-" 4 (5) With silver, and with gold, he beautifies it ; with nails, and with hammers, they strengthen (it) ; and it does not move. 5 (6) Strengthen yourselves, and be as [*?] men, O Philistines ! lest you serve [to] the Hebrews, as they served [to] you ; and you shall be as [*?] men, and fight. 6 (7) And he said to her, " "What (is the matter with) [to] thee ? do not fear : for God has heard the voice of the boy, in (the place) where he (is). 7 (8) And all the people shouted, and they said, " May the king live \"* (9) He will not regard [" carry; the face of"] any compensation, and he will not be pleased if thou increase a bribe.' (10) I have aroused (one) from the north, and he came ; from the rising of the sun he will call upon my name ; and he shall come upon princes like mortar, and as a potter treads clay. 10 1 Lev. xviii. 28. 4 1 Sam. xiv. 24. 7 Gen. xxi. 17. * Ex. xxii. 20. 5 Jer. x. 4. 8 1 Sam. x. 24. 10 Is. xli. 25. Gen. v. 5. 6 1 Sam. iv. 9. 9 Prov. vi. 35. 400.] TREBLY IRREGULAR VERBS. 289 400. Verbs trebly irregular. (21) yy, 3 gutt. and y gutt. TIN "to curse." Kal, perfect, WIN ; imperfect, INN, &c. ; imper.^ DN- PzW, partic., DH1NQ . Pual, imperfect, ")NV . (22) yy, 3, y, and b gutt. JflH "to be evil." Kal, perfect, -"OH ; imperfect, ^T , &c. ; infin., yi_ ; im- per., -iyh . Nijohal, imperfect, jyiT . Riphil, per- fect, .ninrr, inn, ! nnrr; imperfect, ^n^j infin., JTirT; partic., y"]0. Hithpalel, perfect, nj^i-lJTT; infin., ^i-iTirr. (23) IT' 1 ?, 3 and ^ gutt, Hhn "to see/' JEa/, per- fect, '/T^") , &c. ; imperfect, nsnNt, &c., shortened Tj infin., HJO, /l^l; imper., n"l; partic., PINTl- Niphal, perfect, i"TK")J; imperfect, J"TNn&$, shortened NT ; infin., il'^Jl . Pual, perfect, -INI . Hiphil, perfect, ri^lH , r\VHr\ ; imperfect, n")N , &c. Hophal, perfect, JTI^rr. n^lil ; partic., H^. Hithpacl, imperfect, nNH71J, WVUn, WW- (23) ,T1 " to pluck off. J> a, perfect, ^Jin^, TIN- rnn "to conceive." ifa/, perfect, ^"?rT; im- perfect, IHjn, &c.; infin., n'TT. Pwa/, perfect, rrln- (23c) niTT " to burn." Kal, imperfect, rPIT , shortened u 290 ETYMOLOGY. [ 400. MT; infin., ."Tin. Hiphil, perfect, '"Tinn. Hith- pael, imperfect, (23d) rny "to be bare." Niphal, imperfect, PHjP. Piel, perfect., Hl^; imperfect, i~Py?j infin., /lily; imper., -"py. Hiphil, perfect, >"nyjl. Hithpael, im- perfect, nyAH . (23*) nyi " to pasture." Kal, perfect, DJTjn , s|jn ; imperfect, njnNt ; infin., J"lijn ; imper., H^l ; par- tic., i!in . PiW, perfect, Hjn . Hiphil, imperfect, ny~V . Hithpael, imperfect, (24) V'y , S and ^ gutt. mi to breathe." Hiphil, imperfect, rpix , fPT , shortened, IT1' : infin., rnn -T-T -T -*T (24a) rn "to be evil." .?>#, perfect, Uriil ; imperfect, JT")* , VT . Pulal, imperfect, 3J3T|^ . Hithpalel, imperfect, (25) )"9 , y gutt., and IT' 1 ? . nru to wail. imper., nru . Niphal, imperfect, Vir . (25a) nna " to lead." Kal, perfect, JTITU . ffiphil, perfect, HTOil ; imperfect, HTO^ , &c. (26) V'9, Y'y and ^> gutt. nu "to rest" JT/, WJ, ITO, rflJ, rw. ^>^i^ perfect, ^rryjj imperfect, n s :^ ; infin., n^H ; partic., 1TJD . Hophal, imper- fect, 400.] TREBLY IRREGULAR VERBS. 291 (27) T'9. Yy, and N"^. N-U "to hinder." Hiphil, "T (28) i"9,y gutt., and N"^ . NT to fear." Kal, perfect, VINT; imperfect, NTN; imper., NT; infin., N'T. Nipkal, perfect, NTJ; imperfect, NT/1, fid, per- feet, -INT ; partic., NTD . (29) '"3, y gutt., and iT^. HT "to throw." Kal, TT perfect, YPT; imper., rn% JKp^V, >A f , rnio . Exercise 89a. si^ii D^rtsrr nypjn nytlltfn qysa *rn (i) ':Tpn-jiN tnb nin^ 1/13-^3 -^nn qvn-^ y&w VT T: TT I T ft ~ ~ \ ( 3 ) S J^ Q^narr ^3 -Mn (2) T^ rN D^rt^Nn wn n*in> ^ A- T:|T T : niN (6) s : -irnD* 3!non3 D^INI D^I ijn T --:|- -T:IV A' : t^ s i (7) 6 : ,T3K^ TIN nfe n'^rr IN^Q TON T - TV:J T T:'-:- -T Josh. vi. 16. 2 Is. xk. 24. 8 Gen. xxiv. 20. Deut. iv. 35. 5 Prov. x. 21. 6 Jud. v. 23. 292 ETYMOLOGY. [ 400. rob 'DIP* mm nitizr^D p^a ^rrr o^wp "iori s i T: v'v :(-( r p v|v ' TT T-: A~ nrnttar raj a^ (8) I'wifcp na^r ro^-i dp;? 1 ' ^>Tm -AT '.-: T T : T : | T. .(- TJT ova nn'K rr:m jnrnn (9) s : rbix rqrv D^yp:) 'sn 4 : op 1 ^ n^srby niD^'i^^ nnow nnirb3 IT T:-- T:JT V-:T VT7-.|v r TT: T rin no? (io) T : T T Exercise 893. (1) And we feared very-much for our lives on-account- of-you [Dp'JSp], and we have done this thing. 6 (2) I hate, I despise your festivals, and I will not smell your assem- blies. 7 (3) And now come, I-pray-thee, curse [to] me this people, for it is stronger than I ; perhaps I may be able to smite [in] it, and-I-may-expel-it from the land ; for I know that which thou blessest (is) blessed, and that which thou cursest shall be cursed. 8 (4) But upon ["to"] Cain, and upon ["to"] his offering, he did not look; and Cain was very much incensed ["and it was very much incensed to Cain"], and his face [pi.] fell [pi.]. 9 (5) Teach-me, O Lord, thy way; and lead-me 1 Supply "ibN 1 ? . J Num. xxiii. 7. s Prov. xr. 14. 4 Num. xxx. ti. 5 Num. xi. 11. Josh. ix. 24. J Amos. v. 21. Num. xxii. 6. Gen. iv. 5. [ 400. TREBLY IRREGULAR VERBS. 293 in the path of uprightness. 1 (6) For how can I go up to my father, and the boy, he- (is) -not with me, lest I look upon the evil, which would come-upon [" find"] my father. 2 (7) Shall iron break iron from the north, and copper? 1 (8) Why hast thou broken down [V^9j her hedges, and they pluck her down, all who pass \constr.~\ (along) the way ? * (9) And they went up to the valley of Eshcol, and they saw the land, and they restrained the heart of the children of Israel, not to go [N3. \H7lP] to the land, which the Lord has given them. 5 (10) And it came to pass from the day of the dwelling of the ark in Kirjath-jearim, and the days increased, and they were twenty years ; and all the house of Israel lamented to fnnNl the Lord. 6 1 Ps. xxvii. 11. * Gen. xliv. 31 ' Jer. xv. 12 4 Ps. Ixxx. 13. * Num. xxxii. 9. * 1 Sam. vii. 2. ( 294 ) [401. CHAPTER XX. DEFECTIVE VERBS. 401. Those classes of irregular verbs, which have their two essential radicals, that is the two consonants that are found in all their parts, in the same position in the root, are closely connected with one another in meaning, and inflection, e.g., the essential radicals of T)3 and "TO are 13 (being in both cases the first and last) : both these verbs mean "to flee," and give the Hithpalel or Hithpoel TTIinn. Thus the following conjugations are kindred to one another : (a) \'V and V'V (with the first and last radicals essen- tial), e.g., TU and TU "to flee," jn"l and yjH "to shout." () V 'D and ]"S) (with the two last radicals essential), e.g., 1^ and 2^3 " to place." This class is closely connected with the preceding, e.g., H33 and 1113 "to blow," aaj and HID "to be good." Even verbs N"9 are sometimes connected with these two classes, e.g., Dtf N and M)J " to be destroyed," tflN and &H" to thresh." (c) N"? and H" 1 ? (with the first two radicals essential), e. g., *O:i and rm " to cut." This class is also 402.] DEFECTIVE VERBS. 295 connected with the two preceding ones, e.g., J"Un and nn "to be evil," HI"! "to tread down, sub- due/' and TV " to go down, cast down/' 402. When one of two kindred verbs is wanting in any of its forms, it often borrows that form from the other. The following is a list of the most common defective verbs : \ff\3. " to be ashamed;" Hip Ail, Ifl^n, but also tf^i (from tfr). T' ii2 "to be good;" perfect, lift; imperfect, (from 3ET) ; Hiphil, n'DTf (from 3EP). lip "to fear;" imperfect, TW (from TW). JT and 3X3 " to place," neither found in Kal ; Niphal, y& ; Hiphil, T2JH ; Zfojo^, 3^n 3^ " to break in pieces ; " imperfect, Y^ ( from V^ 3 ) J imper., "pS; JV>Aa/, yiSJJ ; P*W, Y?2 ( from Y?J); * and IS; " to be strait ; " perfect, ^ "K " it is straitened to me" (figurative); imperfect, 12T, ">! (from -ir) ; Hiphil, 1STT, I^H. The kindred verb 1^ is transitive " to press, besiege." 296 ETYMOLOGY. [402. tf ard nptf "to drink;" .&*/, from H/ltf ; #i>*7 T T 'TT from ^brt and ^y "to go;" perfect, infin. abs., and parties. Kal, and the whole of Niphal, Piel, and Hithpael from "?f?n ; imperfect, infin. constr., and imper. Kal, and the whole of the Hiphil from ^ . Exercise 90a. ^-n yrna IBM asitfaa D*JB rvarrrf? (i) T:- T- 'T- T : -T | (2) l :wn 21 (3) ' : inV -|- - ^ ^sn (4) * ; 123*1 onsitran M^I DIM only ttajr^ 13* (5) \T- T :-:- A - - (7) 6 : >DDI np nvrr (6) 5 : . . | T . i np:rT (8) :n^s ': - T T T T :- T: ehSTDii itoy najrtjn^a v^ain (9) 8 : A T T " | :V^ DWpjp /i^2 D^sn ^s: p^ ^T ^ 1 Deut. i. 17. 2 Jer. i. 12. Gen. xxi. 28. * Jer. xxxi. 21. 1 Sam. xi. 11. Ps. xxxviii. 7. 7 Jer. x. 21. Ps. cxix. 31. 9 Jer. vi. 15. 402.] DEFECTIVE VERBS. 297 Exercise 903. (1) And I will scatter them, a man to his brother, and the fathers and the sons together. 2 (2) And thou shalt take them to the tent of the covenant ; and they shall stand there, with thee. 3 (3) And he said to her, " Give me, I- pray-thee, a little water to drink, for I am thirsty." 4 (4) He did not eat bread, and he did not drink water.* (5) " Say, I pray thee, thou (art) my sister, that it may be well with [*?] me on thy account ["ip/OJQ], an d that I [" my soul"] may live through thee [^ja]/" (6) Turn away my reproach, which I fear ; for thy judgments (are) good. 7 (7) And David said to Gad, "I am very much straitened " ["it is very much straitened to me"]. 8 (8) In thy walking, thy step shall not be straitened ; and if thou runnest, thou shalt not stumble. 9 (9) And lie will scatter thee amongst all peoples, from (one) end of the earth, to 1 Ex. ii. 8, 9. * Jer. xiii. 14 8 Num. xi. 16. 1 Jud. iv. 19. ' Ex. xxxiv. 28. 8 Gen. xii. 13. 7 Ps. cxix. 39. 8 2 Sam. xxiv. 14. 9 Prov. iv. 12. 298 ETYMOLOGY. [ 403. y] the (other) end of the earth. 1 (10) And she hastened; and she took down her bucket, from off her ; and she said, " Drink, and I will also give to drink to thy camels ; " and I drank, and also the camels she gave to drink. 8 403. When two forms of the same verb have the same meaning, and one is wanting in any tense, it borrows that tense from the other. The following is a list of the most frequent cases of this kind : "to be able." Imperfect Hop/ial P, used instead of imperfect Kal, which is wanting. iPJ "to add." In8n. and imperfect HipUl S)"pirT pV, used instead of infin. and imperfect Kal. JJ " to approach." Imperfect, imper., and infin. Kal used ; perfect borrowed from Niphal 10|J . TJ "to lead." Perfect (generally) and imper. from Kal; imperfect always from Hiphil nTTjP; also per- fect nrun, but this is very rare. 1J " to be poured out." Perfect from Nijphal ^.TO , but imperfect from Kal "![rV ; the imperfect NipJial and perfect Kal are not found. 1 Dent, xxviii. 64. * Gen. xxiv. 46. 403.] DEFECTIVE VERBS. 299 Exercise 91a. i&gi vrn-Tpm N2r impo i^oi wzbo m** rnm (i) : I v - T T ; try-no (2) > : >^ rMb i^TiN m nnm *Q a ^N V VT -T T A f" TIN nro ^V nrun (3) 'jnypn fte6 -^ (4) 3 : n^g 1 ? ^ ^3^0 nan ^ ' ; M3 (5) 4 : ji^'^ ^3in-^ ysrix nnjni v" 1 ^ nwn I - : VAT T: 4T (6) ': Exercise 913. (1) Give to (a) wise-man, and he will become still (more) wise ; make (anything) known to a righteous-man, and he will increase (his) knowledge. 7 (2) And Jacob approached [to] Isaac his father, and he touched him ; and he said, "The voice (is) the voice of Jacob, and the hands the hands of Esau/' 8 (3) And he led them before [\ET1N] the king of Moab, and they dwelt with him, all the days of David's being in the fortress. 9 (4) And the thunders and 1 Jer. xxx. 21. * Ps. cxx. 3. 3 Ex. xxxii. 34. 4 Prov. xxx. 21. 5 Jer. xlii. 18. 6 Ps. v. 9. 7 Prov. ix. 9. 8 Gen. xxvii. 22. 9 1 Sam. xxii. 4. SOU ETYMOLOGY. [ 403. the hail ceased, and the rain was not poured on the earth [H locale]. 1 (5) And I did not believe their words, until I came, and my eyes saw ; and behold, (there) was not told to me half the abundance of thy wisdom, (for) thou hast added to the report, that I have heard. 2 (6) And his brothers saw, that their father loved him (better) than all his brothers; and they hated him, and they could not speak to him peaceably ["to peace"].* 1 Ex. is. 33. 2 Chr. ix. 6. 3 Gen. xxxvr. 4. ( 301 ) CHAPTER XXL PARTICLES. (A.) Adverbs. 404. The following is a list of the Adverbs of Time ; nny, now. T : T : formerly. a, DTD, )tO , not yet 2, before. TN, 't, Ha, 1 then. T : v T , since, formerly, T " T before. , after. , at first, before. at last, later. , 2 at last. 3 , already, formerly. purr, hitherto. n , further, later. T ; T Tip , whilst, again, yet, still. Tty "I*!?, D3K, Ti V V no more. nina, ~na -n3iy, quickly. HMII, yj-i, i\ns, suddenly. K^, slowly, gently. 1 Esther ii. 13. * Prov. xxviii. 23. 3 2 Sam. ix. 3, &c. 4 Is. xxix. 5, fec. 302 ETYMOLOGY. [ 405. , ma. V DTIS3 m, for ever. T : v : "PD.H continually. , continually. i 1 , by day. , by night. T :~ DVTT, to-day. DV3 , Di*n3 , at present. "1HQ, to-morrow. , on the day after. TT-.IT , last night. iif . the day before yesterday. ), ^DJTI, tens, yesterday. 5 when ? 'iy, tai when? T T T how long ? i' after what interval ? 405. Adverbs of Place : s, rte, iD, rta, nan, m, nO, Di^n, here. , nan-ny, , hence. , there. , thither. 'D > thence. rtai itD, nam nan, T T ~T T " and thither. ^ ' ^ ' n j ^ ' rt3 ^ ' n ?^' where ? , whence? , whither? n, no^as, n&ssh,' within. : , from within. T T T 1 1 Sam. x. 11. * Jer. xiii. 27. 3 1 Kin^s vi. 30. 406.] Y-in, PARTICLES. 303 pra, , without. . on one side. ("HO , l on both sides. , T, -13, DID, POi 1 ?, in front. v v v v - : , behind. > from behind. , backwards. , on the right. Sto , on the left. ^ , northwards. > southwards. T : r TDTp, eastwards. T : ' D^, westwards. T T y above. above. , 2 from - ,* upwards. nnr)^ , nts^ , numb , T - T - : i beneath, below, down- T - : ward. , ni:r:ip, npo, around. 406. Adverfo of Quantity : D3 , how much ? how many ? how often ? i, .121, mi, mS rain, , much. , nitoa, ito very much. , more, too much.* 1JT , , abundantly. , entirely, per- fectly. ,' entirely. i little. 1 Josh. viii. 33. ' Gen. xlix. 25. s 1 Kings vii. 31. * Eccles. vii. 11. 5 Ps. xiii. 2. 304 3, almost. a, gradually, in', VTTP (YTTT), together, altogether. Numeral Adverbs. JY7N, DPD, once. ? twice - , three times. ETYMOLOGY. ; , seven times. , a hundred times. 407. Or the Dual : &c-> four times, &c. Or the Ordinals : > a second time. c - a 407. Adverbs of Qualify, Condition and Cause : p), in), 8 13'^ 1, 1 HD3, 13, 133 so, thus. 3 ,* 1Q3 ,* as, like, about. 13 3, ]3 : 31 ..... 3 , 6 as ...... thus, the more . . . the more. rt?3 , 7 so and so. therefore. ris'N, 10 na, how? T nab, nab, na~^, n nai," T T T T T V ~ , why? wherefore? 1 1 Kings xxii. 10. * Eccles. viii. 10. s Prefix, see 34. 4 Poetical. 5 Is. xxiv. 2. Josh. xiv. 11. 7 Jud. xviil 4. " Euth i. 13. 9 Dan. x. 17. 10 Jud. viii. 18. ll Num. xxii. 32. 2 Chr. vii. 21. 4-08.] PARTICLES. 305 Adjectives are also used as adverbs of quality, generally m the masculine singular, but also in the feminine, and masculine and feminine plural. 408. Adverbs of Affirmation and Negation. , s almost. pN, TOON, D:QN, '3, indeed, ' T TIT T : T in truth. fOr^N, 1 certainly. 13N, N13N, exactly, indeed. C)N i also, even. D3, also. D D, both ........ and. > perhaps. ,' not. , 6 only, however. , however, on the contrary. pi , ]3 , ^ , indeed, only. hi in truth, on the contrary. ]j? > jet, nevertheless, however. Exercise 920. vna p "| T :- "TT T : |T .13 (i) srn (2) ijin 113^ n3^ :^ r T ~ N TINT (3) S :>JK-DJI 1 1 Sam. xxiii. 23. * Is. liv. 15. 6 Num. xxii. 35. s Ps. kxiii 2. s Also tfft . ! In compounds only. Job xxii. 30. ? Gen. xxxii. 5. 8 Deut. xii. 30. 306 ETYMOLOGY. [ 408. ':rnoa p* p n "IV '"iban ity obitr^ ^ nan ttiitf 1 vm -vrn (4) V:|T ' -: T | TA- T : TOTT riDD'-tfn inrw Din toa TTV 3i (5) 2 :nan - , T r :- ,: T-: r T- : : *n wtriibi injn-jiN nan mb3rr/i nnii (6) s : -:AT: TJT- v - v T-T: (7) *: \"|T TJT ': . naaan iD^ zoiS rt3 is'i (9) 'jin-ni c)D33, napaa ito iaa 012^1 (8) TT- 'v v - v 1 : - A : T T : - : 7 : Dirty 1331 ni^n-V mna ^bin (io) - ^ - Exercise 923. (1) Is (there) no balm in Gilead, nor []*W ..... D^J a physician there ? for why is not the wound of the daughter of my people healed? 8 (2) Then Moses divided three cities on the other side of the Jordan, towards the setting of the sun. 9 (3) A judgment of death for this man, for he has prophesied to this city, as you have heard with your 1 1 Kings vi. 18. Gen. xv. 16. s Josh. xx. 5. 4 Ex. xxv. 21. 5 Gen. xiii. 1, 2. Ex. ii. 12. 7 Num. wii. 11. " Jer. viii. 22. 9 Deut. iv. 41. 408.] PARTICLES. 307 ears. 1 (4) And it was [lh] when [-)#} the cloud was [HYP] from evening till morning, and the cloud was lifted up in the morning, and they journeyed, either [IN] by day or [)] by night (when) [and] the cloud was lifted ,up (then) [and] they journeyed. 1 (5) And she said, " Let me glean, I-pray-thee, and I will gather among-the- sheaves, after the reapers ; " and she came, and she stopped from then, (in) in the morning, and until now; this (is) her resting a little, in the house. 3 (6) And the locusts (sing.) arose, over all the land of Egypt, and they rested (sing.) in every border of Egypt, very heavily ; before it (there was) not a (plague of) locusts (sing.) like it, and afterwards (there) will not be such. 4 (7) Woe (to) those, who make house touch house, they cause field to approach field, until (there is) no [DSN] place ; and they shall be made to dwell alone, in the midst of the earth.* (8) My soul is thirsty for God ; to the living God when shall I come ? * (9) My tears were (sing.) bread to me, night and day, when (people) said to me [inf. with 3], every day, " Where (is) thy God?" 6 (10) And they said one to the other, " Truly, we (are) guilty, about our brother, for we saw the trouble of his soul, when he besought [to] us, and we did not hear : therefore is this trouble come upon us." 7 1 Jer. xxvi. 11. 1 Ex. x. 14. 3 Num. ix. 21. 5 Is. v. 8. ? Gen. xlii. 21. 3 Ruth ii. 7. 6 Ps. xlii. 3, 4. 308 ETYMOLOGY. 409111. (B.) Conjunctions. 409. The conjunction most frequently made use of, is the prefix "I and, which, however, also expresses the meaning- of but, or, because, for, so that, etc. (see the Syntax of the Conjunctions, 485) . 410. The following are the principal other con- junctions : Of Time. :1 > before. , l since. ON , '3 , iD3 ,' when. WD , T " T y , while, till, when finally. 5 i as long as, while. , after. :|- 3 , whenever. 411. Condition and Wish. D , '3 , -iV , K^ , if- hfo, D"^3, unless. if perhaps. ^ > perhaps that. 1 Jer. xliv. 18. * Gen. xix. 15. s Cant. i. 12. * Gen. xxviii. 15. s 1 Sam. i. 22. 412 414.] PARTICLES. 412. Cause, Effect and Aim. , for, because. , as, because. 1 firm because, since. 309 30, I?0 in order that. ]3 , lest, so that not. . so that not. 413. Contrast. , or, or that. whether or. DN "Q > only that, but. -:|-' v -: ' j y 1 U.SI; 3iS. S 3 D3^ * but, however. QJ^ QJ^ } whether . . or. . tf fiajr 1 ?! , but. , D3 , DN , l , 3 entirely so as. ty , although. \D ^jN 5 how much more. C|N , even if, even though. 414. Pointing of the prefix "\ . (a) It has generally (-7). (b) Before words having their first letter pointed with Ex. xiv. 13. 2 Is. Ixi. 11. 3 Eccles. v. 15. 4 Num. xiii. 21. 310 ETYMOLOGY. - [ 415. a half vowe^ it takes the corresponding full vowel, as DJTTiyi and ye shall serve, /1DN1 and truth, v :- c :\- v v:|v vm and sickness. T:|T (c) Before a letter pointed with simple sheva, 1 becomes the vowel 1 (excepting in the cases given in (d)} ; this is also the case before one of the labial letters 2, 1, D, S, ^21 afi? i thee, ^ (^) Before *, the 1 takes chink, and the #^ez;a under the \ is dropped, as ^"l and it shall be, for * YH ; and before H or Hit takes c^ir/A; or *^o/, DJTVT1 , nTT|_. (e) In the syllable before the accent it often takes kdmefs; this generally occurs in pause? e.g. jni> Gen. ii. 9. (C.) Prepositions. The prepositions have already been given in 33. (D.) Interjections. 415. The following are the principal Interjections : Of Lamentation and Grief. n ,' nrw , HN ,* >** , s >is , jrte ,' in , 7 ^in T -: T T woe! alas I 1 See 5. * See 17. * Ezek. XM. 2. 4 Ezek. vi. 11. * Eccl. iv. 10, x. 16. ' Ps. czx. 5. 7 Amos v. 16. * Prov. xxiii. 29. * Job x. 15, Micah vii. 1. PARTICLES. 311 Of Supplication. 13. , pray. J , -Z>ray thee. Placed after the most emphatic word in a sentence. , ah! pray. TT T T O/" Appeal and Exhortation. 1*7' '"ran (with suff. vjarr, &., am // &c.); rifTOn, rwv behold: rarr, 2 inn, 2 f>, n^, *cb, go! come! T T : ; Dip , lOlp , Arise ! up ! TD 1-1D, KS Sf away/ away! DJ1 , 3 ^DH , 3 silence ! hush ! i") , enough ! Of Wish. , 4 oh that! would that! Of Deprecation and Confirmation. n, G-od forbid! far be it! no! $rbx .pray.no I / 5e it to! Of Joy. , "TTn, hurra! huzza! Of Menace. 1 Imper. of JTfcO to see. 2 Imper. of T T -T 3 Imper. Piel of HDil 4 Prop. " who will give." * Num. xxi. 29. 312 ETYMOLOGY. [415. Exercise 93^. ar6 VTaN nn D^b rvtihv n^a vn (i) ttTrn (2) l : aw an irpni vj a? D'nhipa watf^ -rate nwi (3) s : v -: T : ayrr >-IN-I> ^ n-n A 3 (6) 4 : v- I '3 vjyjsrrviK ttrn^JT^a i^Nx n*m ._ :| _ ;1 _ ,. A T : | ': TT: "J" mnn ^y\ w^i (7) 5 :wrr prn 's i 1 ? ^nn TTT T- :|-|- ' -T v : - win a^i'nn -13^1^ a^a^ ': - :- A : | T T - - T ann airo3 (8) 6 :ws : : AT : T T v v : T 1 Josh. ix. 16. s Ps. xxxv. 21. s 2 Sam. xiv. 15. 4 Gen. xl. 13, 14. 5 Josh. xvii. 18. " Josh. ii. 22. * Prov. viii. 25. 415.] PARTICLES. 313 onrnan o^an to-'ja^ nhxsx rrtrra Nrvasp (9) Exercise 933. (1) In order that the Lord may bring upon Abraham, that which he promised [" said "~\ to him. 3 (2) And the days, that we walked, from Kadesh-barnea, until we crossed the brook of Zered, were thirty-eight years. 4 (3) And now, the Lord has kept me alive, as He said, this forty-five years, since the Lord spoke this word to Moses, while Israel walked in the desert ; and now, behold, I (am) to-day eighty-five years old ["a son of eighty-five years "].* (4) A hand shall not touch it, for (if so) he shall be surely stoned, or shot through [in/in. Kal and imperf. Ni.], whether (it be) beast, or man, he shall not live. 6 (5) And the earth was empty and void. 7 (6) And the princes of the Philistines went forth ; and it came-to-pass, as-often-as they went forth, David was wiser than all the servants of Saul ; and his name was prized very much. 8 (7) And the king of Israel said, " Alas ! that the Lord has called [to] these three kings, to give them into the hand of Moab." ' (8) In order that ye may remember, and do all my com- 1 Jer. xxvii. 18. 2 Ps. xlv. 9. 3 Gen. xviii. 19. 4 Dent. ii. 14. 5 Josh. xiv. 10. 6 Ex. xix 13. ? Gen. i. 2. 8 1 Sara, xviii. 30. 9 2 Kings iii. 10. 314 ETYMOLOGY. [| 415. mandments, and (that) ye may be holy, unto your God. 1 (9) And Joab said, " (As) God liveth [that S 3], unless thou hadst spoken, [for] then, in []D] the morning, the people would have gone up \_perf. ^Vi.], one from after the other. 1 (10) And now return the wife of the man, for he (is) a prophet, and he will pray for thy sake, and live \imper '.] ; and if thou art not returning (her), know that thou shalt surely die, thou, and all that is thine. 8 ' Num. xv. 40. * 2 Sam. ii. 27. * Gen. xx. 7. PART IIL-SYNTAX. CHAPTER I. Order of Words in a Sentence. The Copula. 416. The ordinary arrangement of a proposition, in Hebrew, when no emphasis is required to be given to either of its parts, is the natural order, subject, copula, predicate ; or, when the predicate is an active verb, with its object, subject, verb, object ; adverbs may be placed either before, or after the verb, but negatives always come im- mediately before it. 417. When, however, a member of a sentence requires emphasis, it may be placed first ; thus : (a) The verb, e.g. ' yi ^ T^ W7#l ^?fj *% ate and bowed down, all the fat of the earth. In impersonal constructions, the verb always stands first, e.g. /VlteQ YT, let there be lights. ' This is 1 Ps. xxii. 30. 316 SYNTAX. [ 418. also the case, when the sentence is connected with the sentence before by a conjunction, especially 1 or '] (copulative or conversive], e.g. HJTIiri 5)DV SZT1, 1 and Joseph came towards the house. The arrangement verb, object, subject is very rare. (b) The adjective, which, when it is the predicate, is nearly always placed before the subject, as Tp]Sl iig * "VQ.3Q 0?3N the patient man is letter than the strong. (c) The object, immediately followed by the verb, as 3 VJapn PT^tf-^-J-M > and all its spoil thon shalt ': TT : T v : collect. (d) The adverb, immediately followed by the verb, as 4 DWnpy l^n m, then the horses' hoofs were - ': : |T T ' broken. The arrangement, subject, object, verb, is very rare in Hebrew. It is only found in poetry. 418. When a noun requires very great emphasis, it is placed first in the sentence, absolutely, and repre- sented, in its proper place, by a suffix, or word pronoun, as 58 IND3 D^Dttf:-! HilT, the Lord, his throne is in the heavens; : -T- T:' 'DrnjT nn^ ^m Y?i2> summer and winter, thou hast formed them. 1 Gen. xliii. 26. * Prov. xvi. 32. 3 Deut. xiii. 17. * Jud. v. 22. 5 Ps. xi. 4. Ps. kxiv. 17. 419, 420.] THE COPULA. 317 419. The copula (which is in English expressed by the verb " to be "} is generally expressed in Hebrew, not by a word, but by simply placing the predicate immediately before, or after the subject. If the predicate be an adjective, it most frequently precedes the subject, e.g. l DH^Tn nptf , these are the words ; *D^33D (IDDH rOitD"^, for wisdom is .... T:T T I better than jewels ; 3 ttyH DDH ~D3 , a wise man is in strength (i.e. strong}. 420. Sometimes the verb JTfl is used to express the copula, e.g. 'Vlai 'liTD n/vn ipxm, and the T T : T v T T : earth was empty and void. ttM, there is (prop, noun, existence], and T^, there is not (nothing}, are also used, when the subject is a pronoun, and the predicate a parti- ciple, e.g. 'JPKftD *|t DN, if thou savest ; '-T33W, and he was not. Exercise 94#. D^w~n^ nn- 1 ??^ li^ (i) A"T~. nam nan n^ n^y vr^ (2) T " T in (3) 7 : risi T n nri^ ^sttf D ]3 1 Deut. i. 1. 2 Prov. viii. 11. ' Prov. xxiv. 5. * Gen. i. 2. 5 Jud. vi. 36. 6 Gen. v. 24 7 Prov. xvi. 19. 8 1 Kings xx. 40. 318 SYNTAX. [ 420. tflsui ,-TDTVI b^r\ r6sy (4) : ^rwr m ft ^nfci roipn v v : AT : - ' ~ T : - T - : : AV o*in io> -i:&y rts W -itfNvw ^ (5) 9 : - ^ T ^ : r v -: v ytn THTN! TOJ (6) s :DVn uay ris iar AT T ''-: T T (7) *:nro^ TSJDS o^ T :ATT T - - : 6 ::rTTaT sto ji^ao niTnbtth rain ns ai^ (8) 5 : rr (io) ': -jgi^ ?ip~^3 ros* rfn \n'Q3' whi Wina (9) ' -- ' VAT v -: v : 1 ? sirr po ism D^DD : '-T A :- ' T Exercise (1) Pleasant words (are like) the dropping of honey, sweet to the soul, and healing to the body [D2W].' (2) And now, if ye are doing kindness and truth, with [Di<] my master, tell me; and if not, tell me, and I will turn to (?$] the right, or to the left. 10 (3) Madmenah has fled, and the inhabitants of Gebim have-prepared-to-flee. 11 (4) There is gold, and a multitude of pearls, but the lips of knowledge (are) a precious vessel." (5) And it came to 1 Prov. xx. 14. * Prov. xix. 15. Dent. xxix. 14. 4 Prov. xxviii. 1. 5 Jer. xvii. 16. ' Prov. xvii. 1. 7 Job xxxix. 24. 8 2 Sain. xxii. 31. Prov. xvi. 24. 10 Gen. xxiv. 49. " Is. x. 31. " Prov. xx. 15. 420.] THE COPULA. 319 pass in the evening, and the quail (sing.} came up, and covered the camp, and in the morning, there was a deposit of dew, around [to] the camp. 1 (6) For suddenly their calamity shall arise ; and who knows the ruin of both of them. 2 (7) The sin of Judah (is) written with a pen of iron. 3 (8) He who finds a wife finds good. 4 (9) Then Solomon assembled the elders of Israel, and all the heads of the tribes. 5 (10) The Lord in wisdom founded the earth, he established the heavens with understanding. 6 1 Ex. xvi. 13. * Prov. xxiv. 22. * Jer. xvii. 1. * Prov. xviii. 22. 5 1 Kings viii. 1. ' Prov. iii. 19. ( 320 ) [421,422. CHAPTER II. Agreement of the Subject and Predicate in Gender and Number. Construction of Compound Subjects. 421. The predicate (whether it be a verb, an adjective, or a substantive), as a rule, agrees with the subject in gender and number. However, there are many exceptions to this rule. 422. The following are deviations, caused by more attention being paid to the sense, than to the grammatical form of a word : (a) Collective nouns as DV, ^3, people; HQ, family; t>3, whole ; tt^N, men are often construed with a plural verb, as ^NlferW* DEN 9 ], and the men of Israel said (Jud. viii. 22) ; also, when the collective noun is feminine, but the individuals it represents, masculine, the predicate is masculine, and vice versa, as l&jrr rm^ni, and the sheep bore (Gen. xxx. 39). A sentence often begins with a singular (espe- cially when the verb stands first, see 417), and then, after the collective, continues in the plural, as /lWlfr WpJTI nyn jrm, and the people shouted and blew on trumpets (Josh. vi. 20). 423.] AGREEMENT OF SUBJECT AND PREDICATE. 321 (b) Conversely nouns, plural in form but singular in meaning-, especially the so-called plural of excellence, take a singular verb, as H^N i 1 ?"^ WN D, if his T : [ T . ' " master give him a wife (Ex. xxi. 4). (c) Names of animals and things (not persons) in the plural, whether masculine or feminine, are often construed with the predicate feminine singular, as ^Tin JTIDrQ i"T7l3D, leasts and birds perished (Jer. 1 T : T : IT xii. 4). This is also the case with pronouns in connection with their antecedent, as ' ' ' DiDT fiiNBna pi T : TIT H;JD2 "ID tib p3;T, only he cleaved to the sins of Jeroboam, he did not depart from them (2 Kings iii. 3). (d} Names of persons, in the plural, are often construed with a singular, when the attention is directed to each of them, instead of taking them as a whole, as nZOZP TSD3 D'p^TO 1 ], and the righteous are bold as a lion (Prov. xxviii. 1). (e) Dual substantives are construed with the predicate in the plural, as verbs, adjectives, and pronouns have no dual, as fcTP ^ DiT^ <3, for their feet run to evil (Prov. i. 16). | 423. The following are cases, when the predicate, on T 322 SYNTAX. [ 424. account of commencing the sentence, and thus preceding the subject, takes the masculine singular : (a) When the predicate is a verb (when the verb may generally be regarded as impersonal), as i l'"'iTl 0^3, D*U)btf, and he had thirty sons (Jud. xii. 9). (b) When the predicate is an adjective, as NliynD ^p&yO, how wonderful are thy works ! (Ps. Ixvi. 3). (c) When the predicate is a participle as a substan- tive, as ^"QV 1N1& ~Un thy servants are shepherds (Gen. xlvii. 3). (r/) When the copula precedes the subject, as DHp3 ^pDttf iTrPj the striped ones shall le thy wages (Gen. xxxi. 8). But if the sentence be continued, the verbs following their subject must agree with it, as nhfeV -vrn . . . motfn rp-a j-nfcp NT, etc., let there le lights in the expanse of heaven, and they shall be for signs, etc. (Gen. i. 14). ^ 424. Construction of Compound Subjects. When the subject is composed of a nominative (in the construct) and a genitive (in the absolute), the verb some- times agrees with the genitive (or absolute), instead of with the governing noun (construct), in which case the genitive 425.] CONSTRUCTION OP COMPOUND SUBJECTS. 323 expresses the more important idea/ as D'j^k ?JTTN ""Dl ^ip , the voice of thy brother's blood is crying, etc. (Gen. iv. 10). 425. When there are several subjects, connected by 1 and, the predicate is generally in the plural, especially when it follows the subject; with subjects of different genders the predicate takes the masculine, as iT^Nl ttf'N rGN^/D TlJPlfrJP' 7^ , man and woman shall do no more T T : .(- work? When the predicate stands first, it agrees with the first of the subjects, as ^JOfcP ^21 ntfa'Ttf* IN, then * T : " : -ITT' Moses and the children of Israel sang? Sometimes, but rarely, the predicate takes the singular masculine, when it follows the subject, as 'S'^N Xl'tib p IfeOI, and meat > ' V T | ' T T T ' and wine did not come to my mouth* If the construction be continued, it is in the plural, as . . ^31 ^Q'S IQ'^T, and Abimelech and Pichol arose, and they returned* Exercise 950. nrrn tfsrte nsi u^isrt Dra;?rr/iN D*rf? T-|' 1 The substantive ^3 wAoZe, almost invariably takes this con- struction, as /Utr^O^S ViTI , ^ "^ o i. ._. | . . _ K. T .. T T .. T ._,... era wn# o^ns (9) 8 : - * -:|T -T-: T\:TV: Di (io) 9 : VTTT: Exercise 955. (1) Come, thou and all thy house to the ark. 11 (2) And the people went up towards the city, and they took the city. 1 " (3) Then the eyes of the blind shall be opened, and 1 Gen. i. 21. * Trov. vi. 17. * Gen. v. 11. * Deut. v. 25. s Jer. xlviii. 41. Ex. xxi. 29. 1 Josh. viii. 20. 8 Prov. iii. 18. Job xiv. 19. 10 2 Sam. xv. 23. " Gen. vii. 1. Josh. vi. 20. 425.] AGREEMENT OP SUBJECT AND PREDICATE, ETC. 325 the ears of the deaf shall be opened. 1 (4) And these came to me men from the elders of Israel, and they sat before me. 2 (5) And he was in the house of his master, the Egyptian. 3 (6) And the king went out, and all the people in his footsteps [" feet "], and they stayed in a place ["house"] far off. 4 (7) The fat fields of the earth shall be [sing.'] thy dwelling. 5 (8) Thou art righteous, and upright are thy judgments." (9) To bring this people to the land, which he swore to them ; and he killed them in the desert. 7 (] 0) The cattle kicked. 8 1 Is. xxxv. 5. * Ez. xiv. 1. s Gen. xxxix. 2. 4 2 Sam. xv. 17. Gen. xxvii. 39. 8 Ps. cxix. 137. ? Num. xiv. 16. 2 Sam. vi. 6. ( 326 ) [426. CHAPTER III. MODES OF GIVING EMPHASIS TO WORDS. 426. Besides the modes of emphasizing words men- tioned in Chapter L, the following are made use of: (a) When the subject is a personal pronoun, and the predicate a verb, the pronoun is expressed by a separate word, as lT P^3 '"T!0^ P7^? ^*, / in righteousness shall see Thy face. (i) The verb is sometimes repeated, as 2 shall I really smite j but most frequently the abso- lute infinitive of the same verb is placed before or after it, as 3 yOl^Jl WDV) DN , if thou surely hear. (c) Nouns are repeated in several manners : (1) A noun repeated twice in the plural gives the idea of abundance, as /Y"|N21 J"P|N3, , full of pits v: |v v:|-.- 7 (Gen. xiv. 10). (2) A noun standing first in the construct singular, and then repeated in the plural, gives the super- 1 Ps. rvii. 15. ' 2 Kings vi. 21. * Ex. xv. 26. 426.] MODES OP EMPHASIZING WORDS. 327 lative degree to the quality it expresses, as B^7R- ^?P an extremely hoty thing (Exod. xxx. 29). (3) A singular noun repeated, in which case 1 copu- lative is often prefixed to the second, expresses universality, as ^N"JfT JTM tf'K t^, every man of the house of Israel (Lev. xvii. 3) ; V/liJKJ "1VT1 "lil iQI), his years are as all generations (Ps. Ixi. 7. (4) If a noun repeated in the singular give the idea of quantity it often has a distributive meaning, as n>O$ HJOtf, fy s*vd?* (Gen. vii. 2). (r/) An adjective repeated expresses a high degree of its quality, as JH JH, wry &H* (Prov. xx. 14). (*) Adverbs repeated imply the idea of continuity or gradual advance, as JT3^ 1OD T3D, all around the house (Ezek. xli. 7) ; H^^ H^^, gradu- ally upwards (id.). nay rwa - Exercise 960. a (D 328 SYNTAX. [ 426. nyrutf Dwn ^iyo'Da (2) Moonr nan NVIN "to itfN h*n im (3) "j-rniM* "or tew JTQQ tfl'N tfw (5) 4 PiN n3 nan ~ ~ ~ (6) 'iDTj ^ i^ DD^n^ nan T : T T v -: T : T - rarm (7) :Dntf3mr:i T -:| T : T - | n 1 ?;-^ n^n-ao^D ^ rftfyb rbysb rbyzb na T<,-: --- - I "T:- T-:-|-: T-:|-: T : bn D^IPT bnn (8) J :mb mo 1*71 Trm ^TDI^ m^3T (io) - Exercise 96<5. (1) One prince to each day [see (3)] ; they shall bring their offering to the dedication of the altar. 11 (2) And thou shalt sanctify them, (that) [and] they may be most holy [2] ; everything that touches [on] them shall be 1 Ps. xxiii. 4. ' Gen. vii. 3. * Jer. xx. 15. 4 2 Kings vi. 21. Lev. xvii. 10. Esth. ii. 11. ? Ezek. xli. 7. Eccl. i. 2. Eccl. ii. 15. 10 Ps. xlv. 18. u Num. vii. 11. 426.] MODES OF EMPHASIZING WORDS. 329 holy. 1 (3) Going to the south, and turning to the north, the wind goes round (and) round. 2 (4) And the vale of [the] Siddim (was full of) wells of bitumen [I]. 1 (5) The land (is) very good indeed [>]. 4 (6) These cities were [imperf. ,] each city (with) [and] its suburbs around it; thus (were) all these cities. 5 (7) And if the servant really say [b] " I love my master, my wife, and my sons, I will not go out free." 6 (8) And he said, " Cursed (be) Canaan, a perpetual slave [c 2] shall he be to his brothers." 7 (9) Take to you from the people twelve men, one man from each tribe [c3]. 8 (10) And they heaped them up (in) heaps (on) heaps, and the land stank. 9 1 Ex. xxx. 29. 4 Num. xiv. 7. 7 Gen. ix. 25. 1 Eccl. i. 6. 5 Josh. xxi. 40. 8 Josh. iv. 2. 8 Gen. xiv. 10. Ex. xxi. 5. 9 Ex. viii. 10. ( 830 ) [427,428. CHAPTER IV. THE SUBJECT. 427. The subject of a proposition may be a noun, a participle or an infinitive used as a noun, or a pronoun, either expressed by a separate word, or implied by the verb, as -1N3. D\n$Vs, the Philistines came (2 Sam. v. 18); QtiryXW i.H21N Tliy , He who tills his land shall be satis- fled with bread (Prov. xii. 11); \^> DISH JIVH - : T T IT v: the man's being alone is not good (Gen. ii. 18) ; I was placed (Gen. xxiv. 13); D/IN "13~n, and he spoke with them (Gen. xxiii. 8). 428. If the subject be a noun, it takes the article, except in the cases mentioned in S> 433, as tt^NH V 1 ?^ "VDNt'l, and T T " 1 -' the man said to him (1 Sam. ii. 16). But sometimes it is preceded by J"1N (which is usually prefixed to accusatives) ; in most of these cases, the verb is in the third person mas- culine singular (which seems to point to an impersonal con- struction) of a passive form, as hnsr/INl ntf D'/IN 2&F\ iijnD~?N, and Moses and Aaron were brought to Pharaoh (Ex. x. 8). This is also often the case with intransitive verbs, as VI1N m^TIN DB^ tibl , That the heart of his T v - ; v - ' " 428.] THE SUBJECT. 381 brothers may not faint (Deut. xx. 8). In many of these cases, /"IN seems to retain, to a certain extent, its demon- strative meaning-, that (it being connected with JTIN, sign). This demonstrative meaning is more plain in such sen- tences as the following : ^03 DipD~JlN . this is the place I V * of my throne (Ez. xliii. 7). Thus J"lN is sometimes used to express the article, espe- cially before a noun in the construct (which does not take the article 'H) , as 1TTN Sl^'/IN DW tib] (Deut. loc. cit.}. Exercise 97 a. (4) 3 : nb"Dnb b^x najn np bnr ^3 -oy (3) Lsn 1 ) IDS^O nitog I : T^-^n Tim Dttf'p^ T : : : T ' r : v 1 Is. x. 22. 2 1 Kings ii. 21. 8 Prov. xi. 29. * Prov. zxi. 15. * Ex. xliii. 7. ' Josh. xiii. 16. 332 SYNTAX. [ 428. Exercise 97. (1) He shall be burned with fire, he-himself [^/IN] and [J"INTj all that (ts) his. 1 (2) Is the [JlNt] iniquity of Peor too-little for us? 2 (3) And I lifted up my eyes, and saw in a dream. 3 (4) And there-fell of Benjamin eighteen thousand men ; all [~^3"71N] these (were) soldiers [^N *?Tt]. 4 (5) And they turned before the men of Israel (to the) way of the desert.* (6) And Abraham (was) a hun- dred years old when [/IN] his son Isaac was born to him. 8 1 Josh. vii. 15. s Josh. xxii. 17. * Gen. xxxi. 10. 4 Jud. xx. 44. * Jud. xx. 42. Gen. xxi. 5. 429, 430.] ( 333 ) CHAPTER V. SYNTAX OP THE SUBSTANTIVE AND THE ADJECTIVE. (A.) Mode of expressing Adjectives by circumlocution. 429. There being 1 in Hebrew very few adjectives, com- pared with the number of substantives, some classes of adjectives, notably those of material, 1 being almost entirely wanting, substantives are often used to supply the defi- ciency, in the following manner : (a) The substantive which expresses the quality is placed in the absolute state after the substantive to be qualified, which takes the construct, as fQTD 2iTtn, an altar of gold (1 Kings vii. 48). () Sometimes the qualifying noun takes a preposition, when the qualified noun is in the absolute state, as n'321 , powerful (Ps. xxix. 4). 430. The following nouns are often used, followed by a noun expressing a quality : 1 There are, however, a few adjectives of this class, which are formed in the same manner as the passive participle Kal, as DIN > / cedar; #-"irUi brazen. 334 SYNTAX. [ 430. (a) t^N , man ; as ^TT t!^N , a man of valour, a valiant man? () D^-HE, men; as Nl$ ^OP va ^ n men ? (c) by 2, master; as HEPf ^V3, a aw^ry wzflra.* ( D^Djrj-D^i Nittmn'Dy ^patfnlb (2) --- " " - rrn T TT ^T o^n rrto (5) M :nrmb3 ^^D n^ tt"K (4) TT T V TT I' : T T f ~. "mm rrirr Vip nss nin^ip (6) "IDD!? rrrr ITTjr T : -A - T : v T v : Exercise 98. (1) And a strong tower [ 429 (a)] was in the midst of the city ; and all the men and the women, and all the 1 Sam. xxxi. 12. * Job xi. 11. Prov. xxix. 22. Gen. xi. 10. 2 Sam. xii. 5. 6 Dent. iii. 18. 7 Ex. xxiv. 14. 8 Ps. xxvi. 4. 9 2 Sam. xix. 29. 10 Num. xxxi. 50. Ex. xii. 5. u Ps. xxix. 4 431, 432.] USE OF THE ARTICLE. 335 inhabitants of the city [ 430 (c)] fled thither. 1 (2) The path, which wicked men [ 430 (b)] have trodden." (3) And all the singing women [ 430 ( tationJ Ez. i. 6. " 1 Kings xv. 31. 3 1 Sam. xxii. 20. Jud. xiii. 2. * Jer. xii. 4. 1 Sam. iii. 13. " Is. xxxv. 2. 340 SYNTAX. [ 439. Exercise trnvp nrraipaa rrnrr nr6 jrap P'WI (3) :iKhi3 TVT /vote 1 ? D^murr nttft (2) *,- | T : -T -! tt* IDTT Tjny /WON rrm (4) 3 : rmxb rbb nswn ; v v ~ v: TT T s ; wnn Di^ bwtf nayo i^ Diifi (5) 4 : ronj nDDn to YINH (7) 6 : DD"? rr^n" njttn^ i3t DWI n'^ (6) T : ' V T T V T V I | ' T T ? TT T V (8) 7 : Exercise IQ06. (1) For thy servant knows that I have sinned ; and behold, I come to-day, the first of [" to "~\ all the house of Joseph, to go down, to meet my lord, the king. 9 (2) And the food [" bread "] of Solomon for one day (was) thirty cors of meal and sixty cors of flour. 10 (3) And he put them in custody, (in) the house of the chief of the execu- 1 Jud. xvii. 7. 2 1 Chr. xxvi. 31. 3 Num. xxviii. 5. 4 Is. xxxiii. 6. 5 1 Sam. xxi. 8. 6 Ex. xii. 5. ' Ps. xxiv. 1. 8 1 Kings iv. 2. 9 2 Sam. xix. 21. 10 1 Kings T. 2. 440, 441.] SYNTAX OF THE NUMERALS. 341 tioners, [to] the house of the castle, the place where Joseph (was) bound. 1 (4) He (was) the son of a woman, (who was) a widow, of the tribe of Naphtali. 2 (5) And the person who shall eat the flesh of the sacrifice of the peace- offerings of the Lord [b]. 3 (6) And the watchmen of [b] Saul in Gibeah of Benjamin looked. 4 (F.) The Numerals. 440. The cardinal number "TTTN, one, being really an adjective, is generally placed after the noun it qualifies, as TT7N DV, one day ;' but sometimes, in the same manner as other adjectives, it is treated as a substantive, and placed in the construct state before the noun it qualifies, as "TTIi$ D^nn , one of the mountains. 6 T,V> 441. The numbers from D^tf, two, till rrW, ten, admit of three constructions : (a) They may be placed before the noun, in the abso- lute state, as DU13 D'Jtf, two Cherubim? 1 Gen. xl. 3. 2 1 Kings vii. 14. 3 Lev. vii. 20. < 1 Sam. xiv. 16. 5 Gen. i. 5. 6 Gen. iL 2. " Ex. xxv. 18. 342 SYNTAX. [ 442 444. (b~) After the noun, in the absolute state, 1 as DHy , three towns? ( ^DS, (ji m OQ * 1 TTino-s ii 11. 3 Num. i. 44. 1 1 Chr. xn. 28. 4 Gen. xii. 4. 344 SYNTAX. [| 448453. 448. The Ordinal Numbers from first to tenth are used in the same manner as adjectives, as ^Ill^n ttf~trQ, in the seventh month} 449. "When the cardinals above ten are used as ordi- nals, they may either follow the construct, or precede the absolute state of a noun, as DVTCfo Uvhti JW, the thirty- second year ; 2 tlM rniW? D^ttTS, w //^ twelfth year* 450. When one of the nouns 713$ and DV stands before the numeral in this manner, it is often repeated in the absolute, after the numeral, as njtf tftfl DHtoy /Wfte, * ^//^ sixteenth year.* 451. In numbering' years, or the days of the months, the cardinals from one to ten also are often used, as ^ * ^ *^ (montX), on the first of the month? 453. When the cardinal numbers have the sense of ordinals, they generally take the article, if permitted by the context. 1 Gen. viii. 4. 2 JX T eh. v. 14. 2 Chr. xxxiv. 3. * 1 Kings xvi. 8. s 1 Kings xv. 28. 6 Gen. viii. 5. 454, 455.] SYNTAX OF THE NUMERALS. 345 ^ 454. The Distributive Numerals are expressed by the repetition of the cardinals (see 426 (c] (4)); Numeral Adverbs, generally by D^D, time, as HRX D^3, once; D^QV3 , twice ; D S DJ?2 Itf^ltf , three times ; sometimes by w, rub, T. or 455. The fractions found in the Hebrew Bible are : >^n> one-half. iWhl&i one-third. JTT TII^ or Q^Ii; >3, two- '~ fourth. JTt^pn or t^prit 1 one-fifth. rfrr yzrM , 2 four-ffths. P"ll^, 3 one-tenth. r\ 4 nine-tenths. 1 Gen. xlvii. 24, 26. 2 Gen. xlvii. 24. 3 Lev. xiv. 10. 4 Neh. xi. 1. ( 346 ) [456458. CHAPTER VI. SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. (A.) The Personal Pronoun. 456. The suffix to the verb generally expresses the accusative, but sometimes it denotes other cases, especially the dative, e.g. : (a) With intransitive verbs, as ^pJTlR, I hoped in thee* (b} With verbs of giving, as 'Jjnru 333n Y~]N '3 for tliou hast given me the land of the south." 1 (B.) The Possessive Pronoun. 457. The suffixes to nouns express not only the subject of an action expressed by the noun, but also the object, as ""DDIl , the wrong done to me. 3 458. When two nouns follow one another, one in the construct, the other in the absolute, a suffix, which refers 1 Ps. xxv. 21. * Josh. xv. 19. 3 Jer. li. 35. 459, 460.] SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 347 to the compound idea, they express, is appended to the second noun, as ^"T^ "^ * m 'U hty mountain. 1 (C.) The Demonstrative and Interrogative Pronouns. 459. The demonstrative JIT [IT, IT] has, sometimes, especially in poetry, the force of a relative, as !"TT Qipp'^N Dr6 FT\&, to the place, which thou hast destined for them.* 460. The interrogative % !2 sometimes stands in the genitive, as iTF)^ ^D~]2 , whose son art thou ? * 1 Ps. ii. 6. ' Ps. civ. 8. 3 1 Sam. xvii. 58. ( 348 ) [461. CHAPTER VII. SYNTAX OF THE VEEB. (A.) Use of the Tenses. 461. The perfect expresses : (a) The present perfect, i.e., when an action has already been accomplished, asTfb MVOT"^** DN, that which I have said to thee. 1 (b} The past perfect, i.e., when an action had been accomplished at some past time, as "VJpDil 7 , He had not caused it to rain. 1 (c) The aorist, or historical tense of the past, in which case the first verb only is in the perfect, the others being- in the imperfect with T conversive, as ^*W^N 1D&11 . . inajmN bWti tfTO , my lord -: : v - TT-: i - r -' asked his servants . . . and we said to my lord. 3 (d) The present indefinite, as V1JTP D by thy life, king ! I know not* In this case, however, the imperfect is also used. 1 Gen. xxviii. 15. 2 Gen. ii. 5. s Gen. xliv. 19, 20. 4 1 Sam. xvii. 55. SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 349 (e) The future indefinite, when the speaker views the accomplishment of the action as certain, as rfirP'^N PR)! \3~ty , therefore the Lord's wrath shall be kindled. 1 (/) The future perfect, as Qny Wtf'DN until towns shall have been laid waste* ] The present perfect subjunctive, 3 as ^33$ nri}H3 tDipXM , for then I should have lain down and been at peace* (h) The past perfect subjunctive, as 'lina*^ , if we had but died !'* 462. The Imperfect expresses : (a) The future imperfect or indefinite, as \IDiir\3 miN ^iT tfb . D.Wn for the stars of heaven shall not give their light. 6 In narrations of the future, the first verb stands in the imperfect, and the others in the per- fect with i conversive, as fh ^V] '. l&Jtf) 1?} DW S SV , a^ ^w ye shall do : and ye shall make an arJc of acacia wood. 1 i Is- Vi 25. 2 I s - vi - n - 3 This is also expressed by the imperfect. * Job iii. 13. 5 Num . x iv. 2. 6 Is. xiii. 10. 7 Ex. xxv. 10, 11. 350 SYNTAX. [ 462. () The present indefinite and imperfect, as VO DIJT y2!\ti\ , they judge not the orphan. 1 (c) Certain relations which in Latin are expressed by the subjunctive. In such cases the shortened and lengthened imperfects are preferred when they exist. Thus the imperfect is used : (1) After particles meaning that, that not (Lat. lit, ne\ as J^lOtefl ^DNrnD , lest thou eat and be '" T : AT T : ' v satisfied. 2 (2) For the Optative ; when the imperfect of a verb cannot be lengthened or shortened it is followed by the particle N3, as bVFMF Nr")Q# , let Israel say? (3) For the Imperative; the imperfect is always made use of in negative commands and prohi- bitions. In negative commands, ?N is the nega- tion made use of, as NTjT" ^Nt , fear not ; 4 in prohibitions fc$7, as niP.n S^ , thou shalt not murder. 6 (4) For the so-called Potential, as HHy , can a virgin forget her ornaments? 6 1 Is, i. 23. 2 Deut. viii. 12. 3 Ps. cxxix. 1. 4 Prov. iii. 25. s Ex. xx. 13. 6 Jer. ii. 32. 463.] SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 351 (d] Even a past tense (in the same manner as a present is often used in English), especially in the following cases : (1) After the particles TN , then; D")lp, not yet; "liDa, before; as JTCfiiT. "QT IN, vv: - s : - - : T > (2) Often to express the past imperfect, i.e., a cus- tomary or continuous past action, as ""JD rh$\ "TNI , and a mist arose from the ground? (e) The past imperfect subjunctive, especially in conditional sentences, both in the first and second clause, as > ^~l/TN i ? jn JfiJN , I should have ex- pired, and no eye would have seen me. 3 463. The imperfect with H paragogic is used : (a) In exhortation of oneself, or determination, as HD^N ^NnNI , I will go and see him* (Z>) To express a wish, or request for leave to do some- thing, as DP3H TJN n~)2TN1 , and let me speak but this time. 5 (e) To express an object or design, preceded by the con- junction in order that (generally "]), as D'CtBfH WTgrr lllNI , ^zt^ tfr, heavens ! that I may speak. 6 " :- 1 Josh. x. 12. 2 Gen. ii. 6. 3 Job x. 18. 4 Gen. xlv. 28. 5 Jud. vi. 39. 6 Deut. xxxii. 1. 352 SYNTAX. [ 464. (rf) Less frequently, in a conditional sentence, with if or though, expressed or understood, as N , though I speak. 1 (e) Very frequently with "\ conversive. 464. The shortened Imperfect is principally used : (a) To express command or wish, as Y"!)^'"^ N^W > let the earth bring forth? (6) To express negative entreaty or prohibition, and sometimes in negative assertions, as destroy not. 3 (c) After in order that, as Jlbj TO bring out thy son that he may die* (d) With 1 conversive. Exercise lOla. '3 (2) 5 : natf mto *a nto notfvw* vrvmtb (i) T: TT ATT T: v r 1 :' | -b innb nit'n ^ mtefa, 1 v v: T : ': V ( T: i '- - : A v:|- TT:-|T: (3) 6 : 1 Job xvi. 6. - Gen. i. xxiv. Deut. ix. 26. 1 Jud. vi. 30. s Gen. xvii. 15. 6 Deut. xxiv. 19. 404-.] SYNTAX OP THE VERB. 353 - : A TT T - v v : T . ,\- - T 8 : IBN nria DIN ^DDT an~nai^ cart ia (U) * : ' Exercise 1013. (1) I will not drive them ["him"] out from before thee in one year, lest the land be desolate, and the beast of the field multiply against thee. 4 (2) The people (who -are) walking in darkness shall see ( 461 e) a great light ; those that live in the land of the shadow-of-death, a light shall shine upon them. 5 (3) From every tree of the garden thou mayest surely eat ( 462 e, 4). 6 (4) And bring your brother, the little (one), to me, that I may know ( 463 c) that ye are not spies. 7 (5) And behold I (am) with thee, and I will keep thee, in every (place) that thou goest ; and I will cause thee to return to this land, for I will not for- sake thee, until I have done ( 46iy) that which T said to thee. 8 (6) And a river went forth from Eden, to water the garden ; and thence it was divided, and became [" was to "] four heads. 9 (7) And Esau saw that Isaac had blessed 1 Gen. xliv. 18. * Ps. i. 1. Prov. xv. 20. 4 Ex. xxiii. 29. 5 Is. ix. 1. 6 Gen. ii. 16. 7 Gen. xlii. 34. * Gen. xxviii. 15. 9 Gen. ii. 10. 465.] SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 355 ( 461 b} Jacob, and had sent him to Padan-Aram, to take to himself thence a wife. 1 (8) Destroy not thy people and thine inheritance, which thou hast redeemed in thy great- ness, which thou hast brought forth from Egypt with a strong hand. 2 (9) If I ascend (into) heaven, there thou (art) ; and (if) I spread out Hades (as a bed), there-thou- art. 3 (1 0) If you be willing and obey [" hear "] , you shall eat the good of the land ( 462 e). 4 (11) And Jacob saw that there- was corn in Egypt ; and Jacob said to his sons, " Why are-you-looking-at-one-another?"* (12) And they said to him, " Ask God, we-pray-thee, that we may know ( 463 c), whether [H] our way Q/ewt.] shall prosper, upon which we (are) going." 6 (13) And now let-us-go, we- pray-thee, a journey of three days, into the desert, and we- will-sacrifice. 7 (14) And Joseph was brought down to Egypt ; and Potiphar, a minister of the king, the captain of the execution ers, an Egyptian, bought-him from the hand of the Ishmaelites, who had brought him down thither. 8 (B.) Use of the Imperative. 465. The imperative expresses not only command, but also exhortation, entreaty, wish, and permission ; it is also i Gen. xxviii. 6. 2 Deut. ix. 26. s Ps. cxxxix. 8. 4 i s . i. 19. Gen. xlii. 1. ' Jud. xviii. 5. " Ex. iii. 18. s Gen. xxxix. 1. 356 SYNTAX. [ 466, 467. used in strong assurances, as il3~13. (Till, and thou shalt be a blessing, &C., 1 in which case its signification is closely allied to that of the imperfect, which (as well as the perfect with 1 conversive) is often used instead of it, as 'OT) DHyN Q^"?'P^1 E-HNIj 1 ?^, go to meet them, and say to them} 466. When two imperatives follow one another, the second, in some cases, expresses the effect of the first, which thus forms a conditional clause, as W) ^OH ibEVIN VT^y. :|- v T ': v v P* serve the king of Babylon and live? (C.) Use of the Infinitive Absolute. 467. The infinitive absolute is used to express the abstract idea of the verb, by itself; hence it is used in the following cases : () When it is the object of a transitive verb, as TPPt VDTT3 ! QN~N7'L and they would not walk in T T T : T | ' * his ways.* But sometimes the infinitive construct is used instead (see 468). (b} As an adverb, as niOVT D^Elten WTT), and the judges shall search 1 Gen. xli. 2. 2 Josh. ix. 11. 3 Jer. xxvii. 17. 1 Is. xlii. 24. 5 Deut. xix. 18. 467.] SYNTAX OP THE VERB. 357 (c) Placed before a finite verb to give intensity to it (see 426 6). (d) Placed after a finite verb when it generally gives the idea of continued action, as 'hx jfiSttf -ipp'^ , listen continually to me. 1 The infinitive Kal is often connected with a finite verb of one of the derived forms, instead of the infinitive of that form. (e) The verb "rfl is often used to express the idea of continuance, with the signification to go on, con- tinue, as rn^n y>D31 "ip^rr, journeying continually towards the south* (/) When it is used instead of a finite verb : (1) When it is preceded by a finite verb, as a man vow a or swear an oath? (2) Even at the commencement of a proposition without a preceding finite verb, when it is used: (a) For the perfect in lively narrations, as TT, I saved my people Israel* . 2. 2 Gen. xii. 9. 8 Num. xxx. 3. * 2 Sara. iii. 18. 358 SYNTAX. R 468, 469. (/9) For the imperfect, as ^JlttJl TON, let us eat and drink? (7) More frequently for the imperative, as J"Oi'n DV~J")N, keep the sabbath-day? (D.) Use of the Infinitive Construct. 468. The infinitive construct is used : (a) As the subject of a proposition, as J"lVil ilH? DINn, it is not good that the man should be - : T T IT' alone. 3 (d) As the object, as iTPQn ttf|2Tl, and Tie sought to kill him* (c) In the genitive (i.e. after a construct), as "lipT r\y , a time for reioicinq? * .. / t/ t/ (^?) With prepositions to express the Latin gerund, which is translated in English by a finite verb with a conjunction, as DTIirr.n^ JTliOS , when (he) saw the ring* (E.) Use of the Participle. 469. The participle is used to express all the relations Is. xxii. 13. * Deut. v. 12. Gen. ii. 18. Ex. iv. 24. * Eccl. iii. 4. 6 Gen. xxiv. 30. 4-70, 471.] SYNTAX OP THE VERB. 359 of time, as A ? dying? dead? about to die ;> though it generally has the meaning of a present. Hence the passive participle often stands for the Latin participle in -ndus, as "Tprn, desirable. 4 ' 470. The participle is often used for a finite verb : (a] Very frequently for the present, as ^ On^l '3 > for I also know* (b) The future, as *)V3 9J->* '93"^ Vlfl OJN xbl , * * " * f ~" ** * I T \ ; 0tf? though I should weigh on my palms a thousand (pieces of] silver. 6 (c) The past, as D^h njns, and PfaraoA dreamed. 1 471. Participles are construed with an object in two manners : (a) As verbals, followed by the ease which the verb from which they are derived takes, as VW D'"py rtb/'viJ, serving Solomon. 8 (b) As nouns, when they stand in the construct state (or if the object be a pronoun, with a suffix), as H..3y> serving ("the servers of"} a graven image. 9 1 Gen. xlviii. 21. * Gen. ii. 9. ' Gen. xli. 1. 2 Ruth iv. 10. 5 Eccl. viii. 12. 8 1 Kings v. 1. 8 2 Kings xx. 1. 6 2 Sam. xviiu 12. 9 Ps. xcvii. 7. 360 SYNTAX. Exercise vyn nrow -vy 1 ? D'a-i arm -im "ib** 1 ? o,nfe isn (i) T : |-i" T : | : T nnn (2) >:D^ oate o^m TO Tyrnp ip'nvr^i* * ; " \ v * 5 1 " A rmjr ^ niiDn njiKh (3) ':ii"n ni aiw r,^ --no ^i u'Ji ihn ^n nn^ n^Don it*oitf A : ' T T : T : ' T :|T T-:' v v Dnnn Dobh D^ ... ..-.,_ . . , : . : ^^i^n Di s 2 =)DV on^ 10^*1 : - - ~ v -: - mbp twnma ^^nn -iB^Din N 1 ? (5) *:KT ^ ' -: v : JT *npo sip n^tth ttfln r? K^n ' - - (6) 5 :ni (7) 8 : no-v /iio ina warrte ^"ispa WM ina T TT - - T A"'T: *- : TT iym oi/irn inn nyni n-nrr r r T : T : i (8) 7 : 1 Josh. viii. 4. ' Is. Ix. 15. 3 1 Sam. vi. 12. 4 Gen. xlii. 18. 5 Is. i. 13. 6 Ex. xix. 12. 7 Jer. xxxii. 44. 8 See 428. 471.] SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 361 rrtiTTiN niy ^ Drr} iQtfn rfenir 1 ?!* TVfNViN'i \njr6 tori' ttf3"n niton (9) ':DoVnn ^DI S D D3'rf? : -: A- - : T : v | : I - T AV " | v (io) J :3iB3 -rtmi jna (ii) i :inn D3 1 ? rrrr A T 5 : "oa Exercise 1025. (1) And he taught me, and said unto me, "Let thy heart take hold of my words, keep my commandments and live." 6 (2) And he said, "Behold the day (is) still great, (it is) not time that the cattle should be gathered together ( 468, c) ; water the sheep, and go, feed (them)."' (3) And he was dwelling ( 470, c) among the oaks of Mamre, 8 (4) Prepare the table, watch the watch-tower, eat, drink ( 467, /, 2, /3 and 7), arise, O princes \ anoint a shield. 9 (5) And Lot went forth, and he spoke to his ' Ex x. 8. z Is. vii. 15. s Josh. x. 6. 'VMP O^iTT 17, people shall call one (of them] the city of de- struction} > Cant. ii. 7. 2 Is- Kiii. 12. 3 Jud. x. 9. 4 Is. xxi. 9. 5 -Num. xix. 17. 6 Is. vii. 25. " Is. xix. 18. 364 SYNTAX. [ 475477. (G.) Construction of the Verb with the Accusative. 475. In Hebrew, many verbs are construed with the accusative, which in other languages are followed by a preposition, as DSH V!^ n^^D , the earth was full of violence. 1 476. Transitive verbs in the Hiphil, and also in the Kal and Piel, when they have a causative meaning, take two accusatives, as nyipl DH7 DryDNH, thou causedst them to eat the bread uf tears? (H.) Construction of two Verbs with one another. 477. When one verb is the complement of another, the second may either be (a) In the infinitive, sometimes absolute, but more frequently construct, as "03 /YlNl ^DJFT 1 ?^ , do not continue to see my face? (b) In the infinitive with the preposition 7, as iTp7 n#!3 rfott, when Moses finished writing* (c) A finite verb : (1) In the same tense, gender, and number as the first verb, as Tty ^"^ ^DV tkb, he shall not continue to come to thee any longer. 6 1 Gen. vi. 13. Ps. kxx. 6. 3 Ex. x. 28. * Deut. xxxi. 24. & Is. lii. 1. 478, 479.] SYNTAX OP THE VERB. 365 (2) In the imperfect, with the conjunction that implied, as ^fl^Wl. teTTJM ^?W ^, /tfjtw I may be able (that) we may smite him, and I may drive him out. 1 (8) With 1 as rffltf*) 2ltf s 1 , (" awfi? ^op "U'3n jrr D~m *a (i) T A' ' : ' T ': vv : ptf an rmn JIN frVte runs ^N ->tf N to (2) > : ptfa^ IT:-- : - - ' : | v : - -: v -: : D^api D^TJ -i/icn (3) *:toro TD-J vjjir^s /vnn JINI mir tfn I-T;IJT ^i Dn 1 ? nso'rfci naj-j* i4b ns4-?n yi^^ - "V : - : : v T : : | : A~'T- - ' v T T isw np*o^n N rzsan ip^i nynn ink ^i s i (4) * : onV 4 : nyir rrrr na 'b "IQS S I onk nisp 1 ? ^WDN DUDisn . ._ ., .,. ... - AT : - - T | - r^nnis Tpah nji^^iia TOSW nnntfNi (5) AT . . - . --:j: r |-T: -: | T T: i"a *m (6) S :TODN: nnp pian i^y ^ - -: :- |TTV:JV T :' ' vv - 'T sprxp-Vs (7) 'irhvrb biv tib nina -iVnn v^jn tatoaa ' ': T : - ...... T : A r : v 'v :|T "inn i^^ pnn JTHD n-tn in^n ^ai^ (8) * : -ims : I : v : T T - r v T T : ITT n*r:in omTN niian T T r | -:p IT r6T3i-r/iN n^m DI^NI Narp-^a rrm (9) 'i T" : - v T : TV:IV r TT : ::'. 1 Is. viii. 4. s Ex. xxv. 9. 3 Jer. xvi. 6. 4 Gen. xv. 5. 5 Is. i. 26. 6 i Sam. iii. 2. " Is. xxii. 3. 8 Amos iv. 1. 479.] SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 367 ITT T -: T- .|T T A :tyo nay Exercise 1030. (1) And also to-morrow I (am) invited by ["to"] her, with the king. 3 (2) And Moses was very angry [ 473].* (3) And they encamped against them, and they destroyed the produce of the earth, until thou come to Gaza. 5 (4) And they did not wish to go in his ways. 6 (5) Arise, journey, and cross the brook of Arnon ; behold, I have given into thy hand Sihon, king of Heshbon, the Amorite, and his land ; begin to possess (it) [j 477, c, 1], and wage war with him. 7 (6) And if you refuse and rebel, you shall be devoured (by) a sword. 8 (7) O that ["who will give"] I knew how ["and"] I might find him ! ' (8) Thou art clothed in splendour and majesty. 10 1 Lev. v. 23. * 1 Sam. xxviii. 14 8 Esth. v. 12. 1 Num. xvi. 15. 5 Jud. vi. 4 6 Is. xlii. 24. 7 Deut. ii. 24. 8 Is. i. 20. 9 Job xxiii. 3. 10 Ps. civ. 1. ( 368 ) [480,481. CHAPTER VIII. SYNTAX OF THE PARTICLES. (A.) Adverbs. 480. Adverbs not only express the general ideas of of time, place, &c., but also qualify other adverbs, adjectives, and sometimes even nouns, as "iNQ "Itf/p , very muck; "iNp HEP, very beautiful; 1 D'D'EJflp, a little (of) water.' 481. The particular uses of the negations are as follows : ? generally denotes simple negation, as I know not ; 3 with the imperfect it expresses pro- hibition, as liJJI N 1 ?, thou shalt not steal.* "When connected with ^3, when the latter is not followed by the article, it expresses no, as , thou shalt do no work.' ' 1 Gen. xii. 14. * Gen. xviii. 4. 3 Gen. iv. 9. 4 Ex. xx. 15. 5 Ex. xx. 10. 482.] SYNTAX OF THE PARTICLES. 369 But when ^3 , or the word following it, has the article, 1 ifc gives the signification of not all, as FWVrW TO, thou shalt not see the whole of him? 7N is used to express a desire, command, &c., and is always connected with the imperfect, as NIMyr^N, fear not. 3 Sometimes it stands without a verb, when it signifies not so, as ^IN NJ~^N, not so, I pray thee, Lord ! * VN is the negative of #1 , and includes the verb to be? Vn^Q is most frequently joined with an infinitive, preceded by a preposition, as nTflh, to send away ; rpttf VTO/, not to send away ; 6 before a finite verb it signifies that not, as D^SH "IN^'M^Il 1 ?, that the vessels may not come. 1 482. When there are two negatives in a sentence, they make the negation more emphatic, instead of counteracting it, as D*H2Jp21 DH2p~fN vBOTTj are there no graves in 1 Or is made definite by a suffix, or by being a construct. 2 Num. xxiii. 13. 3 Prov. iii. 25. Gen. xix. 18. 5 See 420. 6 Ex. viii. 25. 7 Jer. xxvii. 18. * Ex. xiv. 11. B B 3/0 SYNTAX. [ 483486 483. Interrogative sentences sometimes, but rarely, 1 are not distinguished from affirmatives, as Ytt$ ^3. !"K HFIN , art thou my son Esau? (Gen. xxvii. 24). 484. Simple questions generally begin with n, ! as *DiS D'H^N r\T\nr\, am I instead of God ? z In disjunctive questions, the first clause has H, the second DN } as D3\TON '0*3, DN1 D3W3, .TINT ruvnn , has this been in ... - , - : : . [ T:T : your days, or in the days of your fathers ? 4 In indirect interrogations, Dtf is used in simple questions, and in the first clause of disjunctive questions, as nTWTDN WTT* ask if I shall recover? 485. An affirmative answer is given, as in Latin, by repeating the predicate of the question, there being no word for yes in Hebrew, as J"1O 'HOtf*! 1^*11 -DOil "Is the boy dead ? '' And they said, " He is dead" 6 The negative answer is ^ or btf, no, as ^ D'iT RVTTJN tfb, no ; but he would put in me (strength]" 1 (B.) Prepositions. 486. Prepositions are often omitted, when they should 1 Generally when the sentence is introduced by \ D3, ?) negation. 8 See 68. s Gen. xxx. 2. Joel i. 2. * 2 Kings i. 2. 6 2 Sam. xii. 19. 7 Job xxiii. 6. 487.] SYNTAX OP THE PARTICLES. 371 properly be repeated, as TTH [D] ^1 . . '3D tfb , not from me, and not from my spirit. 1 (C.) Conjunctions. 487. The usual signification of the conjunction 1 is copulative (and") ; in some cases, however, it is omitted, as Diltfbttf 7iD.nft , yesterday (and] the day before." It is also used to express : (a) "Thai is," "and especially," as VTijT^ B)3 D T^Nltf "Pft^ /row ^i? /fow^ o/ all his enemies, and especially from the hand of Saul. 3 (b] "And yet," " when yet," as \H f ^b"), '* not with me. 4 0) "jRw," "because" as ID^P ^D/IT , because thou defendest them? (d] "Then," "so then," "therefore," as rTO i meal. 6 (e) " In order that," " so that," as nyiNI , t / may know." 1 Is. xxx. 1. 2 Deut xix. 6. * Ps. xviii. 1. 4 Jud. xvi. 15. 5 Ps. v. 12. 6 2 Kings iv. 41. 7 Gen xlii. 34. 372 SYNTAX. [ 487. Exercise 104#. TPT IQK'1 VtnVft VJQ-ty Vsm TPTto ntfTBQ fcn (1) T V - AT'. TT s-DN f? TIED *yyn (2) 'JTOV nan iD*n ntf : 'AT T T ~ T 'l" : ~ ^ rrate np/nfc ibtt^ ^TH 'jjaff*! (3) f :n*nn v T | A ' " : v : rfoa 3-on ^ itf^ ^ (5) 4 :>js -ID^T rrafNr ..- ,- -|T v T |T v ntosj. ^ IQ^ ^inrr pnjO!! AT : T -^y s in (7) 6 :rr:ian aw ^"ii noan D^^a (6) ' 7 :=KO oyn ^rn ( 9 ) 8 :is2in nniD'D^ rro 0^013 no^a^j (8) T T !|T! TT- T :|T v ; T:- T : - win DBNI ^ nns 1 2 Sara. ix. 6. 2 Job x. 4. s Gen. xxiv. 37. * Jud. xiii. 11. * Num. xxiii. 19. 6 Job xii. 12. 7 Ez. xiii. 3. 8 Cant. vii. 13. 9 Is. ix. 8. 10 Gen. xlix. 6. 487.] SYNTAX OF THE PARTICLES. 373 'iDittfatf ^iona toy rx nam pb 'JSVIN ator trpi(ii) : ATT : ... '-:j- ;-- airm ^ Exercise 1045. (1) And now take heed (fern.}, I pray thee, and do not drink wine and strong-drink, and do not eat any (thing) unclean/ (2) And he said, " Let not [to] the Lord be angry, because [ 487 c] I speak also this-time." 4 (3) And they said to him, "Be silent; put thy hand upon thy mouth, and go with us, and be to us for a father, and for a priest : is it better for-you-to-be priest to the house of one man, or for-you-to-be priest to a tribe, and to a family in Israel ? * (4) There-was-nothing in the ark, except [pi] the two tables of stone, which Moses had placed there, in Horeb. 6 (5) And all the people did not taste bread. 7 (6) Now, therefore. [ 487 d] O kings ! be wise, be instructed judges of the earth. 8 (7) " Is your father still living ? have [" is-there to "] you a brother ? " And we told him according to ['S"^] these words; could we really know that he would say, "Bring down your 1 Gen. xxri. 2. ' Gen. lix. 2. 3 Jud. xiii. 4. 4 Gen. iviii. 32. * Jud. xviii. 19. ' 1 Kings viii. 9. ' 1 Sam. xiv. 24. 8 Ps- " 10- 374 SYNTAX. [ 487. brother " ? a (8) And he said to them, " (Is there) peace to him?" and they said, "yes" [485].* (9) And on Cain, and on his offering, He did. not look favourably. 3 (10) From the tree which I commanded thee not to eat from, hast-thou eaten ? * 1 Gen. xliii. 7. 2 Gen. xxix. 6. 3 Gen. iv. 5. 1 Gen. iii. 11. TABLES OF THE INFLECTIONS OF NOUNS. 375 PARADIGMS FOE THE INFLECTION OF NOUNS. Nouns without feminine terminations may be arranged in nine declensions, which are again, in several instances, subdivided. I. Words with unchangeable vowels. II. Monosyllables with changeable kamets, and poly- syllables with changeable kamets in the last syllable, and an unchangeable vowel in the syllable before. III. Words with an unchangeable vowel in the last syllable, and a changeable kamets or tsere in the syllable before. IV. Dissyllables with changeable kamels in both syllables. V. Dissyllables with changeable tsere in the last syllable, and changeable kamets in the syllable before. VI. Segolate nouns, subdivided as in 27. VII. Words with changeable tsere in the last syllable, which are either monosyllabic or have the preceding vowel unchangeable. 376 TABLES OP THE INFLECTIONS OF NOUNS. VIII. Words which take a dagesh in the last letter, with suffixes. 3 [I. III. r 1 2 i 2 i 2 Sing. abs. DID horse y*i friend T blood star T lord word DDn T T wise constr. D^D n Dl 33V3 lh fe ?n with light } suffix. j ''DID m T ( ??? ^ ^I^^T T : pan with heavy) suffix j DDD1D D3JTI DD01 D^^D"i3 D3JVTO DDH^"'! D3Mn Plur. abs. D'DID DT , T D^iD13 T : D^ajn constr. >D1D ^V^"l OT DD^Dia D33VTO DDnn Q^^L^^n Dual abs. legs D^T hands < D^Qlt^ - \ : two weeks < D^3J3 wings constr. tw ^ " \ : '??? TABLES OF THE INFLECTIONS OF NOUNS. 377 IX. Words derived from !Y'7 verbs, and which end n V. VI. 123 1 a b c Sing. abs. IE old man ^ro shoulder court < king ia] remem- brance < ti^in month constr. IP* ^JlS V V ran < -lar i^-in with light suffix. ^ipT nan $ nar ^i^"!n :T with heavy suffix. D33J3T v : " P!ft) Tff. v : : T Plur. abs. TO DTRj T : onat T : TT: constr. Mi?! nan ^3^0 nar : T with light suffix. 3RJJ nan 9&9 ^-?! ^ti'"rn - TT: with heavy suffix. D?<5P! panan oa^ate v : nrw DD^ti'in Dual abs. DOT thighs heels < horns two-fold : T ears constr. W - P - ** ; T 378 TABLES OF THE INFLECTIONS OF NOUNS. VI. (continued). 234 5 a b c Sing. abs. constr. weepiug olive rnc death DID < ty- master >#* confidence, perpetuity ma byb deed byz with light suffix. WJ3 yin VJto ^ TO ^bys T:JT with heavy suffix. DD'D3 D ? D^riiD P?^ ?n?? D^Vj?D v : T|T Plur. abs. (from DW D^JIID D^3 DTrsa T : T : constr. *??? \niD ^1^3 ma *z& with light suffix. "3? vn VD ^3 T : *W with heavy suffix. *D3 > 'O2i D3\nn ... ..,.. DD^/liD D 9 > ?^ D3V1 03^3 v -T:|T Dual abs. < D^ < T : cheeks eyes shoes noon constr. ^"V ^ TABLES OF THE INFLECTIONS OF NOUNS. 379 VIJ t. VIII. IX. 1 2 1 2 3 Sing. abs. a* w Df.tV ny oh rrtoiyo enemy tree people time integrity work constr. 3* \y D? fH oh n?p with light suffix. =1 r w \ -:|- with heavy suffix. DDTfc DD^ ? DDDJ? D3TO DDQjl D3toJO Plur. abs. D > 2Q? ^ ^ \ Q^\J/yD constr. :| V ^j^y ^ ^ivyfi with light suffix, with heavy suffix - : 1 *? ^J-1J7 - s :|- 1 v " - < Dual abs. D^TND D'SN D^illi^ scales nostrils teeth constr. ^V>VN 'JlfSIm : 1 m * 380 TABLES OF THE INFLECTIONS OF NOUNS. Nouns with feminine terminations may be arranged in four declensions. X. Words with unchangeable vowels. X. XI. 1 2 3 Sing. abs. nawi T : heave offering nw T T year counsel T T : blessing constr. na-run jqjjj n^ T* with light suffix. T : viuy * T~5 XCT! with heavy suffix. DDriarun DD/l^ti =0^ D?1? Plur. abs. .ntorMn. JHutD T rtjQ? JiiDi^i T : constr. niarun rv\y} .nixy rtJB with light suffix. vitowi 1 : * W| 'ntoT? with heavy suffix. DDM"fiaym i : Ml D?^ t " | : Dual abs. B: % crAi T : ;wo corners constr. ' TABLES OF THE INFLECTIONS OF NOUNS. 381 XI. Words with changeable kamets or tsere in the syllable before the termination. XII. Feminine nouns derived from segolates. < XIII. Feminine nouns with the termination n XII. XIII. Sing. abs. constr. with light suffix. with heavy suffix. Plur. abs. constr. with light suffix, with heavy suffix Dual abs. constr. queen /G^a - T : two sides tear desolation npjr r... sprout skull fetters 3S2 2DJ;) ^2Sn jj 3 m. s. 2P^ 2E^ T ^&^ 3 f. s. 2pj**i 2Ern T 2pn I 2 m. s. |) 2 f. 8. o> \ it* 2m - pl - M ( 2 f. pi. constr. act, pass. &c. Eegular. rtytfi [S 257280.] HiphiL j-jarcirr fiatzfin na^tthn PROPERLY 389 Huphal. airsin naitfcin &c. Regular. Hiphil -tav-i a^tpin airs 390 CONJUGATION. [ 281 315.] Kal. Niphal. Hiphil. Hophal. 1 sing. 2m. s. 2f. s. 3 m. s. 3f. s. Ipl. 2 m. pi. 2 f. pi. I 3 pi. / 1 sing. 2m. s. 2f. s. 3 m. s. 3f. s. Ipl. 2 m. pi. 2 f. pi. 3 m. pi. 3 f. pi. impf. shortnd. with suff. 2m. s. 2f. s. p<) 2 m. pi. 2 f. pi. abs. constr. act. pass. Wj Dip; rmvn np; aip Dip D-p D^p) Dip? Din Dipn Dipn Dip? *"S CONJUGATION. 391 PUel. Pulal. Hithpalel. Kal. Niphal. rtEsip sQBBip caip nEsip tam cops DDip cpinn oyipo I* nfra rr^| Tft r* 9 B 3 t CONJUGATION. Kal. Niphal. Piel. PH (\ s. 2 m. s. 2f. s. 3 m. s. 3f. s. Ipl. 2 m. pi. 2 f. pi. Upl. 1 s. 2 m. s. 2 f. s. 3 m. s. 3f. s. Ipl. 2 m. pi. 2 f. pi. 3 in. pi. ^3f. pi. shortened with suff. > j 2 m. s. I) 2 f. .. 2 m. pi. 2 f. pi. abs. constr. act. I \nsq? 'OSSZ33 wsa [ 31652.] 393 Pual. HiphiL Huphal. Hiihpacl. 1N2JD ssn 394 JY'b CONJUGATION. Kal. Niphal. Piel. O j ,2 / 1 sing. 2m. s. 2 f. s. 3 m. s. \ 3 f. s. 2 m. pi. 2 f. pi. Upl. 1 sing. 2 m. s. 2f. s. 3 m. s. 3f. s. 1 pi. 2 m. pi. 2 f. pi. 3 m. pi. 3 f. pi. shortened, with suff. 2 m. s. 2f. s. P-. 2 m. pi. 2 f. pi. abs. constr. _>_; ( act. C^ I pass- nib? nba niban 62) nba riba [ 35394.] 395 Pual. Hiphil. Hophal. Hithpael. rrba nv?; T . '-. =0^3 > . nba 630) nbjn VOCABULARIES. I. HEBREW - ENGLISH. K ,' father. to wander ; to perish. "QN > something lost. , place of destruction. J"QN, 3 to be willing, to be pleased. VP3N poor. : T 7VP^1N , Abigail, pr. n. w. T3N , chief. ^7^11^ > Abimelech, pr. n. m . , but, nevertheless. stone, weight. J3N t Abner, pr. n. m. m^N , Abraham, pr. n. m. T T : - , Abram, pr. n. m. , Absalom, pr. n. m. , bundle. sing, and pi. ex., lord, T master. prince. , man, mankind ; Adam, pr. n. m. ,' Edom, pr. n. c. See 46. ' See 398. 3 When the name of a country is given, in this and the following vocabulary, and the gentile name is not, the latter is formed regularly, by the suffix i (/ /I*), as 1 >D t T^ , Edomite. 398 VOCABULARY. Q1N . earth, ground. , base. TIN , Ni., to be made glorious. - T ,' to love. N , love. T -:i- PTHN , alas ! : , tent. , aloes. VJN j Aaron, pr. n. m. iN, or. ITIN , l Sit., to desire. fy*,woe! 3 >S IN i enemy. "?>1N, fool. "tylNj perhaps. D^-IM , truly, surely, but. rfgVt , folly. ^N, iniquity. , wheel. , to withdraw oneself. ,p/. J11 , treasure. i". awe? At., to become light, light. , Ur, a town. sign. t, n, then; T : T since, from of old. liTSt , hyssop. ^JTN , to go away. T tttf , Si., to give ear. - TN , to gird on. -T , native. T V ,* brother. T > backwai'ds, behind. T /Vim*, 2 sister. T KIN , to seize ; Ni., to be caught. ~ T nin^ t possession. T\-: . .< 73/VrW Ahitophel, j?r. . m. , nn , after. , another. , later. , end. ._.,_ , slowly. cON t buckthorn. 1 See 398. See 40. TN , Ethan, pr. n. of a brook; perennial. , to eat. part., eating. , mighty ; Almighty, God. , to. > not. , 2 to curse ; Hi., to cause to T T swear. 1 ' *'- ** HEBF.EW-ENGLISH. ', where? , island. N I, calamity. "ipNS how. nytf.how? where? 7"N, hart. T- TN , ram. ^N , oak ; leader. , fear. *N > whence ? )^, nothing; whither? constr. ]' not, no. ilSTN j measure, prob. about one and one-tioelfth of a bushel. i3''N , whither ? where ? how ? 399 *?N, oath. , terebinth, i these. N"1;>N > with sing, pred., God ; with pi., gods, ^, chief. 7p'7^ , Elimelech, ^r. . m. , 2V., to be dumb. , dumb. :. Qt_ an d j-)i , sheaf. , widow. , a certain one. "W^N , Eleazar, pr. n. m. TT : v DNt > *w^ ^Dtf i mother. D^ , if, but, or, although ; in oaths, not. HEN/ maidservant. T T HI3K > cubit. , faithfulness. , to be faithful; Hi., to be- lieve; Ni., to be true, faithful. , Amaziab, pr. n. m. 1 See 46. ' See 398. 400 VOCABULARY. , to say, to speak, to tell ; Hit., to boast. , part, saying; ^ "N, calling. , word. , Amorite. ;, truth. v v: JTDN , when ? whither ? , man. , sigh. , we. , I. tf , ship. , to be woeful, ill. . pi-, storehouses. > to collect. 1DN , to bind. ~ T 1D^ or "10^ , vow of abstinence. T v: r t]tf , nostril ; anger. ff)N , conj., also, then. '9-b3rB), although. lh}, always in constr., brook, stream. D3N > no more. i Ephraim, pr. n. , to lie in wait. , Arbel, pr. n. place. , locust. , window ; chimney. , purple. ., cursed. TT : - , ark. , cedar- '^, path. , length. H D^ TIN, patient. -- 'TV > Syria ; coZ/. Syrians. ThyinX, fortress. , hare. , knd, earth. , 1 to curse; //., to be , fire. cursed. 1 See 400. HEBREW-ENGLISH. 401 tt/N , Ashdod, pr. n.ofa town. , 1 woman, wife. N and DltfN, to bear the - T T punishment of guilt. a trespass offering. N , who, which. ft -)V}$ , to whom, to which. l^N , happiness ; constr. pi., tfj*, happy. pi- D s and T * image of Astarte. JIN , mattock. J1, with. ,* to come. . J11 , she-ass. jR^ /COT. |JT , yon. iaj, ^la/lNi yesterday, of old. (prefix), in, among, within, against, for, with, by, before, on. l 5 part., coming. T > P*-> to explain. ^?- Di , a well. > to stink ; Ni., to become hateful ; Hit., to be hateful. , Babylon. J3 to deal treacherously. , outer garment. J1, treacherous. , for the sake of. j stave ; liar ; in pi. &13. , linen garments. 2, alone. -ZVi'., to be divided; Hi., T to divide. !)rt3 void. > -ZV'-) to be confounded; Pt., - T to terrify ; to hurry. i beast See 46. See 398. D D 402 VOCABt'LAKY. >* to come, to come upon ; Hi., to bring, to bring to pass ; So., to be brought. 3. j to despise. 3 5 contempt. , PH., to trample. TQ pi JTI , pit. $!Q , to be ashamed ; Hi., to cause shame, to make ashamed. nttflZl j shame. T T3 5 part., despising. ? to despise. , youth, young man. "1113 , to choose. ~ T > -P'-j to speak rashly. ITiD3 ? to trust, to rely, to be bold. 3 > part., trusting. H j confidence. "}^2 > before (time). 3 , to perceive ; Ni., to be intel- ligent ; Hi., to cause to under- stand, to understand ; PH., to consider ; HitJipal., to perceive. between. B j understanding. metropolis. house. > Bethel, pr. n., place. n s 3 , the Temple. to weep. . first-fruits. , birthright. weeping. not. > to wear out. terror. T T~ 3, ^30, ^13, without, not. to swallow ; Pi., to swal- low up, to destroy ; Hit., to perish. , eonstr. T T high place. , 2 son. , arrow. See 398. See 46. 3 But HEBREW , to build ; Ni., to be built. , Benjamin. , on account of. "TO, through. "f)}?3 as long as, while. ^3j prayer. , sing, and pi. ex., master. ', Baal, pr. n. of an idol. ,, prodigal. ., Baal-Zephon, pr. n. mistress. |- > to burn. stupid. 5 j'a'*^., inaccessible. j to get gain, to spoil. gan. 1 , Bozkath (a tou-n). , to cut off, to prune, to gather vintage ; to fortify ; Pi., to make inaccessible. . to cleave, rend ; Ni., to break out ; Pi., to cleave ; So., to be taken by storm ; Hit., to be rent. -ENGLISH. 403 , valley. , to empty. , cattle, coll. ~)^L , morning. 53, Pi., to ask, to seek, to entreat. 3, corn. 1 , purity, cleanness. , to create ; Ni., to be T T created ; Pi., to cut down. TQ, hail. TT , to cut. , part., blessed. 3., cypress. , iron. , to flee; Hi., to put to T flight, to chase awaj r . rp"]3, bar. JT"13, covenant. JT"Q ' vegetable alkali. ^p3 to bless; Ni. and Pit., to "* T be blessed ; Pi. to bless. i"D"l3 , blessing. T T : HD13, pool. 404 D13. > flash of lightning. 1 TT 5 1 to separate ; Ni., to purify oneself, to be pure ; Hit., to show oneself pure. , flesh. i to be cooked ; Pi., to cook ; Pu., to be cooked. VOCABULARY. , Bashan. , shame. J13, 2 daughter. 3, , virgin. D13-713 1J13, part .1N3 , ni$3 , pride. ]iN3, pomp. 7N3 > to redeem ; Pu. and Hit., to be polluted. H 7N3 redemption. T \s POD > to be high ; Hi., to make high. PT33 >. nnba , high. T T : !>12| boundary. "1133, mighty. rTTQ3, power. 3 -Hii-j to set bounds. Gibeou, _pr. n. of a town. 133 to be strong, to prevail ; T Pi., to strengthen ; Hit., to be insolent. "133 j man, male. 33 pi ni33 , roof. T TT3 > to cut;. Hitjpo., to cut oneself, great. 713 , to be great, to grow up ; T Pi., to bring up ; to make great ; Pu., to be educated; Hi., to make great ; to make arrogant, to act arrogantly ; Hit., to show oneself great. 1 See 396. See 46. HEBREW-ENGLISH. 405 /~T3 > greatness. 5)13 , Pi., to revile. 113 , to fortify. -T mia, wail; fold. T : "11121 > to bow oneself. IS, 12J, back. Ilia 2>J. '2ia (' We Syriac manner), locust. via , nation, people. , body. ^ i captivity, band of exiles. tpsj , body. "113 , to sojourn ; to fear (i.q. 1JP). bii3, lot. T N3, to shave; Ni., to be slain. ^f3 to despoil. libra, spoil. T" '. )T3 > -ZV*., to be cut off, to perish. valley. y 3 , to leap for joy, to rejoice. ^2 ^- Da 1 beap, wave. a , to disclose ; 2V7., to reveal T oneself; P*'., to reveal; Pu-> to be open ; to be carried into captivity; Hi., to carry into captivity ; Ho. pass, of ///., Hit., to be revealed. a i idols. captivity, captives. T ^3, to roll; 2V*'., to be rolled up ; Pilp. to roll down ; Poal and Hitpo., to be stained ; Hi., to roll (tr.); Hitpalp., to roll oneself down. TVba > Gilead, ^r. ?z. OT., and place. Q3 , also. ND3 P*- to swallow up. T T D2l , to go very swiaiy. ^Oa* reward. 3 to recompense ; to do good. T H pi- D^D| , camel. 13 /" ^3 , garden. 333 , to steal, to deceive ; Pi. id. Pu., to be stolen ; Hit., to go by stealth. 233, thief. T ~ ra;)2 , stolen thing. T" ' ,133 (<'? 13) > 406 , to low (as an oa 1 ). TT ?a j loathing. ^1 > to rebuke, vine. , sulphur. ~ia , stranger. ma , Pi; to excite ; Hit,, to to expel. TT Jia , wine press. ma cud. VOCABULARY. VITa , throat. f Q r TTJ 5 Gerizira, pr. n. of a mountain. I 1 1 I^J j axe. ]TJ , threshing-floor, level space. t^a -ff". and Pi., to drive out, , to be afraid. , slander. ? oracle. ) to cleave [to], with , to coine upon ; Pit., to cleave, be glued together. , to speak, say ; Ni., to speak together ; PL, to speak, say; HL, to subdue; .ZZiY., to speak. 12T , word, thing. D"JD S ."T nil , chronicles. plague, pestilence. 5 honey. , fish. corn. l , NL, to be astonished. T TIT ^^- (DH17 2 Chr. xxxv. 13) DHTT? chaldron. Ill , friend, beloved ; uncle. TIT , TVT , David. T ' T HV7 pl~ DWTVT basket. - T wax. >i. rrt , vniTT, etc., T | generation. H constr. H, sufficiency; suf- ficient. VT, ink. IH N1H HEBREW-ENGLISH. yi , to judge; Ni., to contend together. 1 , Pi., to break. T T 1 pl- D^l , poor. "?1 , Pi., to leap. - T H ?1 5 poverty ; coZZ., the poor. , Ni., to be impoverished, to be enfeebled. 1 , to burn ; Hi., to inilame, T to kindle. , door, lid ; dual, gates. 7 , blood. 407 HD1 , to be like ; Pi., to medi- T T tate. , to be astonished, lj tears. T : * toEl > Damascus. TttH, 2V. aHc? P., to be ex- 1 - T tinguished. r\y^ ) knowledge. pi /ew. n^ , thin. l, to be crushed; fit., to beat small. ^T south. T , to bend, to walk, to tread; T Hi., to cause to walk or tread ; to walk. way ; journey. , to seek ; JYi'., to be sought - T for, to be required. l, herb. n 7J , interjection, behold ! , interjection, aha ! ,il , to act wickedly, vainly. T n beauty. p,l , riches, price. I. iyr\ i he she, it. 408 VOCABULARY. (TO, wickedness. T ^in , interjection, woe ! D/Z3i"T ? adv., well. n'n , to be ; Ni., to be fulfilled. T T QITT , arfv., to-day. b^n, palace. *pn, Hin, a measure of liquids, containing five quarts. , <*., far off. "!J^J1 , K. and Pi., to walk, to go. Tjbn , part., going. , to be insolent; to give light ; Pi., to praise ; Pu., to be praised ; Poel, to deprive mn of reason; Hi., to shine ; Hit., to boast ; Hitpo., to be mad. ~f i to smite, to strike. T on, nan/ew. in, nan, they. ~ T .. ' .. T .. P*2H , multitude, tumult. ? sound, noise. T\-: n, Haman, ^r. n. m. in, nan, VA */:, -^n, be- hold. , to pervert; Ni., to be changed ; Ho., to assail ^n, liberation. T T "in , "l"in i mountain. n, to kill, slay; Ni., to be killed. r (we 5 and 414), and, 11 , hook. but. , K. and Pi., to sacrifice, ut sacrifice ; Zebah, pr. n. m. IT, proud. 7\\fem. /U4T, this. nnr, gold. T T . pi. fern., corners. ^T> olive-tree. , "!jT/ Zechariah, pr. n. m. ]i"13T remembrance; memorial. "1QT > to prune ; Pi., to praise T in song. H:T, tail. PUT 5 -H7- ) to profane. -T Qyt , to be very angry. anger. , to cry out, cry. T , fetters, chains. ]pT > old man, elder. , old age. IT, border; crown. It, stranger. mt, JT- ^ -P*- **> scatter; TT Pw., to be scattered, spread. arm. , to rise (of the sun). , to sow ; Ni. and Pi'., to be sown. t, seed. l , to sprinkle. n ^ -Wo-* to be hidden ; Hi., to hide ; Hit., to hide oneself. > to thresh. , Ni-, to be destroyed. , cord. , Jf- flM ^ Fi -> to embrace - , to be joined together. , pi. f -> stripes o/ a \ -- leopard. , to bind ; to rule. ;jn> festival. T tin, to celebrate a feast. , locust. T T , to gird, gird on, gird one- self. . Hi, to sharpen; Ho., to be sharpened. f gladness. T : i to cease. ln , new moon, month. 410 VOCABULARY. mn-i?n nin pi. DWT, and DTiin, thora, thicket. JO^n > thread. 7in sand. Tin, Pul. } to be born. nain, wall. T Y^n pl rf\ > street, field ; Y - in^l outside of. f, hole. [ , to hasten. illJl, to see (especially in visions). TT Jim > breast (of animals). l*ltn, flMn, vision. T ' T ptn , to be strong ; to be urgent ; Pi., to strengthen ; to harden, (the heart) ; Hi., to strengthen ; [a] , to take hold of. pin , strong. 1 TT NZOn , to sin ; Pi., to make ex- T T piation, to cleanse, to purify; Hi., to cause to sin; Hit., to cleanse oneself. sin. f, sinful. SIlj sin-ofiering. ~ -, to be carved. ~ T D^ri , pi., wheat. TT > pi. D^n , living ; life. HTT ,' to live ; Hi., to keep TT alive. PITT) beast. T~ ^TT 1 i.Q- j"TTT > to live (whence -T TT tJie perf. TJ). ^TT , to tremble. 7TT pi- D^TTi valour; host, T-: troop, army ; wealth. pTJ , bosom (breast, with the arms). ^n tuff-^Sn, palate. ("HO!!, Haclulah,^r. n. of a hill. , to be wise, to become wise ; T PL, to make wise. j wse. T T , wisdom. T , milk. , fat. , time (of life). See 399. r6n ion HEBREW-ENGLISH. ' , to be ill ; Ni., to give oneself pain. Dl/TT, dream. S 7PT in pause >7fT , illness. i 7 >! ?n, flute. T nb^n , fur be it ! T T 77 PT -ZV7. and Pu., to be pro- faned; Pi., to profane; Poel, to wound ; Hi., to begin ; to break (a promise). 7?n , slain, corpse. Q7PT , to dream. f, to flourish, to revive; to - T pierce ; Pi. and Hi., to change ; to cause to revive. fi., to be delivered ; to be prepared for war ; Hi., to make vigorous. p7PT , to be bland ; to divide ; PI., ' ~ T to divide (spoil); Hi., to flatter. P^n, np^rr, portion. DPT j 1 father-in-law. DPI, heat. DPT in/In, (wit/i suffix l^n) , to s be hot. , curdled milk, butter. , to desire. , pleasantness ; precious- ness. , anger, wrath. , ass. , T mother-in-law. to become warm. , oppression. VOn > to be violent. > .. T "1I2n > clay, mortar ; heap. ]!!, favour. , to encamp. Hannah, jpr. H. 10. tOJn , to embalm. /Vjn, spear. n33n> dedication. T\-: DJ3H , in vain.- T ' pn > to show favour to ; Pi., to make acceptable; Ho., to be favoured ; Hit., to beseech, impious, mercy. See 46. 412 VOCABULARY. non-mrr non , to trust. T T . treasure, riches, abundance. , to want, to be wanting ; " T Hi., to be in want. "1Dn> wanting. " T "1011, want. J13H and 5}3n, to cover tlie T T head ; Ni., to be overlaid. , to delight (intr.). , pleasure, delight. 13H , to blush ; Hi., to be " T ashamed; to cause dishonour. i to set free. * free. T sifff". "^n , arrow. > to hew out, to sla}' ; Ni., to be engraved. OT , to divide ; Ni., to be T T divided. n , half. itfl, grass. T , trumpet. - , court. T pn - See p>n . ph pi- D N |5n , statute, law. , idem. , to carve, to engrave; Poel, to decree. , to investigate; Ni., to be investiated, n 5 see f to be dried up; Ni., to fight ; Pu., to be dried ; Hi., to dry up ; Ho., to be laid waste. , dry. , sword. > Horeb, pr. n. mountain. , heat. , desolation. > to tremble. > to burn ; to be angry ; Ni. TT to be incensed ; Hi., to be in earnest ; Hit., to fret oneself. , wrath. , pass, part., engraved. , Hi., to extirpate ; Ho., to T be consecrated, to be slain. Din , devoted thing. , reproach. v , to decide. Tin > to burn ; Ni., to be burnt. HEBREW-ENGLISH. , potsherd. to engrave; Ni., to be ploughed ; Hi., to be silent, to keep silence ; to devise. , artificer, smith, n , part., imaginer. ^f TT , to restrain, hinder. 3'^rT, to devise; Ni., to be accounted. 413 , part., planner ; thinking. Heshbon, pr. n. city. !tf n , to be darkened ; Hi., to darken, be dark. , darkness. j"H , Heth, pr. n. ,. son-in-law, bridegroom. , father-in-law. , to slaughter. > executioner. > slaughter. iS > to dip, to immerse. > Ho., to be founded. TUTtD, clean. T "IHtO, to be clean ; Pi., to purifv; " T Hit., to cleanse oneself. HID , l to be good, to be well. 3110 good, handsome. ID , goodness. it3 > subs., that which is good, T goodness. p. clay. > dew. iO, to be unclean; Pi., to defile; Pa., to be polluted; Hit., to defile oneself. , unclean. to bury. , basket. , to taste. , taste, eo^., infants. t3 , satrap. iD > HHJ'lp > pi'cy, cattle torn by wild beast.-. 1 See 402. 414 VOCABULARY. i lK > t "1J^ > river, especially Hie Nile. ^?Q> , produce. tfl" 1 [V'3] f -H*.. t<> dry up ; to " T feel ashamed. ttfl\ dry. ' T J,;p , labour. W [V'3] , to labour. -T 1> [V'3] , to fear. T T> band; monument. T , delight. P [V'3] , to know ; Ni. t to be known ; Hi., to make known, to teach ; Ho. t to be made known. V , part., knowing. iT , to give. -T . pr. n. m. and t., Judab. , Jew. iJT (generally read by Jews * Jehovah, the Eternal. JYrP pr. it-, m., Joshua. - \ : [V , pr. n. m., Joab. [V , jubilee. n" , pr. n. m., Jochanan. DY 1 pi. D'O) , day. QVTf, to-day. )V , by day. j?Z. Q^ , dove. , part., counsellor. , part., going out. , part., former, potter. Vp, much. yr, sweat. "TTP , to join oneself. T 11T, YJTP, together. ^n^? yi. and Pi., to wait, hope. T 2 (? ^ID)* to be good ; Hi., T to do well. ^ , 3 K. and Ho., to be able. T V [V'3], to bring forth; 2V7. owrf JTo., to be born. See 46. See 402. 3 See 403. "6, child. vv ify, born. ^/J 1 (*?., ^H), to walk, to go; -Hi'., to cause to walk. [ v '3]> Hi:, to wail, to howl. p^ , a species of locust. D^ #J. D^DJ i sea ; west. S)!)DTT Red Sea. HEBREW-ENGLISH. 415 , because, on account of. ^ to counsel; 2V., to take counsel. Jacob. i forest. , K., to beautify. y* [ V/ 3L HI., to turn to the right. T [V'3], -ST. and Hi., to oppress. D s > to found. -T ', foundation. Hi., to continue, to add. "ID 1 [V'3]i Pi., to chastise; JVY., -T to be corrected, to be instructed. "TJ^ [V'3]j -ZV7., to meet by ap- pointment, to assemble (intr.) ; 770., to be placed. ^y* [T'3]> Hi., to profit. Wfem. H3 > , handsome, beauti- V T TT ful. [V'S], -Hi'., to give light. , Jephthah, pr. n. m. ^, 3 to go out; 77/., to bring out. 3^ >' (*'? 3^) , 77 -H/., to spread out. p^" 1 []"3] , to pour, to mould, to cast; 770., to be poured out, cast. "W [)"3j to form; to be strait- ened. 1 3|T , vat. 1|T[V3], 77o., to burn. , creature. See 402. - See 403. See 399. 416 TIT "in* , to be precious, to be prized. '-T Hp* , precious. TT $P> [l"3], 37., to be snared. ' T NT, 1 to fear; part., fearing; "T PL, to terrify. PINT, fear. T : "IT [V'Sji to descend; Hi, to bringdown ; Ho., to be brought down, ]TV , Jordan, pr. n. of a river. ,1T, 37., to be shot; Hi., to TT shoot ; to teach. 1 , Jerusalem. , moon. constr. "-JT , thigh ; end. iVVIp'V, side; thigh; ', ends of the earth. T [V'3]? to possess ; 37., to r be disinherited, to become poor; Hi., to dispossess. $T , possession. , Israel. 11 , ~l^ i impers., there is, &c. W [V'3] > to sit, to dwell ; 37., T to be inhabited; Hi., to cause to inhabit, to cause to be in- habited ; Ho., to be caused to dwell. 1 , part., dwelling, inhabitant, sitting. , salvation, welfare. , Jesse. ytfi , desert. y* , old man. T ty [V'3], 37., to be saved; Hi. to save. ', salvation. ^ , right, upright. , uprightness. 1/V pi- ni tent-pin. "T D\JY, orphan. T 1TV [V'3] , 37., to remain, Hi., T to cause to remain. *W stiff. V1/V , remnant ; rope. 1/1*, . . ., Jethro. See 400. HEBREW-ENGLISH. 417 3 , prefix, as, like, according to. "T33 to be heavy ; to be honoured ; Pi., to honour ; to harden the heart ; Hi.,io make heavy ; to harden ; Ni., to be honoured ; Hit., to be numerous. ~Q3 , heavy. TI33 , glory. T33, great. D33 , K. and Pi., to wash ; Pu., to be washed. > lamb. , furnace. "73 pl- D >r T3 pitcher, bucket. H3> thus; here. nril) , only inf., nH3 , dim. bH3 ]H3 , bigh priest. < 3,'Hi3 constr. ^3,13 , helmet. 3313, star. T ^3 ^'(p., to provide with food ; Polp. pass.; Hi., to support. P3 , -ZV'., to be established ; to be ready; to be true, faith- ful; Pilel, to establish; to make ready ; Hi., to establish ; to prepare ; Ho., to be pre- pared. Dto pi- ni , cup. "113 j furnace. ttft3, Ethiopia. 2T3 , Pi., to lie. 3T3 , He. TT 113, strength. 3 i Pi- an d -2>> to hide ; A**., to be hidden. P-i I^n3 , to deny. T >3 for. because, that, though, but ; DN ^3 , only that, but, except. 11T3, spark. -P3, pot. 133> a talent; a circumjacent T tract of country. ?3 , ""73 *^. 1^3 , all, every, (prop., whole, totality). E E 418 VOCABULARY. 3 > to restrain ; Ni., to be T T restrained, to be stayed. (dual) two sorts. , dog. > to be finished, to be pre- TT pared ; Pi., to destroy, to use np ; Pu., to be finished. .ri^S, espousals. v3 pi- Q^3 vessel, utensil ; clothing. > whole. -ZW- to be ashamed ; Hi., to cause to blush ; So., to be hurt. , shame. T : 1123 , as, like. cummin (plant). ]3, thus; ]3^, ]3-^,' ; there- fore. ]3 tuff. 133 , station, position. J3 , upright. TI33, harp. y%3 , Hi., to bring low. . Canaan. , Ni. t to hide oneself. ?)J3 wing ; skirt. T T MD3 > throne. HD3> -K one? P?'., to cover; JVi. T T and Pu., to be covered ; Hit., to cover oneself. ^D3, fool. ^03 -^'., to be ashamed; to ~ T long for. ?|D3 > silver, money. to take offence. anger, vexing. C]3 > palm of tJie hand, sole q/" the foot; in pi. /11D3 pans. "133 to cover ; Pi., to atone ; T Pu., to be obliterated, to be expiated, to receive pardon ; Hit. and Nit., to be expiated. "193 > compensation, ransom. J~nb3 , covering. "13 pi. DH3 , lamb. T "13 > cor, a measure loth dry and liquid, = few ephahs or laths. , Cherub. i vineyard. "13 > Carmel, pr. n., mountain. HEBREW-ENGLISH. 419 3 > to bow down. J"n3> to cut, to cut off; ~ T - T /1H2, to make a covenant; Ni., to be cut off; Pu., to be cut down ; Hi., to remove, to destroy ; Ho., to be cut. /Y"13 > part., cutting. > Chaldeans. $3 , K. and Ni., to stumble ; #., to cause to stumble ; to seduce. 3/13 to write ; Ni., to be T written ; Pi., to decree. 31/13 , part., written. T JT/13 f beaten oil. ^I/IS > constr. )/13 , sboulder. 1 ~ T ' . -.- "1/13 i #'., to surround, crown T oneself. , prefix, to, towards, into, be- longing to, for ; even. , not. , Hi., to weary. pl.U'Vb people. ff. >3.S and 33 , heart. , alone. > frankincense. : garment. , roaring lion. T , Hi., to be white. Lebanon, pr. n. of a mountain. i Jf' to put on clothes ; - T Hi.,io put on clothes, to clothe. flame. T T|V , -?*" to kindle. T JT)^ to borrow ; Ni., to join TT oneself; ///., to lend, with "/. >1^j, Levi, ^>r. ft. .; Levitf. 1^, T 1 ^ l^/- to lod ^ e * pass the night ; //?., to mur- mur ; Htpl., to abide. \)b > to scoff. rb pi- D-n^ , moist. -ZVJ-I to Kght together. 420 VOCABULARY. , bread. 5 shew-bread. yri7 to oppress, to afflict. .par/., oppressing, op- pressor. yri7, affliction. ttfrO > a charm for serpents. IL'u? > to sharpen. - , night, tJ v , strong lion. "TD 7 5 to take captive, to capture ; -T JVz., to be taken ; Hit., to stick together, to take hold of one another. , to learn ; Pi., to teach ; - T PH., to be trained. , why? , accustomed. 3Q*p, downwards, below. , upwards, above. T-:,-: D7 on account of. , -ff". arf H^i., to mock. , torch. CV'D], to take; Ni., to be taken away. , part., taking (he who takes). Hp7 . knowledge. cOp*?, to collect; Hit., to be assembled. \ltih > tongue, language. 5 very much. > anything, anything whatever. ^D > scales, balances. i , light [= body giving light], , food. to refuse ; Pi., to be un- willing. , to despise. '^Q , part., made happy. \ i ., from. > subs., going down, setting T of the sun ; entrance. nno HEBREW-ENGLISH. 421 HOD despised. TOO, choice. T : N^O i part., bringing. > fortification, fortress. , tower. "TOO > *&*., wandering. lJM!O > part., bringing, offering. nklO, scroll. PO , Pt., to give, to deliver. IIP , wM w^. '330 , shield. "IBID, desert. T : TTO to measure ; -ZV7., to be measured. ,~nO , length, measurement. T ' , strife. n~)V"IO pile for burning. ]HD , j>*. > Midian. ^yTTO , *wft*., treading. n^, 1 no, no, what? Ha 1 ?, HQ^, why? T T T T , quick, quickl}'. na part., praised. \ : nO > -ZY7-. to be precipitate ; Pi., " T to hasten, to bring quickly. i"nnO, quickly. T : D , pr. ., Moab. > Bft-t to melt away. ilD part., giving thanks, confessing. , friend. , to slip ; A 7 /., to be moved. iO , yoke, band. iO , ^iD], over against. JT6iD , birth-place. f., leading. D^D blemish. 1D1O, o'y *' Pi- /IT T j-^*l and i , foundation. TyiQ appointed season, festival. mjflDf refu S e - TT | .. outgoing. IO , molten. mpiO , heap of fuel. T': | "PIO, declivity. T , teacher ; shooting. See G6. 42; VOCABULARY. possesson. i to touch ; to remove. , pi- ni , seat, dwelling. , part., saving. , to die ; Pil. and Hi., to kill ; Ho., to be killed. , death, ip, altar. , door-post. , fork. > sfo. few. 'J , rising of the sun, east. iD , hiding-place. , to blot out. T T ns , P., to be taken out of a T T marrowy bone. ?l]pVnO , part., holding fast price, sale. Meholathite, pr. n. > camp, army, herd. "ibrra , want. -:|- , to shake. > to smite. , to-morrow. > prob., coulter. > prob., ploughshare. .constr. J13^n^, plan, T T | v v -:|- thought, plot. , terror. , downwards. : i , staff; tribe. , bed. , subs., planting, j part., pierced. , -Hi'.j to cause to rain. , rain. T , who ? " 1 'O , would that ! 13 constr. ^ or ^Q S O 5 water. , kind, species. > uprightness, j sorrow. H3D j ? part., striking. HiiDQ > foundation. T : HDDp > part., covering. > part., provoking. !t3 , to sell ; .2V*. and Hit., to be ~ T sold, to sell oneself. rya 11EB11EW-ENGLISH. 423 ~Oa , */". nDa , price. JT)~Oa , nativity. tf^a , N"?a, to fill, to be filled, T T T to be completed; Pi., to fill, to fulfill ; Ni., to be filled. S"?a , fulness, full. abundance. > inauguration. , work. , booth. o-i to be washed in salt. r6o, salt, nar6a, war. T T : lO^a , -ZV T '- to escape ; Pi., to T deliver ; #*V., to escape, to fly out (of sparks). TT^a , to reign ; Hi., to cause to '- T reign. TVa , king. , part., filling. ^aa, kingdom. TT : - , manna, a sweet gum t , 'a (see 34), from, out of, away from, by. Ni. t to be numbered ; Pi., to appoint. l. Db , times. ^jbb , Molech,^?r. n. of an idol. , kingdom. a , part., teaching. , tongs, pincers. JTTOa> candlestick. princes. , gift, offering, tribute. part., causing to inherit. i, part., comforting. , to restrain. ifaa > pr. n. m., Menasseh. prison. , part., cutting out (stones). O , covering. , highway. T ' '. DDa > -ZV- to be melted. quarry. , number. jar#., hiding oneself. iVD suff. ^yO , defence. -*T 'M T 424 VOCABULARY. , IR. to do little. mantle. a > fountain. ^a , part., inciting. a , to act treacherously. /3 > treachery. , ascent; T-:|- wards, above. up- , mount. , part., causing to go up. from. O, depths. axe. , west ; merchandize. , cave. , deed, work. , tithe. > threshold. D, chaff. ^'J , to find, find out, to be- fall; Ni., to be found, to be present, to exist; Hi., to cause to find ; to bring, to offer. HQ , image, statue. UQ , pi. Jli , stronghold. i peak. commandment. lSD part., commanding. iliQ > defence, siege. > cymbals. D , part., setting up. D, step. jJQ > short time. > Mizpah, ^>r. n. of a town. , Egyptian, pr. n. , Egypt, 7>r. n. c. i hammer. > something holy, sanc- tuary. DipD, place. > fountain, spring. incense. , sculpture. i cattle, flock, herd. i., to melt. , assembly. ,-npp , fate, lot. 12 (fern, ma), bitter. T T "ID, myrrh. appearance ; part., showing. HEBREW ) , abundance. 7JHO , part., spy. ~3,]~nQ , to rebel against, ii., to rebel. high place ; fortification, space, broad place. HO , to polish, to peel ; Pu., T to be polished. I, deceit. JHO , pasture, flock. ND"1O , healing, health. plO, to polish; Pu., to be scoured. 1O to be bitter, to be em- bittered ; Ni., to be changed. ) , carrying ; burden. joy. T ^3^D , part., behaving wisely. JTI'D^Q, wages. nS'WD, slaughter. T ; T3t!JQ> p^-> selling corn. Jl^Il^p, settings. n^O > Moses, jpr. n. m. ninii/O > *M'6s., turning away. -ENGLISH. 425 f to anoint. , subs., anointing. , destruction. , anointed one. P part., causing to return. , to draw, prolong. > part., rising early. (pi. TV ), dwelling; tabernacle, sanctuary. , to rule ; Ni., to be like ; Hi., to cause to rule ; infin., dominion. <2 > proverb. ., sending. ., obedient ones. "IQ'it'Q > custody, guard, watch. n^Dl^lp , custody, guard ; keep- ing, observance. to. double. > subs., cleansing. , staff. . famil y- > judgment, justice, rigbt; custom, manner. 426 VOCABULARY. rrpttto p: plt'O > cup-bearer ; drink. tfD , weight, weighing. , banquet. J"1Q , part., dead. , sweet. j when ? , p-, men. "T"T\3J"1Q , part., lamenting. rWM3, gift. T T DM3DQ > ^H, loins. - : T , J7i., to be sweet, to make sweet. > a particle of entreaty, now, I pray thee, &c. > part., glorified. > something said, often used in the prophets instead of a verb. Latin, ait, inquit. part., faithful. v , P?"., to contemn. > -ZV7-J to prophesy ; Hit., to prophesy : to act as if mad, N!3"p ; Q]J , Nebuchadnezzar, pr. n. m. ^N^ID^: , Nebuchadrezzar, pr. n. m. , understanding. , Hi., to behold. , prophet. > to lose one's strength. > foolish, impious. , barp. corpse. 33 , JK., to pour out, to tell. :33, toith n ^oe^e ^3113, south. J3 > -^i., to show, to declare ; ~Ho., to be told.. 31 , before, over against. TJ3 , to shine. ~T jlJ , brightness, splendour. tt > to butt, push with a horn. , butting. .3J ruler, prince. 3, song. 3 -Pz., to play on a musical instrument. "IJTU ytt > to touch ; Hi., to touch, to reach. 1O3 mark (of a disease). Spj , to smite ; Ni., to he defeated. ~)33 #' to deliver ; Ho., to be -T poured out. JW3 to exact (a debt or tribute); r .A7., to harass one another ; to he oppressed. , to approach ; #i., to bring, T to cause to approach ; to ap- proach ; Ho., to be brought. > freewill offering. , K. t Poal, and Ho., to flee, flee away. , to expel ; Ni., to he ex- - T pelled; Hi., to scatter ; to bring down evil. , liberal, generous. , Ni., to be driven away. TT3 , to vow. , TU , vow. Jim , to lead ; Pi. jrU, to pant, T sigh. nn3 , to lament. HEBREW-ENGLISH. 42 7 Tti , Pi- ^rTJ , to lead. nj , to rejoice. |PU , river ; Q^nj two rivers, T T ~ :j~ especially the Euphrates and the Tigris; hence Q'Hnj D"1^ =r -" Mesopotamia. Nii > Hi., to restrain. "TO > to wander ; Hitpal., to move to and fro. H13 , habitation, pasture. VT m:, to rest; Hi. (1) TOT , to cause to rest, to place ; Ho. (1) n^in > to be caused to rest ; Hi. (2) (Tin, to leave; Ho. (2) rP3n to be placed. - -\ fTU , Noah, pr. n., m. ]^ , Nun, pr. n., m. p!)J, to flee; ///., to put to flight. jftj , to move to and fro ; A r i., to be shaken ; Hi., to shake. C)r)3 , Ho., to be waved. i part., tremendous. . remaining. , P*., to divine. , serpent. > copper, brass. i". and Hi., to stretch, to TT incline, to turn away ; A 7 *., to be stretched. 428 VOCABULARY. ("1T3, 1 -ST. and Hi., to exult. TT TO , pottage. TT3 , vine ; Nazarite. T ^T3 > to flow. T D*3 (*^ VST^j ring- ~)T3 , if*., to consecrate oneself. ~"T *^T3, diadem; consecration. , 2 .ST. ?z^ Hi., to lead. | , to inherit ; Hi., to cause to inherit. < n;TT3 , stream, brook. T : - , inheritance. DJ1.3 i Ri- D!"T3 i to lament ; Pi., DHJ , to comfort ; Hit., to repent. nu to plant ; Nl., to be planted. p; , pi., plants. 133 > to bear a grudge against. 133 > to leave ; Ni., to spread oneself out. J , fruit. ^ > pleasantness. >' ^B., to strike. > part., founded ; ready ; faithful. Di*rr ]iD3 , noon. straight, right. , over against, before. , Hi., to know, recognize. > stranger. ari5., fighting. part., melted with fear. j leopard. > part., found. : > part., fleeing. , flag, standard. See 397. 2 See 400 and 403. HEBREW-ENGLISH. 129 ) part., winding. DJ , So., to depart. TTD3 . -2T- and Hi., to pour out, 1 -T to make libations; 3V., to be anointed. > libation, drink offer- ing. DD3 > Hitpo., to lift oneself up. , to depart ; Hi., to remove, bring out. )jn,#Z., youth. > pleasant. , shoe, sandal. , pleasantness. i Naomi, pr. n. w. T:|T , hoy. , girl. ^ a? *^-> h.roken. 32 5 to blow, to breathe. T ^tft , to fall ; Hi., to lay down ; Hit., to fall upon. ^9i f ^ ?>i5 - falling. , wonder. f part, fern., difficult. ? - Jli ) hreath; soul, mind ; person, body ; life. subs.f., dropping. (i.q. 2T\ 3V., to be set; ~ T ~ T Hi., to set. , 37., to be completed ; Pi., to lead music. , perpetuity, eternity; nsa, . for ever. S3 . -H*-. to deliver. U3 > to keep, observe. T ^3 > branch. , to bore with holes ; to call -T by name ; 37., to he called. , female. , K- and Ni., to be pure, TT innocent ; Pi., to absolve. 3 , pure, innocent. 3 > to take vengeance on ; 3V., to be avenged. , vengeance. despised. , lamp, c: ndle. &3 , to lift up, to carry ; to T T pardon ; Hit., to lift oneself up, to be exalted. -/., carrying. T T'T: lt'J, to borrow; Hi., to lend. , part., creditor. , to lend on usury. ^., contending. J , to kiss. , eagle. IT7U . rOVia , path. T T : 430 VOCABULARY JiM 5 Si., to remove ; to overtake. N^ItO prince, chief. T !l'3 > part., remaining. :wj DID ., to be poured out ; Hi., to pour out; Ho., to be melted. H3 ,* to give ; Ni., to be given ; ~T Ho., to be given, to be set. 13 i part., giving. , to destroy; Pu. and Ho., to be broken. 13 , potash. H3 > to pluck, to destroy ; So., T to be plucked up. fTND pi- D^ > Seah, a measure, a third part of an ephah. , shoe. , to be shod. 33D , to turn, to surround, to go about, to encompass; Ni. t to be turned ; Hi., to cause to return; Ho., to be turned. D, around. T ' : TUD , part., pure (of gold). "liD , to shut ; Ni. and Pu., to T be shut, bolted; Si., to shut up ; to deliver up. tower, castle. , counsel ; assembly. D1D horse; swallow. See 237, et seq. HEBREW-ENGLISH. 431 t)1D , reed ; sea weed ; 5)1D Q^ , the Ked Sea. "T)D to depart, to turn aside; Pilel, to turn aside ; -H7.,toput away, to cause to depart ; So., to be taken away. "T1D > degenerate branch. "2HD > to drag about. "MID > part., merchant. tTJD , Drap , dross. ^D > Sinai , pr. n. of a mountain. TD (2>z. ni) , pot. 7. ant jER., to act foolish- - T ]y; Pt., to make foolish, to frustrate. > foolish. TT pD , Nt., to cut oneself ; P., to be poor; HL, to make ac- quainted. "DD , -ZVt., to be shut up, to be T stopped. ^D (pi. D^D), basket. , to forgive ; Ni. to be for- T given. , mound. i , rock. , P'., to cause to slip. , flour, meal. TJOD , to place ; to support. VD , P-, to be dispersed. VD . storm. 9p (suff. >SD), threshold. "I3D to beat ^/ part., writing, writer. b\)D > to stone. '-T "ID , perf. from f\D , be has de- T parted. PHD , departing, cessation. TT flHD cuirass. DHD i minister, chamberlain. T pD , prince. 1 v 432 VOCABULARY. D71D DDD, to stop. T ")J"1D j Ki-t to hide oneself, to be hidden ; Pu., to be hidden ; Hi., to hide; Hit., to hide oneself. 1J1D 5 secret, secret place. 3V, 13V , to work, to till, to serve ; Hi., to make to serve ; Ho., to to be made to serve. "73V , servant. > labour, work, service. , Obadiah, pr. n. m. borrow ; jffi., to lend to. "13V > to pass over, to pass on ; to -T transgress ; Ni., to be crossed over ; Hi., to turn away. ^1p T3VH , to proclaim. v: |v ~)3V > part., passing over. "QV region on the other side. !TQV wrath. T - V , Hebrew. > port., flying in circles. T , calf/ waggon. , heifer. IV , while, as long as, to, as far as, until; even to. *} fy , as far as. f $tf fy , until, fy^j, for ever. fy, witness. mV assembly. /TnV> ^w. > "TV ornament. ffV, flock. pr. n. m. >, lentiles. T : T)V , to witness ; PH., to restore; Hi., to cause to witness; to enjoin a precept ; Ho., to be testified, to be shown ; Hitpal., to stand up. "fly j "TV s ti']> again, besides, yet ; f iyQ , ever while yet. my-by HEBREW-ENGLISH. 433 ' , Sal and Hi., to ac wickedly ; Ni., to be perverse Tiy , Hi., to put in safety. b^y, evil. b"\y , Pi., to act wickedly. ' , iniquity. ', perpetuity; 'JTTy, "yb, for ever, of future time; O^yO , always, of past time. > , part., standing. ]iy pi. j"|i , iniquity, spy, to fly; Pe7., irfem. fly , coll., birds. "Viy, ^T?'., to arouse; Hit. to rise up. "liy, skin. j~py , Pi., to pervert iy,fem. my, strong. ' , she-goat. tiy, suff. \]y , \]y , strength. , to leave, to forsake. ("Ml? , Uzzah, pr. n. m. Tty , to become strong. "Vy , to help ; Ni., to be helped. "ny, help. IDy, pen. n^, to cover, to be covered; Hi., to cover. rnB# (constr. rrVSg), crown. *y (generally with the article), Ai, pr. n. of a town. ]>, dual D>ry, (pi. rt&y, only in second signification), eye; fountain. Ty. /-.^-Dnp, city. , to trouble. - T * ^' upon, over; at, near, by ; for ; on account of. 13 by, therefore; ^Q , from off; 1#N ^y, >3 ^y , because. , suff. i , yoke. > to go up, to ascend; Ni., to be made to go up, to be lifted up, to be made to depart ; Hi., to bring up, to offer up ; Ho., to be brought up. burnt offering. . youth. to exult, to rejoice. Poetical. V 134 VOCABULARY. by, high; Most High. *?y i to glean ; Poel, to vex, to destroy ; Pool, to be vexed. 1 ^, E. and Hi., to hide, to - T conceal ; Ni., to be hidden, con- cealed ; to be crafty. gi l 'l> maiden. |y lamenting. v : \ 227 (?tA conjunctive accents), Dj? (i0^A distinctive accents, and art.), c. 1 suff. ifoy , people. Dy,with; at, near, by; Djp2,from. , to stand, to remain, to rise ; Si., to cause to stand, to raise up, to arouse. (only found with suff. of 1st pers. H12y), with. T ' l^y > pillar ; platform. \\foy > Ammon, pr. n. of a people. , to labour. > labour ; vexation. > labouring ; artizan. /*t Amalek, pr. n. of a people. DOS? So., to become dim. > to be deep ; Hi., to deepen ; inf. abs. below. i sheaf; Omer, a measure, one tenth of an ephah. bi^j Gomorrha, pr. n., tuu-n. ~: , cluster of grapes. to answer. > part., answering. My, ^y , afflicted. T T ' r iyy , affliction. tty cloud. 'TT "19V . dust. T T , lead. . Ephron, pr. n., tou-n. vy , tree ; pi. wood. , Ni., to be grieved. , only in pi. &3Sy idol. 'iy > image of an idol. > counsel. , wood (used of a material), Xy, strong. lothfulness. * Si., to strengthen. Rarely fern. HEBREW-ENGLISH. , bone; body; self. , Ni., to be detained. ', and more often assembly. , reward; on account of; because. , Pi., to hamstring. , perverse, ly , to pledge ; to be sweet ?~.fiK 2"Ty, to expose oneself to danger. j 3^y> Arabia. ' fly- ', raven. y, evening. ', woof. ', sterile plain, desert. ', Arad, pr. n., town. ', Pi., to empty ; Ni., to be , poured. fi"U% crafty; prudent. , violent. ', to arrange, to set in battle array. , craftiness. ', to overthrow. , neck. ', Orpah, pr. n. w. ', pi. J11 , bed, couch. ', green herb, grass. i"T!?y, to make, to do ; Ni. and Pu., T T to be made, to be done. n$T, part., maker, doer, doing. I'&y, Esau, pr. n. m. r ', pl- J"ll > ten. 1 \ rich. ', smoke, cloud of smoke, cloud. ', to oppress, to defraud. fy, oppression, unjust gain. ', to be rich ; Hit., to fei^n - T to be rich. ', riches. y, stiff". T\y, pi. D* an( t j~l1 , fern., time, nnr, now, already. T nny. he-goat. ', Hi., to transcribe. ', impudent. ~lj"l". K. and Hi., to supplicate. - T 1 See 51. 436 VOCABULARY. , side, region, corner. 3, Sit., to glorify oneself, to T boast ; to declare. b-"lilB> unclean food. [2]W3, to fall upon ; to entreat, : T to petition. ~03, suff. rOS, dead body. v T : $;)3, to meet. -T fn3, to redeem ; Ni., to be re- TT deemed. 1^*13 j redemption. HD) constr. "*, suff. *%, 7T3, &c., pi. D^3 opening flowers. ruin. , Ni; to be difficult ; Pi., to TT accomplish ; to consecrate; Hi., to act wonderfully ; to con- secrate; Hit., to act wonder- fnlly. 3> wonder. 3, Pi., to divide. T , Pi., to deliver, to cause to T escape. EyVB, niO^B. escape. : T : , Pi., to judge; Hit., to intercede, to pray. ^E), such a one, quidam. > -Ht^-j to roll oneself in ashes. , Philistine. , lest, that not. , to turn; Pi., to prepare; T T Hi., to cause to turn ; Ho., to turn, to be turned. HEBREW-ENGLISH. 437 J"T33> only found in pi. V T face ; S J3 ^N, into the presence of, before; \35TJ"1N, in the pre- sence of, before ; "",33 j")NQ , ^3D , "^3 V D , from before, on account of; "OSS. ^3^. before, in the presence of, in front of; like; vjg by, to the face of, before, in front of; on the surface of, upon ; on account of. , part., turning. 9, within. Q'y33 generally translated pearls. HDD, lame. ^^B, only in pi. 0^03, graven image. 3, idem. , to make, to do. , part., doer. Di deed, work. DVD, step; time; J"inN once, &a "HD, to visit; to muster; to set '-T over ; Ni., to be missing ; to be set over; Pi., to muster; Pu., to be mustered ; to be lacking ; Hi., to set over, to place ; Ho., to bex set over ; to be visited ; to be deposited; part., overseer; Hit., to be mustered ; to be numbered. , muster. T V ]ilj-)D, deposit. , to open. , officer. ) cucumbers. "13 > (with distinctive accents and the art."]$), bull,young bullock. T 113, Pu., to be separated ; Hi., T to disperse ; Hit., to be dis- persed, separated. "T13, mule. ("P3, cow, heifer. \n3, villager. r"P3. to sprout. T rP3> flower. ""13, in pause. ^Q, fruit. J1DT9. veil. D~13, Hi., to divide the hoof. ny"13. Pharaoh, a title <>f the Egyptian kings. VOCABULARY. VI 3 . to break ; to overflow ; A'/., to be spread abroad ; Pw., to be broken down ; Hit., to separate oneself. y~l3, m., breach, rupture. pHD, to break; Hit., to tear off 1 -T from oneself. "PD, to break, to cleave; Hi., to frustrate, make void ; to take away ; Ho., to be made void ; Hitpo., to be cleft. iHD , to break, to disperse, to ~ T spread. , to separate, to spread out. ) horseman. y~i3 ?ns , Euphrates, pr.n.ofa river. , Pi., to tear in pieces. 3, to attack; Hi., to flay, to cause to take off (a garment}. 3> to transgress, sin. , transgression. JB, suff. \n3, Mt, crumb (of bread). , suddenly. > to open, to be open ; Pi., T to carve; to take off armour. , suff. TT.TIS, door, entrance. //IS, Ni., part., deceitful ; Hit., T to act perversely. i part., interpreting. "N^ , coll., flocks, small cattle, i.e., sheep and goats. NH!k to go forth to war ; Hi., T T to muster. J 5 pl> jll , army, host; T warfare. b., i.q. N3^ . "OS , in pause ^U , splendour ; AV with pi. 0^322, Q^ns, /liNa^, gazelle. 1ilJ> , to gather, to store up. "Tjf. suff. >T T2i , side. p >T TU > righteous, just. p"T^ , to be right ; Pi. and Hi., to justify, acquit ; Hit., to justify oneself. "TJf> M^ "TX, righteousness. :J , Zedekiah, pr. n. m. . J > to cry out. s -mx HEBREW-ENGLISH. 439 "liii* , Hgbt ; dual, -T:|T noon, mid-day. "IMS, neck. iTljJ, Pi., to command; Pw.. to TT be commanded. D^jJ > to fast. D'ljS , fast. 'HiTOJ , distress. Tl^' .7. "IIP , to form. T "112J , stone, rock. pl~r^ 5 to laugh ; PL, to jest, to mock. S 2J 2>J- D^X ^ D' s : , ship. yp; , Zion, pr. n. pL ]V% , pillar. V^ , pl- D'SU flower. b"^i su ff- ^' j shadow. n/Xi to prosper; 'J5K., to cause to prosper, accomplish pros- perously. nr6:s nn^, flat pan. T T '* ~ D^^ image, likeness. > shadow of death. s , Zalmunnah , pr. n. m. to limp. , rib ; side chamber. S , subs., falling. DS , to be thirsty. , thirsty. > a yoke, pair. HD2Z > to sprout. > part., sprouting. , sprout. , veil. , small, little, young. , to cry out, cry. i:, cry. : to watch ; Pi., to overlay ; TT Pu., to be overlaid. flSX. north. 11D^ , little bird. n s 31S watchtower. T viper. '^.j to twitter. , frog. , point. distinctive ac> and art. -\%, enemy; trouble. n"):J trouble. 140 VOCABULARY. JT1}{ , tower. - T , need. l2i , to melt, to refine, to prove. , to be narrow ; to fortify ; to be straitened ; Hi., to distress. , sepulchre. , Pi., to receive. , to collect, to congregate ; Ni., to be collected ; Pi., to collect ; Hit., to gather selves together. ~Qp, to bury; Pi., to bury several; Ni. and Pu., to be buried. p holy. 'T , to be kindled. , east, east wind. Dip, fhat which is before, be- ginning ; east ; ancient time. ^P~Tj5f in front; eastern; old, ancient. top of the head. lip, to be black, to mourn, Hi., to darken, to cause to mourn ; Hit., to be darkened. HDIp , height. p, to be holy; Ni., to be regarded as holy; Pi., to sanctify ; Pu., to be sanctified; Hi., to consecrate ; Hit., to be celebrated ; to sanctify oneself, to show self holy. , pi. QTtflp , holiness, holy thing, sanctuary. yy]3. tflp , Kadesh Barnea. 7i!p , Ni., to be gathered to- gether ; Hi., to assemble. 7ilp, assembly. T'T , to expect, to await ; Pi. id. lp, pi. JT) , voice, cry; in. pi., thunder. p , to arise, to be established ; -P- p'p to confim; Hi., to cause to arise ; to cause to stand, to set up; to perform a promise ; Hitpl., to rise up. IP-Nip HEBREW-ENGLISH. 441 }lp , PH., to sing a mournful song. yip , thorn. D'HI slender threads. , to slay. "jiOp i to be little, small. ]3P T , ff. rpap , and JBjJ, little, small. ~liDp . Pi' and Hi., to burn incense ; So., part., incense. J"Tl!Dp> incense. , mournful song ; lamen- tation. > p , harvest ; summer. p, wall. fem. nVp_, Hgtt; swift. , to be light ; to be swift ; Ni., to be swift; to be despised ; Pi., to curse ; Hi., to lighten. , curse, accursed thing. , to sling, to throw stones. , sling. , flour, meal. , Pi., to be jealous ; to envy ; to be zealous ; Hi., to excite jealousy. , jealousy ; indignation. , to buy ; Ni., to be bought. , j>ar#., buying. DDp > to divine. - P T JHDp , inkhorn. V3p to shut #/ to be many. , ten thousand. 1 See 400. 2 See 46. HEBTIEW-EXGLTSH. 443 H3"l , to increase ; Pi. and HI,, to cause to increase. V"3^ , to lie down, of animals. - T *3~1 , to be moved. \T\, rage. bn, foot, V ? *^n > foot-soldier. DIP to stone. - T , moment. , to subdue. T T rn*"|> fart., subduing. , to pursue ; Ni. and Ho., to be persecuted. ! , fart., pursuing, pursuer. IT)") , to drink ; Pi. and Si., to T T give to drink, to water. , to be airy. , breath, wind ; spirit. TI , to lift up ; PH., to lift up, exalt; Pul., to be exalted; So., to be heaved. " ^ *> to cry, to shout. , -^- ^ -P^-> to nin. ), -H*-. to pour; -Ho., to be poured out. , Sitpal, to feign to be poor. JTO Ruth.^r. n.ofa woman. ]T"1 , prince. 3m, to be wide; to behave proudly ; Si., to widen. 3m , broad. T T 3rP"l breadth. 3Tn , 3^1 , street. , merciful. , far off; precious. , to have mercy on ; Pi., , to compassionate ; Pu., to obtain mercy. , to wash ; Pu., to be ashed ; Sit., to wash oneself. , to be far off; Pi., to move - T far off. , Pu., to be dashed again at. 3H > 311 > to contend, strive. 3H , strife, contention. HH , odour, smell. pn, empty. , emptily. " fern. H3"] , tendt r. 414 VOCABULARY. , to ride. co^., cavalry, chariots. , substance, wealth. 31 , proud. T HS"), spear. !TQ~] , deception. DD"1, f'.*?- D"H to be high, lofty. DET , to tread; Aft, to be trodden down. to creep. eoW., reptiles. , shout ; joy. "P"1 , to shout for joy ; Pi., idem. jn , evil, worthless. y~l , neighbour, friend. 3J7"1 > to be hungry. , hunger, famine. , hungry. , to feed ; Hit,, to associate oneself. J"Tjn , subs., evil. T T , part., feeding. green. , to shout ; to break out ; to do evil ; Hi., to do evil. . to oppress. , to tremble; A 7 ?., to be ~ T shaken. , tumult, trembling. , to heal ; Ni., to be healed. T T nsn, jr., P. aw? JK., to let T T down, to let alone ; Hit., to be lazy. "DD T HDIil . to desert anyone. T T : and \03~1 , to tread. T i to delight, to be pleased ; T T Ni., to be accepted. delight, satisfaction. R2i"! . to kill, murder. T pi") K-, Pi- and Poel, to break ; to treat violently. pi , empty, worthless. p~],fem. npl , thin, lean, pi, only; except. , to rot. firmament. Dp"! to be formed. ' T , K. and Hi., to spread out. poor. , to be wicked; Hi., to \ condemn. , wicked. HEBREW-ENGLISH. 445 , wickedness. iJ> subs., lifting up. 'ttf . JQ'itf > to be satisfied ; JK., to satisfy. V, plenty. & > -Si'-j to make great. i pi- Di > constr. , field. V T rtV},suff. Viy rf !),Tj^, sheep, goat, , D^ to put; Hi., to place. litf i^^ > to rejoice. . jPi-j to dance, to play; part,, jester. ^ see Dlfr 1O^ hireling. T i^ , to see ; to be wise, to be- - T come prudent ; Hi., to under- stand ; to be successful. > intelligence. , to hire ; Hit., to be hired. fr , V^lp , quail. nD^!tf> garment. D^ , part., putting. * "^D^ St., to go to the left. , left, left hand. , to rejoice; Pt., - T - T to cause to rejoice. joy- T : iT^ato, garment. T : W# -S"- aw ^ -P*'-> to hate; 2W., " T to be hated. Jfr, jaH., hating. ^t hatred. > he-goat. mjrt^. barley. 446 VOCABULARY. i'l0 lip ; border ; shore. T T 'i0, -{/f. ipto , sackcloth. l'# , prince, leader, captain. | tTI v0 , remnant. T Spfr, to burn ; Ni., to be burnt. T 1010 , part., rejoicing. T , to draw water. N$ , to roar. ~ T , subs., roaring. i0> Si., to lay waste. T T t>iNI0, 'yHtiQi the grave. , Saul, pr. n. m. > noise, tumult. , to ask. T IN 10 , PH. PN10 ; to be at ease. , at ease. , to pant. -5T- and Ni., to remain, to be left. /inNt^, remnant. 5 hebdomad, week. , oath. captivity. Pi-, to praise; JK. f to still; Sit., to be praised, to boast. ZO?^' staff 5 correction; tribe. l^, *' pause ^210 , captivity ; : A v co?/., captives. , /., pi. D^3ttfi ear of T: corn; a stream. *- to swear. nj'3l0 seven; week. vertigo. to break; ^Vx, to be T broken ; Ho., to be hurt. , demon, from "1310 to buy corn. ) 1310 > wound; corn. "111310 breaking. D310 to cease, to rest ; Ni., to T cease ; Hi., to cause to rest, to cause to cease. 1 See 51. , Sabbath. ttfi a great or solemn Sab- T "~ bath ; rest. , error. : , violence, oppression. ' > to spoil ; Poel, to destroy ; Ni. and So., to be spoiled. > part., blasted, scorched. 5 most powerful ; Almight) T . onyx. ) wickedness; vanity; JOK^i T : T T in vain. iltf tempest ; ruin. 1$ , to return ; PH., to restore, Hi., to cause to return, to bring back; PuL and Ho., to be brought back. i$, backsliding. TiJ, suls., backsliding. HEBIiEW-ENGLISH. , street. 447 run to and fro. Shunammite., pr. n. , jni^i cry. , fox. V^, trumpet. ^. Q>-J^ , ox. T: to go about, to journey. enemy. , Shushan, ^)r. ., town. , present, gift; bribe. , JffY/ar?. mn^^n, to bow T T T-:|- : down. , to kill animals. , pride. ) to wear away. ^ , cloud, sky. , -S^i to be black ; Pi, to * T seek. dawn, morning. Pt- a^ -Br*- to destroy ; - T Ni. and Ho., to be polluted, to be corrupted. JTO>, pit- HZ2# , acacia ; D'Bltf ^, acacia T-' wood. y to spread out. 448 VOCABDLABY. iJD$ i part., scribe, overseer, iB$, to rush ; Pu., to be washed, j n^ttf > to send ; to stretch out ; " T Pi. to send out, to send away ; to cast, Hi., to send. ', pi- rY\ > table. , ruler. *?$ , Hi., to cast, to throw ; Ho., to be cast out, to be cast down. , to despoil. , spoil. officer. JTTttf , dwelling. T ' V$ , K. and PH., to sing. T0, mntf, song. T JV10 , to put. $ , to lie, to lie down ; Ho., id. T $ . bereaved of children. GtN drunkard. > to forget; Ni., to be forgotten ; Hi., to cause to forget. D$> -Ht-i to rise early in the T morning ; inf. abs., early. Dltf the part between the shoulders ; Shechem, pr. n. m., and c. 3$ i 73$ f to dwell; Pi. and - T ' " T Hi., to cause to dwell. X. a< 2Z&., to be drunk. strong drink. drunkenness. * , snow. ^> to be complete; to be at - T peace; Pi., to recompense; to pay (vows) ; Hi., to execute ; Ho., to be at peace. b$> thanksgiving. Stf > n'ibl^ > security, peace. T T: peace, security ; health. ^$, whole ; just, perfect ; peace- " T able. Solomon, ^)r. TZ. w. CbV} > Shalmon, pr. n. m. to draw off, to draw a sword. , part., drawing. > P U - part., divided in three. li? , the day before yesterday. Dtf HEBREW-ENGLISH. 449 , there ; H!2tf , thither ; T T , thence. Q$ , name ; renown. "JOlt*. Si., to destroy, to lay waste ; Ni., to be destroyed, to be laid waste. > desolation ; astonishment. tf > Samuel, pr. n. m. , message, report. IDO$ , to smite, to kick ; to - T remit a debt. nZ2D$, release. D'Oltf, heavens. T3$, diamond. ' T DQ$, to lay waste, to be laid waste ; to be astonished ; Ni., to be laid waste ; to be asto- nished ; Hi., to lay waste. HDD#, desolation. T T : ]QtJ , adj., fat. , subs., fat, oil, ointment btf , eight. , to hear, to understand ; to obey ; Ni., to be heard ; to be reported ; Pi., to call ; Hi., to cause to hear; to call; to publish. ytilf) , part., hearing, listening. nypttf imper. 3rd per. pi., from , hear ye. j to keep, to watch, to guard ; Ni., to take heed ; Hit., to guard oneself. j part., keeper. > Samaria, pr. n.ofa town. , dregs. , sun. . Samson, ^jr. . in. (*uffi iaW, tooth. . to be changed. (^^ D^ and JIT), year. * , sleep; dream. , scarlet t w <> double. , to rob, plunder. /r<., robbing, plundering. part-, robbed. > to rob, plunder, i to look, to look favourably. o o 450 VOCABULARY. > 2?i; to recline. tf , maid-servant. T : ZD3ltf to judge ; Ni., to litigate. t33W > part., judge. "T3If , to pour out ; to shed ~ T Mood ; Ni. and Hit., to be poured out. ^3$ . to be low ; Hi., to depress, humble. (173^ plain. j~13Ii7 , to place. - T f , to watch. T ff , Hi., to give to drink, to 'T T water. *pp&* . abomination. L u iii nni^ to drink. LDPtv, to be at peace ; to settle ; T T Hi., to quiet. ttf , to weigh. -T j shekel, a weight about 240 grs. , X. awrf Pi., to lie. , falsehood. i# > drinking-trough. cuirass. K/ , stubbornness. , to creep (wi to serve. T V}, six. , Seth, ^r. n. w. > warp (i weaving}. nj^n , ^^- D 1 * i fig, fig-tree. T : rQ.n, ark. , produce ; profit. , intelligence, understand- ing. jH , the world. , straw, building material. .TVJILn , structure, model. irtn desolate, empty. D'lnj^ , pl. j")i , wave, mass of water. il^n.n, praise. nT\FI, confession; thanksgiving; choir of thanksgivers. Tpn , middle. n , rebuke. F\ , families. . worm. part., taking hold of. ' abomination. | ji\n , outgoings. rn\n, law. sojourner. l; counsel. i beginning, request. nn , pi-, camp. -: |- i) under; because; instead of. , lower. \, south. , must, new wine. ^DjI, end, HEBREW-ENGLISH. 451 n , Pi., to fix. 1 T H * suff. I^JH , heap of rnina. K"n, to hang. hF\, trouble. to hang. part., hanged. DJH , whole, perfect, upright. T Oh.w^'afl, integrity. rlQ^) , to be terrified. yesterday. continually, continual. T 'DJ^ i perfect. T , to support. n f K't to finish ; ^- and Ni., to be finished, to be consumed ; Hi., to make perfect ; coo)t thoroughly. n , palm-tree. * wave-offering. : , oven. 2F\ . monster. n , Pi., to abominate ; A r t., T to be held in abomination. ' testimony. D . pl- D^D^ timbrel. 452 VOCABULARY. , splendour, glory, dispersion, prayer, - an d Pi-, to seize, to take hold of; to overlay; Ni., to be taken. Tophet, pr. n., place. , burning place. , hope; rope. to blow on a trumpet; Ni., to strike one another. increase. , deep sleep. > heave-offering. ) , noise, shout. , deceit. -, ninth. II. ENGLISH - HEBREW. A Aaron, pr. n. m., Abide, to, ]& , Hitpal. Abigail, pr. n. to., ^V) Able, to be, ^ , X. and Ho. Abner, pr. n. m., "1.3I1N . Abomination, ," Abound, to, About, to go, Above, 7j Abraham, pr. n. m., Abram, pr. n. m., Absalom, pr. n. m T * ~ Abundance , HN^O , JTIHO IDFT. Acacia, i"TK)$ (pi- D^ ) Acceptable, to make, pn , Pi. Accomplish, to, tf^JQ , P*. TT Accomplish prosperously, to, JT) Hi. Aaron After Accomplished, to be, Account of, on, Accounted, to be, Accursed thing, Achish , pr. n. m., ' T Acquired hastily, to be, S"Q, Acquit, to, pl2f , 5t. ' -T Act, to, n' Act wickedly, to, Adam, pr. n. m., T T Add, to, ep>, K. and Hi. Adhere, to, D21 , E- and PH., - T Afflict, to, \T6 . ' - T Afflicted, *yy, vy . Affliction, Afraid, to be, 1HD Jltf ^ After, 454 VOCABULARY. Again Arm Again, Ahab, pr. n. m., 3K Ahasuerus, pr. n. m Ahaziah, pr. n, m., Ahijah, pr. n. m., JT Ahitophel, pr. n. m Ai, pr. n., town, >yn Airy, to be, Jill Alas! ,1ilN. T ~: Alert, tftn . Alienated, to be, J?p^ , Alive, to keep, nTf - TT All, S'3. Almighty, *?>* , v^tf . Aloes , Alone, - : Also, D|, ) Altar , rQTD Although, Always, T : Amalek, pr. n. n., Amnon, pr. n. m., Amorite, DN, And, 1 , ?) (see 414). Anger, V\X, HDIl , DJOi Anger, to, Hill Si., Angry, to be, Hill , Anoint, to, fl^D T Anointed, to be, TJDJ Anointed one, Answer, to, Answering, Anything whatever, Aphek, pr. ra., place, Appearance, Appoint, to, Appointed place, Appointed season, Approach, to, Approach, to cause to, and Hi.; l>^, Hi. Arid place, fP2J . Arise, to, Dip Arise, to cause to, Dip , Ark, r ENGLISH- Array Axe Army, 'jTl , Around, 3>3D , JTI Arouse, to, ~TD}7 > Si. T Arouse oneself, to, "YIJ? , Sit pal. Arrogant, "IT Arrogantly, to act, ^"TH , Si. and Hit. Arrow, yn Artificer, 1)~\T[ . Artizan , As, 3, Asa, pr. n. m., Asahel, pr. n. m., Asaph, pr. n. m.. Ascend, to, pD3 . As far as, 7 iy . Ashamed, to be, 1013,; n^3 , Ni.; "I3n Ni. and Hi. - T ' T Ashamed, to feel, $3/ . Hi. Ashamed, to make, 1013, Hi.;' 103,'' , Hi. T Ashamed, to be made, D^3 , Ho. Asher, pr. n. m., ~K0tf HEBREW. 455 Ashes, to clear, *10"1 . Ask, to, tf P3 , Pi- ; '-T Askelon, pr. n., town, Ass, "YOn . Assail, to, Assemble, to, Sip; (intr.) Ip , 'T ~ r m, Assembled, to be, "?np, -V/. ,- -'T Assembly, Sip , Hiy , msv, fo- TT : Associate oneself, to, njH T T Astonished, to be, DD'tf . Astonishment, JTD10 T - Asunder, to be put, T]3 , Hit. Atone, to, 133, K> and Pi - T Attack, to, [3] !?93 > ["??] Z3^3 Attack with united strength, to, Attend, to, Avite, v\y 456 VOCABULARY. Baal Behold Baal, pr. n., idol, Baal-Gad, pr. n., place, ~]^ T Baal-Meon, pr. n., place, Baal-zebub, pr. n., idol, nor. Baasha, pr. n. m., Babylon, *?23, V T Back, 13. Backslide, to, Backsliding, Backwards, Tirm , T - Bad, jn - Balances, D'JTNS . i Balin, Hi- T; Band, ntSIID- Banished, to be, PTU -2V*. T Banquet, Bar, Barak, ^>r. n. TO., p~Q . 1 T T Bare, TO . B Barzillai, pr. n. m., Base, ]1N . Bashan,^>r. n., place, T T T^AQirp^" ^n V^^*A AJtlMYt_l* /f , 4\^ ^J ~ : 1 Be, to, HM . T T Beast, rm , npra . Beat, to, tfAe breast, 13D , PoeZ. Beautiful, ,13'' Beautify, to, rT3" , Pi. T T Beauty, QJ?j Because, ^3 , 7JT , Barley, growing, mjjr'lt ; Bed, HZ3Q . T " Befall, to, T'T Befall, to cause to, nip , Hi. Before (time), D1D3; (place), ^3? ; from before, Begin, to, 7*pn > Hi. Beginning , ]tfti~\ , roitfm, Dip. , A- Behaving wisely, 7^3 &O , part. Behold, to, BDJ , Hi. Behold Bosom ENGLISH Behold! ]tf , na.il' NH . Believe, to, TQSt , 5*. T Beloved, TPT Below, n&D*? Bend, to, -Try ; 719^ ; JTiy , Pi- ' r - T T Benjamin, ^>r. w. m. and t., VQ^3 T; * Benjamite, ~]3, . "TO* Bereaved of children, Beseech, to, ]yi , Hit. Beseige, to, Bethel, pr. ., Beth-lehem, pr. n., place, JT3 HEBREW. 457 Bitumen, HQn T " Black, to be, Tip , TUP -'T - T Blemish, D1Q Bless, to, T-Q , K. and Pi. ' -T Blessed, "-p^jl , ^?ar<. Blessed, to be, ^13 , Ni. and Pu. Blessing, rO~Q T T : Blood, Dl Biot out, to, nno i -^ on ^ ^*- Blow, to, (a trumpet), ypjl Blush, to, ISn . Blush, to cause to, Q^D , Hi. Board, #~lp . Boast, to, Beth-shemesh, pr. n., place, W3. Bethuel, pr. n. m., 7RV12 Bind, to, 1DN , 1^: Binding vow, "IDNl Birds, 5liV (coW.) 5 little bird ' Birthplace, Birthright, Bitter, ID Bitter, to be, Body, 8)13 , iTlj) , Bold, to be, rm - T Bolted, to be, 1JD Bone, DSy Book, -)3D Border,^, Bore, to, 3^3- Born, to be, "fr Borrow, to. H^ - TT Bosom, pTT - rf 458 Bought, to be, HJp , Ni. Bound, to be, ~)l>p , Ni. ~~ T Bounds, to set, ^3JJ , Hi. - T Bountiful man, ]F\ft lt)W T Bow, VOCABULARY. Bought Brought Bring forth, out, to, J$2T , Hi. ; TT i'W, Hi. Bring forth, to, 1^> . Bring near, to, 3"1p , Hi. Bring home, to, 31$ > Hi. Bow down, to, JH3 ; nn$, Hit- -T ~ T pal-, irra. ~ T Bowl, p"Wp; bowls for libations, Boy, Branch, *)^} . V " Brass, Breach, Bread, Breadth, 3rp| . Break, to, -Qtf, Y3J ; rOl - T ' -T T T Break out, to, yi) , Breast (of animals'), Breath, nil. Bribe, -Jnft . Bring, to, Nl2 , Hi. ; N2JD, JK.; calamity, TT -fft. ; disgrace, ^i^ , i. Bring down, to, TV , jfft. - Bring up, to, Bring up, to, [= educate], T Pi.; OH, PtV. Bring to pass, to, ^13, > -ffi". Bringing up, [ = educating ], part., Broad, T T Broad space, T : v Broken, to be, 12^ , Ni. ; VJ1J. - T ' -T Pu. and Ho. Broken, part., Broken down, to be, ~13 , Pu. Broken in pieces, to be, Hitpo. Brook, valley with a brook, ^rT3 , T : Brother, fitf. T Brought, part., T Brought, to be, N*Q , Ho.; Brought back, to be, 3}$ , He. Brought- Captivity ENGL1SH- Brought down, to be, "T"p , Ho. r Brought near, to he, 03 , Ho. -r Brought secretly, to be, JJ j) , Pu. T Brought up, to be, rfoy , So. Brutish, -^3, . Bucket, 13 . Build, to, rm TT Builder, building, part., Building material, Built, to be, n.33, , TT Bull, 13 or IB. Burdensome, to be, T Burdensome, to become, IE*. Cage, 1-^3 - T Cain, pr. n. m. Calamity, TN Calf, ^y . Call, to, Nip ; Call happy, to, Called, to be, P.; 3p:, Camel. HEB11EW. Buried, to be, Burn, to, 459 Pu. Burned, part., Burned, to be, cpfr , Ni. ; HIT, Ni. ; (of incense), Bury, to, 13p > ]DID -'T - T But, i Butter, Butting, TO: T~ Buy, to, n:p T T C Camp, Canaan, ^?r. w. c., Candlestick, Captain, " Captives Captive, to be carried, IT?!! and Ho. Captivity, Pu. 460 VOCABULARY. Captivity Cleanse Captivity, to carry into, H^D , Hi. Chamberlain, Care, to take, HQ$ , Hit. Change, to, T Carmel, pr. n,, 7D~13 Carrying, ntJ3> part. Carve, to, ppn ; H/IS , Pi. Carved, to be. SEPT , Pu. Cast, to, r6ltf , P- Cast, to, (mould), pjp. -T Cast away, out, to, "-T^ttf. Si'.; '- T fc^p or f$1p K. and Hi. Cast, to be, (molten), p^ , Ho. Cast out, to be, Tf^ttf , Ho. Castle, "1HD Cattle, 1p3, . T T Caught, to be, TTTN , -ZVt. Cave, p Cease, to, T Cedar, TIN . V V Celebrate, to, [3] Celebrate a feast, to, Celebrated, to be, #' Chaff, YiD Chain, pf . Clean, "liHIO T Chaldeans, pr. n. n., , Hi. Changed, to be, ^JSH , Charge, (guard) chariot, nnsio , T T 5V Charm, (for serpents), Chase away, to, fT~O , Hi. Chastise, to, ID^ , Pi- Cherub, anS . Chief, (>.). Child, -6 Children, Childless, ^3^ Choice, "1PQD T : Choir of thanksgivers, nTI,n T Choose, to, [3] "Tt3 : ~ T Chronicle, ]Y Chronicles, City, Clay, Clean, to be, "VTZ3 Cleanse, to, NJ3H , Pi- Cleanse Copper ENGLISH-HEBREW. 461 Cleanse oneself, to, "inE2 > Sit. ; , su. TT * Cleave, to, (adhere) , (break), y^, Poel; Complete, to be, D^ttf ; HS3 t Ni. * * Cleft, to be, "113 , Sitpo. Clothe, to, 01^ , K. and. Si. - T Clothed, tfll 1 ? , part. T Clothing, ipjl^D, Cloud, iy, py. T TT Cold (*i*.). rnj3; Collect, to, y3j3, Pl '"' Collected, to be, Come, to, W3. , Come upon, to, Coming in, ^3 , part. Command, to, jT -^ awrf TT Commanded, to be, PPS p Commanding, 7T&D i P art ' Commandment, illjip Commemorate, to, IDT -H- Common people, yi KH DV Company, tt'j4~) Compensation, 133 Completed, to be, Concealed, to be, Condemn, to, yi&~\ , Si. Confidence, OID21 Confirm, to, Dip , Pi. (D 8 p)- Coniah, mr. n. m., IH^D T:T Consecrate, to, $~Tp, Si. -V Consecrate oneself, to, HT3 Si. ~ T Consecration, 1O T" Consider, to, pi , Pilel. Conspire, to, T^p . Consumed, to be, DDD , -^ n Contemn, to, y W , P. Contempt, P12 . Contend, to, Contention, Continue, to, Continually, TD.H Convocation, holy, tflf) K^? Cook, to, ^1 , Cooked, to be, ^1 Copper, 462 VOCABULARY. Cor Curse Cor (measure = 10 ephahs), ~)3 . ; parched, Cord, S Corn, pi, Corn, to buy, Corner, HND Corpse, n jap , ^rr , Corrected, to be, "JD^ , -ZVt. Correction, Q3,$- Corrupt, to be, r\TW , -Ho. ~ T Couch, teny , pi. JTI . Counsel, to, Vy> . ' -T Counsel, nsy , TID . T : Counsel, to take, yy> , JV7. Counsellor, y^'V , ^ar#. Court, l^n " T Covenant, D^l^ . Covenant, to make a, JT"12 7113 . : - T Cover, to, HD3 , Pi- ; T T JT. and Hi. Cover oneself, to, HD3 -H T T Cover the head, to, HBH, T T Covered, to be, HD3 , -ZW. aw? T T PK. Covering, Cow, Craftiness, Create, to, TT Created, to be, ^13, , Ni. T T Creature, fellow, Q1p . Creditor, n$3 Creep, to, itfQ") . ~ T Cross over, to, 13,^ ~ T Crowd, njjn, Krji. T'T Crown, miDy. "IT. T T : Crown oneself, to, "1/13 , Hi. ~ T Cruel, -1T3. T: Crushed, to be, Cry out, to, py 1 - Cry, npyr, 'TT: Cubit, Cud, T" Cuirass, ]V Cup, Di3 - Cups, Cure, to, Curse, to, Curse. , Pi. Cursed Defeated ENGLISH-HEBREW. Cut off, to, 463 Cursed, to be, UN , Ni., Pu. and Ho. Custody, Custom, J Cut, to, ma, rra, tthn. -r T T -T Cut, to be, m3 , Ho. Cut down, to, jm , N-Q , '~T TT Cut down, to be, JT13 > -ZVi- Damascus, Darken, to, T7J5, -Hi'.; Darkened, to be, T Darkness, Daughter, Darius., W David, * Day, DV Day, by, Dead, JIQ Death, V T Deceit, HDHp. HD~IJ;' Cut off, to be, ma, -NV. , Cat oneself, to, TTJ| , JftV/w. Cymbals, D?f6XQ Cypress, #113. . Cyrus, pr n. m D Deceive, to, PL ' Deceiver, ;;)i3 part. Decide, to, y^n- Declaration, H^IS- T TT Declare, to, ISO, -?' Declivity, Decree, to, 3JTG , Decree, Jll T Dedication, Deed, Deep, Deepen, to, Deep sleep, Defeated, to be, 464 Defence, VOCABULARY. Defence Diadem Desert, to, ,19") > Si. Defile, to, KDZD, Pi.; oneself, Defraud, to, Defy, to, DO?T . Delight, to, Delight, ysn, ftp- Deliver, to, Z^Q, ^*-; ZO - T Pi-; ^3, -Hi-; (g ive ) " -Hi.; 1JQ, Pi- Deliver up, to, 13D , Hi. ; " Hi. Delivered, to be, y'^rj , Ni. Delivering, "?^D . P^ rt - Deny, to, ttfPG , Pi. Depart, to, TlD Depart, to cause to, "V)D -H Depart, to be made to, I^D , Deposit (of dew, etc), mD^ Deposited, to be, "7p3 , Ho. Depressed, to be, Depression, Design, Desire, to, IDPf i H1K , Hit. Desire, Desirable, Desolation, Despise, to, : T TT Despised, to be, HT3. , Ni. ; TT M.J n^p, m. T'T Despised, no: , T T : TI Depths, Descend, to, IT . Desert, 121^ , , (coll.). Despising, HT3. > Destroy, to, 1Q^ , IK. ; - T HEJD ; /1">3 , J*. ; T T - T ~ T Pi. awrf Hi.; 6)0^, -S"- ^ T Hi.; yh2, Pi-; hby, Poelf Destroyed, to be, Detained, to be, 1XJ7 , Ni. Devise, to, #in Hi. ; -T Devoted, to be, #lp , Pw. Devoted thing, Dew, ^B Diadem, "1O Die Driven ENGLISH-HEBREW. 465 Die, to, Difficult, /, Difficult, to be, N"?3 , ffi. TT Dip, to, ^213 . - T Disclose, to, rh% TT Disease, >^n . T: Disgrace, to bring, $}% , Hi. Dish, Dishonour, to cause, ~)3n , Hi. Disperse, to, yi3 ; T13 , Hi. Dispersed, to be, T13, Hit.; T "HB,P. Dispossess, to, l#T , Hi. T Dispute, 3.V-) . Distress, Hp^- Distress, to, "H^f , Hi. Divide, to, p^PF , E- and Pi. ; ' r , Si.; Divide, r. ., ff Eldad, r. n. m Elder, pT M ~T Eleazer, pr. n. m., "IT^K TT I 7 Eli, pr. n. m., ^' . Eliashib.^r. n. m., Elijah, pr. n. m., Embittered, to be, Embrace, to, Empty, to, Pi. Empty- Ever Empty, pn ; Encamp, to, T T Encamping, njh , Encampment, njrTQ . r~.\- Encompass, to, 3^p . End, yj5, n^jj; /inn**, End of, at the, rO$j3p , constr. End of, making an, ,T;OD , part. Ends of (the earth), ENGLISH-HEBREW. 4.37 Ephraim, pr. n . m. and t., Error, iTJIKto . Escape, Escape, to, ^Q, JV r i., Hit. Escape, to cause to, ^9 , 7//. ~ T Eshcol, pr. n., valley, ^13^ . Espousals, 7li Endangered, to be, pD , Ni. Enemy, Ij , Il^tf , "Hltf . Enfeebled, to be, ^1 , Ni. Engrave, to, Jinn ~ T Engraved, to be, ^^H , AV. - T Engraved, m~lH , part. T Enjoin (a precept), to, "fty , Hi. Enough, 3.H Entrance, HJ^D , Nta - V T Entreat, to, l/iy , K. and Hi. ; Envy, to, Wj5 , Pi. Envy, .IKJp. Ephab, (a measure, probably one and one-twelfth bushel), n3*Sfr- Establish, to, ]^ , PH. and ///. ,- Dip, -ffi. Establish (a covenant), to, Establish (a people), to, Established, to be, fQ , Ai. ; Dip- Establishing, Esther, jr. n. tr., Eternity, ni*2 Ethan, ^)r. . m., ]/TK . Ethiopia, jr. n. c., CH3 Euphrates, pr n. r., JT13 . Even if, even though, C)S . Evening, 31J, T Ever, for, D^- 'I'^N ^>7 ; ns: - rre^ ; - 463 Evil, ubt., n>n , b^U' Evil, adj., JH , b^y Evil, to do, yy~\ , Hi. Exact, to, 'O2 Exalt, to, D1~l , PH. VOCABULARY. Expect, to, mp , JT- T T Expel, to, Pi. Exalt oneself, to, tffcO , -H7*. T T T T Exalted, to be, Qll , Pul. ; 2M, Ni. ; rby> Ni. Excepting, QS ""S Exchange, n"V)I2J;l Excite, to, m3, Pi- TT Execute, to, Q^ltf , Hi. Executioner, n^tO T ~ Exiles, band of, Expelled, to be, mj, -^. ; tt*na, iVf. Expiated, to be, "193 , Hit. and Pu. Expiation, to make, SI3n , -Pi- Explain, to, 1^2 , Pi. Extinguisb, to, TJ Extirpate, to, Exult, to, by T Face, D^3 Faint, adj., TT . T Faith, faithfulness, Faithful, pW 'TV:|V Fall, to, ^53 . -T Fall upon, to, 2. False, '-.- 1 Falsehood, Family, T T ; . I Famine, 3JH Far be it from me, etc., nTTI! T T V, etc. Far off, n^n , pirn Far off, to be, Far Flight ENGLISH- HEBREW. Far off, to move, pm , Pi. Fast, to, Q^ . Fast, DIS Fat, subs., Fat, adj., ~- T Fat, to make, JOH t Si. 7 T Fate, rnpa Father, 3N . T Father-in-law, QH , ]J"lh T ' " Faulty, D$N Favour, to show, pn wzYA occ. Favour, to find, pn > Ho. Favourably, to look, T\^ti T T Favoured, to be, pn , Ho. Fear, to, N"V , -". w<^ -P* j ins, Fear, HNT, "NIB, T : Feed,to,rOn. T T Female, ,-Qp3 T ' : Fence, llj), .ITU T T " : Festival, HPT, IPI Fetched, to be, Few, BVD Field, niy ; yin Fields, fat, D' 469 Fig, fig-tree, rtiKD , />/. D^ Fight, to, Fill, to, T T Filled, to be, N^O , K. and Ni. " T Find, to, N^D- T T Find, to cause to, NSO , Hi. TT Finish, to, DDD Finished, to be, n"?3 , -Pa- T T Fire, #K . Firmament, First-fruits, Fish, ;PT . T Fix, to, Ign , Pi. Flame, H2n^ T T|V Flatter, to, p^T , Hi. Flay, to, E#3 , Hi. - T Flea, ttf JH3 Flee, to, DI: , rns , "n: ; PtV. Flee away, to, Til Flesh, ItoH . T T Flight, D=D Flight, to put to, 470 Fiock, one of a, Hitf Flood, ^!)3n . Flour, rrop , Flourish, to, Flute, y?n . T Fly, to, epy . Fold, rrna . Folly, VOCABULARY. Flock Friend ' , j Former, "1X^ , part. Formerly, Dip, DlpO, D^S^, v'v v'v T : Food, 3Q, TX- T-:J- Fool, Foolish, Foolish, to make, /3D > Foolishly, to act, Foolishness, Foot, bjl Foot-soldier, Foreigners, H"li, ? , coll. Forest, ")JT . Forget, to, nDttf. Forget, to cause to, Forgotten, to be, rOi Form, to, l^ , "fix . Forsake, to, Fortification , D1113. T Fortify, to, 1X2, T1S , - T Fortress, T : Found, to be, T T Found, N2p} , part. Foundation, TiD" 1 , rWOO ; : T : ^. Jl'llDID . Founded, p3^ , ^>ar#. Founded, to be, JOB So. ; iVi. Fountain, ^y , Fox, ^yitf . Frankincense, Fraud, mrr . T Fraudulent, Free, n^SH . : T Free, to set, Freewill offering, T T Fret oneself, to, mn , Sit. T T Friend, JH, Frog Girl ENGLISH- HEBREW. From, p, /INQ From off, b^O From to, (time), 3, Front, in, l^ . Frozen, to be, "O^ , Hit. Gad, pr. n., m. and t., 12 Gain, to get, y^L . Gain, y%3. . Gain, unjust Garden, ^ , Garment, tf Garment, upper, |yO Gate, njn^ Gather, to, Gather together, to, Gather a vintage, to, 1X3. Gathered, to be, 471 ; first fruits, Fruit, ns, crpaa. Frustrate, to, TIB , IK. ; Pi. Fulfil, to, ^D, Pi. r T Full, to be, X^O . ** T Furnace, Tan , T13 , G Gather selves together, to, Hit. Gaza, |?r. n., Gazathite, Gebim, pr. n., town, D^33 Genealogical table, i Generation, Generous, " T Gerar, pr. n., city, T\5 Gibbetbon, pr. n., town Gibeon, pr. n., town, Gideon,^-. ., Gilead, pr. n., m. and region, Gird oneself, gird on, to, "OH Girdle, 472 VOCABULARY. Gittite, \HJ| . Give, to, fro > 3[V ; }y& Give ear, to, JTN . Hi. Give thanks, to, JIT 1 , Hi. TT Given, to be, Giving, yi.5 Giving thanks, iTTQ, part. Gladness, iTfTTF Glean, to, ^jy , i*pb . Glorify oneself, to, TrfD , Sit. Glorious, "HN.3 Glory, TQ3 T Glued together, to be, p31 , P*. Go, to, T?n and T^* , K. and I -T ' T Pi. Go about, to, "VH^ . Go away, to, 7TK "V\D T Go in, to, M13 . Go in a circle, to, SpJ , Hi. GO up, to, nby . TT Go up, to cause to, rhy , Hi. T T Goat, she-, TJ7; he-, Tiny. Gods, Gitthite Grieve Gog, pr. n., y\% . Going, N2 , T Going down, T Going out, N2TP. part. Going up, rhy , part. Gold, srrr . TT Gold, pure, TOQ 2HT , T TT "POD, ii:D. T : Good, subs., r Good, adj., 2\\ Good, to do, Good, to be, Goodness, 3} Governor, iTTIB . Grain, a, ")1"*S Grape, Grass, Great, Great, to make, 7"T]1, Pi. and Great, to be, -T Great, to show oneself, ^"TJl , Hit. Greatness, Green, r6 Grieve, to, Grieved Heavens ENGLISH-HEBREW. Grieved, to be, 333? , AY. T Ground, , Grow up, to, 173 Grudge, to bear (against), (ace.). Guard oneself, to, TDtf , Hit. to be caused to, ^p, P*. \ Guilty, Dtf- H Hades, Hair, Hammer, Hand, T. T Hand, left, ^Dip. Hand, right, f*O* Happen, to, JTTp - Happiness, -|^N , Happy, *T^ - Harden, to, 133 , Pi Hi - Harp, 1133, Harsh, ty. Harvest, "Vjip - 'T Hasten, to, 7PT3, Pi-; "TO,^/. Hate, to, XJV , K. and Pi. Hated, to be, *Ofr, Si. - T Hateful, to become, JZftO . -^ ' - T Hateful, to be, #H3, Hi. He,VT. He-goat, TIPP > TPto Heal, to, T T Healed, to be, K3">, ->"/. T T Health, N9TD . Heap up, to, 12 S; HID, ^'- - T T r Hear, to, JO0 Hear, to cause Heard,tobe,,JOtf, Heart, 3^. 33% Heat,3"Jn OfT- T Heavens, 474 VOCABULARY. Heave Holy Heave-offering, n Heavy, Heavy, to be, "133 . Heavy, to make, 123 , Hi. T Hebrew, Hebron, Heed, to take, Heifer, HJIiy. Height, H Helmet, Help, to, -Kg. Help, -US? . Helped, to be, -|ty , #. Heman, ^il Herb, Ntfl . Herd, TODE , "VTJ7, "Ip3. -I; -.- 'TT Herdsman, HJT1 Here, H3 , HS - Hero, toON - Heslibon, pr. n., city, Hew, to, inn . Hezekiah, pr. n., m., Hidden, to be, 1HD , Pu.,andHo.; Hide, to, N3n, Hi.,- T T ~ T .; ins, Hi. ; rby, m. - T -T Hide oneself, to, 1J1D , Ni., Pu., T and Hit.; Hiding-place, High, to be, H3JI High, to make, High place, Highway, Hiii, njaa - T : Hill bare of trees, Hire, to, 1310 - Hired, to be, -Qfr , ~ T Hireling, Hitherto, Hiss, to, Hole, in , ns - Holy, TthT]? Holy thing or place, ttflp p/. Holy, to be, Holy, to show oneself, $1J5 , Holv Image ENGLISH-HEBREW. 475 Holy, to be regarded as, iHD, ffi. Honey, #3/7. Honour, to, "73,3 , Pi. Honoured, to be, "13,3 , K. and Hit. Hoof, HD1S T : Hook, IT . T Hope, to, nip , Pi' T'T Hope, rripp Hoping, nip , part. Horn, ]")P . Horse, D^D Horseman, $~1S TT Host, NDJt, ^TT. TT Hot, Qh - Hot, to \)&(with zeal or passion), nan, Ni. Hosbea, pr. n., m., House , JT3, . Household, H^V . T \~- How much more ? ^3 !^M . Howl, to, ^, Hi. 6^n). Howling, r6^ T T: Humble, to, 7Ettf , Hi. Humble, ^9^ T T Humbly, to act, yft . Hungry, Ujn Hungry, to be, 2yl . Hurt, to be, "Qltf, Ho.; D^3 - T ~T Ho.; Husband, Huzzab, pr. n., place, Hyssop, If, D , '3 . =1*? 3^ '3 m, to be, n^n . T T Illness, t^n - Image, DS V V Image, graven, ^Dp . Image of Astarte, 476 Imagine, to, tnn Imaginer, $"in . Immerse, to, 7^ Impious, *?3J t -pn TT "T Impoverished, to be, In, 2 , pref. Inaugurate, to, $~Tp , Si. Incense, /nttoB, -)Z3p3, Incensed, to be, T T Increase, to, (r.), J"Q"1 > E-, -P a-nc? Hi'. ; SjD^ -2"- ^ Hi. Increase, Indignation, Infants, P)E (coll.). Indame, to, D^ . Hi. 1 - T Inhabit, to, 3$V T Inhabitant, 21^^ Inhabited, to be, ^tfT , -ZW. T Inhabited, to make, 3$' > -Hi'. ~T Inherit, to, ^J"U T Inherit, to cause to, 7H3 Hi- Inheritance, Iniquity, py, VOCABULARY. Imagine Issachar Ink-horn, j"IDp Inner, j"VQ^D In order that, Innocent, to be, fTp3 Instructed, to be, "ID^ , Ni. T Instruction, "ID^Q- T Instructor, nTIS- Insolent, to be, PO3 Sit. ; "133, Sit. ; Instead of, Integrity, DJ Intelligence, Intelligent, to be, |>3 , Ni. Interpret, to, Investigate, to, Investigated, to be, Invite, to, iOp T'T Iron, 7H3, . Is, there is, itf* . Island, >N . Ishmaelite, Israel, T : Ivory, ]$ . Issachar, pr. n., m. and t., ?$* (read ")D^). Jabin Kid ENGLISH-HEBREW. 477 Jabin, pr. n. m., l^* 1 T Jabesh, pr. n. place, Vfi^ . Jacob, pr. n. m. Jealous, to be, NJp . T T Jealousy, HN3p Jepthah, pr. n. m., Jereboam, pr. n. m. Jeremiah, pr. n. m.. Jerusalem, Dv$ ? Jesse, pr. n. m. Jezebel, pr. n. w., /3rj$ Jezreel, pr. n., town, Jew, Joab, pr. n. m., T Join oneself, to, "TIT ; Hv , -T TT Joined together, to be Kedesh-Barnea, pr. ., Kedron, pr. n., place, Keep, to, 1^^ , 1^ - T " T Jonathan, pr. n. m. Jordan, pr. n. r Joseph, pr. n. m., C^Q Joshua, pr. n. m., y\j Josiah, pr. n. m., !tf Journey, "-pi . Joy, nn^^ , nin , T : T Jubilee, ^V . judah, rnirp T : Judge, to, 133$ . Judge, ftBitf , part, Judgment, I2DO T : : Just, D^' ~ T Just as, Justice, [2D$13 T : * K Kenite, Kettle, Kick, to, 478 VOCABULARY. Kill Leap Kill, to, rin , 7Bp ; AID , P'V. I Kishon, pr. n. r., and Si. ; Jin$ , PEP Kiss, to, plfa . Killed, to be, A13 , -Hw- / inn, | Know, to,jTP. Knowing, J/T 1 , part. Knowledge, Jiy Knowledge, to take, V~P . -T Known, to be, JTP . -ZV7- wt ^ -Ho- T Known, to make, yl* , St. Ni. Kindle, to, B!"6 , Pi..' -T - T .Hi. King, IJ^D . Kingdom, HD^QD > AID^D TT : - Kirjath - jearim (city of the forests), pr. ., place, Known, to be made, JTP , So. Kobathite, Labour, to, y Labour,^, Ladder, Q ;>D T \ Laid waste, to be, Lamb, -13 , ICQ3 , Lame, HDD Lament, to, TE5D- ~ T Lamentation, Lamp, "0 . Land, Later, , So. Lattice, T T : Laugb, to, pjlil Law, ni'iA; nprr, T V\ Lay down, to, (a supplication), Lazy, to be, H31 -H* Lead, to, TT^, Si.; 1 -T and Si. Lead, Leader, Leah, ^?r. . w., Leap, to, Learn Listen ENGLISH-HEBREW. 479 Leap for joy, Learn, to, Leave, to, ; ITU, Si. Leaven, Leavened, something, Lebanon, "f\y^J T : Left, to be, INtf , Ni. Left, on the, b^D'^D Left, to go to the, ^XUV , Si. Leg, pitf . Lend, to, nib , Si. ; [JIN] ntflj , TT T T X. and Si.; &2V, Si. Length, Tp& , HID Leopard, "1D3 Lest, ]S V Let alone, to, H3~l T T Let down, to, H3"! , Si. and Pi. T T Level space, pD . Levite, ^b Liar, 12 . Libation, "1DJ 'T v Libation, to make, TTD3 '- T Liberal, iltf . Liberation, Lie, to, 3O , Lie, 3T3 TT Lie down, to, 33$ ; - T Lie in wait, to, ~ Life, D w n , ^33 - V T Lift, to, SttO . T T Lift oneself up, DDJ, -fft<. Lifted up, to be, H^ , ^V. Lifting, subs., 71Ni# . Light, litf , liKD - Light, to be, "liN . Light, to become, litf , -\i. Light, to give, y3\ Si. Light, adj., *?j) . Lighten, to, ^^p , Si. Lightly esteemed, to be, 77p Lightening (flash of), pl2 . Like, to be, nD^T , *?^O T T ~ T Limp, to.ypS- Linen garments, D'lB Lion, strong, Lion, roaring, N' Lip, H3'^ T T Listen, to, yottf 480 Litigate, to, 109$ , Ni Little, subs., Little, a<2/., p Little, to do, BJ?D T Live, to, rvn TT Lizard, poisonous, Loaf, Dnip Loathing, ^yj) . Locust, 3TI , T T v : Lodge, to, ]v . Loins,- Q^JIQ : T Long-continued, "jOlM Litigate Mantle VOCABULAUTr Long for, to, sp2 Look, to, JIN") , T T T T- Lord, "PIN . T Lose courage, to, HSP > T T Lot, ytfj) . T Lot, pr. n. m., %$} . Love, to, 3,nN - T Love, ran**. Low, to bring, ^3 , Hi. T Lower, Machir, pr. n. m., "VDQ Mad, to be, ^H , Hitpo Mad, to act as if, Mad, to make, Made, to be, TWy , Ni. and Pu. M Majesty, "nil Make, to, Madmenah, pr. ., place, rT3D"TO Magnify oneself, to, ^12 , Sit. Maiden, Maid-servant, Maintained, to be, Maker, making, Male, -)3T . T T Man, Man, young, "^ Mankind, Manna, ] Mantle, Many Most ENGLISH-HEBREW. 481 Many, 21, Many, to be, Master, ^2 , fntf , and pi. ex. Meal, rbb , Measure, to, Measured, to be, "T"TQ , 2W. Measurement, HID T ' Medad, pr. n. m., TTQ . Media, pr. n. c., *HQ . T Meditate, to, run ; HOI, Pi. T T T T Meet, to, Nip, ,1"lp, 0:. T'T T T ~ T Melt, to, ppD , 2V*. ; with fear, J)D > 2V*. and Hitpl. ; away, JIG , Ni. Melted, to be, ODD , 2W. ; 'JfJTJ , Ho. Melting, subs. Memorial, Mennasseh, pr. n. m, Mention, to make, IDT , Hi. -T Merchandize, T Merchant, Iflb , Mercy, Mercy, to obtain, DID > P U - Mercy, to have on, DHI (ace.). Messenger, ^T Metropolis, ?TT2l T * Michal, pr. n. w., ^D^Q. Middle, -SJV) , 21p . Midian, pr. n. n., ^"TO Mighty, 1123 Milk, 2^n . T T Minister, D^ID T Miss, to, ~Tp3 Missing, to be, IQ 2Vt. Mistress, Moab, pr. n. c., T Mock, to, yfo , Hi. ; pTO , Pi - T ** T Moist, rh' Money, ^D3 Monster, ^r\ . Month, $~Tn Moon, ni^ - "T Mordecai, pr. n. m., OlIO- Morning, 1p2- Moilar, l^n V Moses, pr. n. m., rTli/D Most High, fP^V- 1 I 482 VOCABULARY. Mother Neighbour Mother, DN Mother-in-law, T Mould, to, p2p . Mound, n'^D T : | Mountain, Id. Mourn, to, ^Itf , 13D , lip - T - T -V Monrn, to cause to, lip , Si. -'T Mouth, ,13 - Move, to, pB , Si. Move to and fro, to, JVO , p'lD Moved, to be, tO*IQ , Ni. Moved to and fro, to be, Hitpal. Much, lfc

Opinion, y^ . Oppress, to, \r6, p^ JT?. ; V")i'. 1 -T Oppressed, to be, "U'22 . ^ ' 484 VOCABULARY. Oppressii Oppressing, ~PTtJD O^er, 7y. Oppression, p$y , DI2H Over against, ^iQ . Or, itf ; (when preceded by H), Overflow, to, yi2 . 1 -T ON- Oracle, "Vm . Order, /Ip/HD . Overlaid, to he, HEJiJ > -^ T T Overlay, to, fr3.H ; HS! Order, to put in, "-py . Overseer, "113'$ > port. ; Ornament, *Hy . Overtake, to, 3'tW , Hi- Orphan, Qi/V . Overthrow, to, py . ~T Other, inN . Outgoings, JTINijijn Outside of, ^ yTfQ; Hj{p2lt>n^. Overthrow, nD3n?D T" : ~ Overwhelm, to, ^10$ Oven, "n3JH Ox, lie; -Pi- Padan-Aram, pr. n. c. Pain, to give oneself, Palace, ^H. Palate, Tjn . Palm (of the hand), 5)3 Pan, C) Paat, to, Pardon, to receive, Part, Paschal lamb, J1DS Pashur, pr. n. m. Pass, pass over, to, " Pass on, to, "O,y Pass the night, to, fV Past time, D'39 1 ? Pasture, JTjnQ , iTU Path, TJ-VT, rnh, Patient Plague ENGLISH-HEBREW. 485 Patient, Q s 3tf TpX Pattern, jTJIin . Pay, to (voics), Q^ttf , Pi. Pay out, to, (money), Q!2,n , Si. Peace, Qi^tf , mVtf . T T: Peace, to be at, Q^$ , -ZT. arf Peaceable, Peak, mixa Pen, By People, Dy, Peor, ^w. . #z., Perceive, to, ]'2h -" andHitpal Perennial, ]JTN . Perfect, D^DD- T Perform, to (a promise), Dip. fi"'- Perhaps, ^tf . Perisb, to, Perizzite, ^-pS) Persecuted, to be, awe? fio. Persia, pr. n. c., DH3 Person, ^33 . Perverse, ti? ( T>' Perverse, to be, Hip , A7. TT Pervert, to, my, JK,; Pestilence, Petition, to, y^3 (with 3). Pharaoh, pr. n. m., i"tj Philistine, Tt Physician, Piece (of bread), 713; (of flesh), nn3; (of silver), yi. Pierce, to, CpH ~ T Pierced, to be, 1J51 , Pu. Pile (of skew-bread), .Tl3^yD Pillar, Tia^i T'St HID^. Pit, 113. Pitcher, 13 . Place, to, rTl3 , fit.,- nsir- Place, D*lpa Placed, to be, lay , # ' 323 JW. and fib.; TT. 7/ Placing, ^a^^- D'p 1 ? plague, 131 . naa 486 VOCABULARY. Plain Power Plain. 133 ; T ' Plan, to, 3t#n - ~ T Plan, rQltfllE . T T ~:|~ Plant, to, y% , Planted, to be, y} , Ni. T Planting, y&*2 . T ~ Platform, TjQy . Playing (o Ae flute), part., Play, to (a musical instrument), Pleasantness, Pleased, to be, Pleasure, Pledge, to, Plenty, JOfr . T T Plot, rotfrra . T T -: |- Plougbed, to be, itfin , -ZW. T Pluck down, to, JTW . T T Pluck up, to, $j-|3 . - T Plucked up, to be, #70 , Ho. T Plunder, to, HOltf , DD# T T Polish, to, BID , BID - T _ T Polished, to be, Q1Q , Pw., Polluted, to be, NBt3 Pu. : " T tf , Ho.; ^3, PH. and Pomp, Pool, ,1313, T : Poor, ^ , rt - : v Poor, to become, $T, Ni. T Portion, p^n , Hp^H i .. .. >T: v Position, p Possess, to, $"V T Possession, i"lln\ T \: rwrm. T\-: Pot, T3 , TD Potiphar, ^jr. . T., " Potter, -)V . Pour out, to, ^nj , Hi. ; ' -T Pour oneself out, to, TJBI^ , -EfrV. Poured, to be, TJ3# , Ni. ; ^ni , E. and Si. ; pn , Ho. ; par, ' -T Ho. Poverty, Powder, TT -: Power, mua , Hi. ; Powerful Proverb ENGLISH-HEBKEW. 487 Powerful, 1123 . Praise, to, VSl , Pi.; niltfl, Pi. \ : Praise, in song, "O , Pi. ~T Praise, rfynPl - T : Praised, to be, Praised, part., Pray, to, ^3 , Sit. Prayer, ii?SFi Precious/ "p\ 'TT Precious, to be, "lp* . Precious ness, ITTDrT Precipitate, to be, 1HD , Prepare, to, JT1S , Pi- >' T T -Hi'.; "Spy- Prepared, to be, p3 , #0. ; Prepared, TJ^37 Prepared for war, to be, y^n, Present, Prevail, to, Prey, ^ffl Price, Tnp , Tin f i?' Pride, Priest, Prince, in- Prison, Prized, to be, 1p^ . Proclaim, to, KID , ^ip T3JH. VT -.:! Produce, HWiH , ^- T : Profane, to, ^H , -Pi- awrf JK. Profaned, to be, JJ/n , Ni. and Pu. Profit, to, ^ , Hi. -T Profit, rwari . . T : Prolong, to, Tp#Q . Property, J^lDl . Prophesy, to, Prophesying, N23Jlu Prophet, N^13 . Prosper, to, n^jZ. Hi.; 7D5tf . - .. T -T Hi. Prostrate, to lie, ^3 Prostrate oneself, to, DSP Hit. Protect safely, to, 33 '# > -^*' Proud, IT, nW, QT- Proudly, to act, ")TTT Prove, to, 5)HS Proverb, 488 VOCABULARY. Provide Eeady Provide with food, to, 7)3 , Pilp. Province, T : Provoke, to, DJO T Prudent, U Prudent, to become, 7Ditf , Si. Prune, to, 1QT , -T ~ T Publish, to, yftti , Hi. - T Pure, -sjT . Pure, to make, HDT , Pi. T T Pure, to be, TQ, Ni. Pure, to show oneself, "|~O Quail, lii; . Queen, Quick, Purge, to, NLpn , P*. Purify oneself, to, "H3, , Parity, -Q. Purple, Purse, Pursue, to, T Push (with a horn), to, Put, to, D 11 "^, -^ a^ -Hi'. Put away, to, "V)D > -2 Put in safety, to, D-1J > -Hi- Put on, to (clothes), tfft 1 ? , A'. and Hi. Q Quickly, vna T T : Quickly, to bring, 1HD , - T Quiet, to be, Qp$ , Hi. Eabbah, pr. n., place, T Rage, O'-|- Rain, 1ZOQ . T T Eain, to cause to, "1ZOQ , Hi. Ram, ^N . Eamali, pr. n., place, Eansom, Eaven, Reach, to, yft , Hi. Eead, to, Rady, Eeady, to make, 1^3 , P7. T T T Reap Remnant ENGLISH- Reap, to, Rebel, to, TIE ; n"13 , Hi. ~ T Rebekah, ilp3~l . 'T : Rebuke, TirOiT^ > Recall to mind, to, Receive, to, Receiving, Recline, to, ]y\tf , Ni. Recognize, to, ~)3 3 , Hi. Recompense, to, Q 1 ?^ , Pi. Recompensing, QxX'12 > P ar t Record, to, "Of , Hi. Recording, T3JD part. Recount, to, ~)DD -Pi- Recounted, to be, 13D -P- T Recover, to, HTl . TT Red Sea, eyiD D^ Redeem to, ^ND iTID - T TT Redeemed, to be, H13 ^'*- Redeemer, b&l , par^. Redemption, n^Sil ]V"T3 Refine, to, sy]S . Refuge, n^D- Refuse, to, ^O , P*. HEBREW. 489 Regard, to, 133 , Hi. T Regard with favour, to, njfltf, Hi. T T Register, 3,713 - T : Reign, to, ^D- Reign, to cause to, "-pO > -Hi- Reject, to, [3,]DND Rejoice, to, HQ^ T/y Rejoice, to cause to, nDiy , -?* ' HO , Hi. Rejoiced, to be, nD'jCP Rejoicing, *w6*., nOD Rejoicing, \y\y , part. Relaxation, JTP Release, nt3D$ T : Rely, to, nD3 Remain, to, Remain, to cause to, 17V , Ifl - Remainder, TIHSt^ Remember, to, "13J Remembrance, "J3T , ^13^ Remit, to, QD^ Remnant, T7V ; 490 VOCABULARY. Remove Rising Remove, to, D"13 , Si. tfDJ, Hi.; -|prr, infin. Rend, to, jnp . Rent, to be, yp , Ni. , Hit. Repay, to, Repent, to, Report, Reported, to be }/ JOtf, Ni. Rephaim, pr. n., Reproacb, Request, Required, to be, $"1^T , Ni. T Resolve, to, ppn , Poel. Rest, to, rro , /Q# . Rest, to cause to, TOJ -Hi'., rnrr. Rest, to be caused to, fTO > -Ho., run. Rest, nrruo . T : Restore, to, 3^ , PH. Restored, to be, 31$ . Restrain, to, ^^3 , VJQ ; ^ij , TT -T ffi. Restrained, to be, ^3 , Ni. TT Return, to, Return, to cause to, 3,3,0 , Hi. ; 3^ , Hi. Return, to be caused to, 33D * Ho.; 3!)$, Ho. Returned, to be, yitf , Ho. Reveal, to, n^3 , Pi. TT Reveal oneself, to, n^J) , Hit. TT Revenged, to be, DpJ , JVi. '-r Revile, to, cn?| , Pz. ' -T Revive, to cause to, tj^n , Hi. Reward, ^JD3 . Rich, to be, Riches,-)^, Ride, to, 33~) . T Right, rT33 , "1 - T Right hand, n 1 - Right, on the, Right, to go to the, p> , Hi. Righteous, Righteousness, Ring, nyzv , Rise, to, rise up, to, Q}p , K. and Htpl. Rise (of the sun), to, HIT Rise early, to, D3$, Hi. T Rising (of the sun), River Sarah River, "ITU ; T T Eoar, to, - Roaring, (*.) T T : Rock, -n2j , ySp . Roll, to, y?3 (intr.) ; (. Roof, :a , 2>*. /naa Rot, to, api '- T Rouse, to, ~V\y , Hi. Ruffian, VH3 1 T ENGLISH-HEBREW. Ruin, T9 r Rule, to, - T Rule, to cause to, Ruler, T * ~ Run, to, yn , K. and Pil. Run about, to, pp$, K- Hithpalpal. Run to and fro, to, Running, yi , Rush, to, tiatt Rush upon, to, 491 s Sabbath, J-Q^ Sack, .nn^a Sackcloth, p'^ . Sacrifice, to, Sacrifice, |-QT , V T Safety, njfilttR Safety, to put in, \ny , Hi. Sake of, for the, ^J3 Sale, 1TO, Salt, n^a Salvation, - Samaria, ^>r. . c., Samson, ^)r. n. m., Pli^p^ Samuel, pr. n. m., t'KIOl^ Sanctified, to be, tt^Tf?, P- Sanctify, to, I^lj^ , Pi. and Hi. Sanctify oneself, to, Sanctuary, Sarah, pr. n. w., 7TNJ 492 VOCABULARY. Satisfaction Set Satisfaction, "p^l . Satisfied, to be, JQitf . _ T Satisfy, to, JOfr, Hi. Saul, pr. n. m., ^-1N$ . T Save, to, yw , Hi. Saved, to be, y#> , Ni. T Saver, ytihft , part. Saw, -rtfefo . Say, to, Saying, Ofc>O , subs. Scales (balances), : | Scales, D'frp&p Scarlet, "0$. T Scatter, to, y3J, Pz. ,. Hi. ; mr, p^.; m:, TT T Scattered, to be, y!|3, JT. -ZVt.; mT, Pu. TT Scoff, to, y.^ . Scroll, rbyc>. Sculpture, rTlj^S) Sea, D' . T Searched, to be, ")pH , Ni. '-T Season, to, Seat, H#i . T Secret, ~1J")D Secret place, ")j"ID Secretly brought, to be, 333 > P ff - ~ r See, to, JIN"! T T Seed, JHT Seek, to, #~)"T ; ttfpjl , P. oGll'j 7)/*. 7/-. TWf.j ) \7 ^7 Seize, to, Sell, to, Sell corn, to, ~Ql# > Hi. T Sell oneself, to, -QD , T Send, to, ""*?$ > -2T- Pi. and Hi. Send away, out, to, ""P# Pi- Separate, to, "1121 Separated, to be, 1"1D , Pu. and Hit. Sepulchre, Serpent, Servant, Serve, to, "731? > -^ an d Ho. ; T JV)# , Jf. awe? Pi.. -T Service, n"t3J7 T : Serving, JTlttflp ? ^^^- Set in battle array, to, "|"iy - Set over, to, "TpS '-T Set up, to, nitf , Hi. ; Qlp , Hi. -T Set Shut ENGLISH-HEBREW. 498 Set, to be, ]Ji;j , Ho. ; (of stones), Setting (of the sun), Ni Sevenfold, DVUOtf Sew, to, "IEJ.n T Shaalim, pr. n., place, Shadow, "Et , Shadow of death, Shake, to, yu , Shaken, to he, Shaking, 5)^D , P art - Shalisha, pr. n., place, TWhl Shame, HB^S /H03 T : v T Shame, to cause, ^3, , Si- Shame, causing, t^OQ Sharpen, to, 11H , -H- ; Sharpened, to be, TTTF -Ho. Shave, to, TT3 Shave oneself, to, rHj3 , -2V- Shaved, to be, She, ^^H sheaf, ipy, She-ass, Shechem, Shed, to, TJ3# . Shed, to be, -JfStf, PM. Sheep , Hiy ; coZ^. ]to Shekel, Shepherd, Shewbread, Shield, 1p Ship, 0, .T3 T : T T: \ = Shoot, to, shoots, Short time, Shorten, to, 1SP 'T Shot, to be, ,TV , Ni Shoulder, =|jn3 . 1 T Shout (for joy), to, Show, to, Showing, Shut, to, Shut the mouth, to, yf shut up, to, -np, Si. Shut, to be, 13D , ^ < 7> "' 494 VOCABULARY. Shut Slothfulness Shut up, to be, "UD , Pu. ; - T Ni. Sick, to be, T Siddim, pr. n. Side, ITT, 12J, T 1 "T ~ T Side, the other, Side, on one, .... on the other side, n-TO ---- iTTD . Side-chamber, yfy% . Siege, -tfsa. i Sieve, iTQ3 T T : sigh, to, jro, PL sigh, nruN . TT : Sight, nj*"]D Sight, in the, of, 13^ . Sign, JTN . Sihon, pr. n. m., ]i|TD Sihor, pr. n. of the Nile, Silence, to keep, ttnn > -H. ~T Silent, to be, tf-VT , ~T Silver, Sin, to, Sin, to cause to, T T sin, Nipn , Jiszsn , fly T ~" T Sinai, ^r. n. mi., ^D . Since, T " Sing a mournful song, to, PU. Singing, Sinful, T - Sinner, Ki31 . Sin-offering, Sisera, pr. n. m., Sister, r\T\X . Sit, to, aitf" . ~T Skin,-|iy, l^j). vv Skirt, Slain, TT Slain, to be, DlH, Ho.; TTD , Slander, ^3,1 Slaughter, to, Slaughter, Slay, to, Sling, to, Sling, y. Slip, to cause to, Slothful,^. " T Slothfulness, f Slowly Spotted ENGLISH Slowly, 13$ , J^N^ . Small, jtop , nrj . T ' Smell, to, fPI . Smell, JT1. Smite, to, pnD , ro: - T TT Smith, Smiting, Smoke, Smooth, to, p^n, Si.; * T T T Pi. Smooth, to make, p^H, Si. ' - T Smooth part, Hpbn Snare, to, $p s ; HHD > -Hi'. ' T Snare, $p1Q , H3 T Snared, to be, jyp s , Ni. T Snow, J^tfJ . Soil, to, tyy , Poel. Sojourn, to, ~nj) . Sojourner, 3^iD Sold, to be, 1DQ, Ni. and Sit. Soldier, H^H^D tt^N T T : Sole (of the foot), V}3. Solomon, HDT^ Son, ]3, . Son-in-law, "jjirT- -HEBREW. 4,95 Song, 1^ , HT^ , nr;p . Sorrow, ( "T")iJ, j&DQ TT So that, ^y^h So that not, V^H 1 ? ^X . Sought for, to be, ItHT , Ni. T Soul, Jtfsfl . Sound, ,TDn T : v South, 3JJ , Din , D' - T T Sow, to, jnt . ~T Sowed, to be, j;iT , Pu. -T Speak, to, "Q^ , -?., Pi. anrf Sit.; 15D, P^ Speak together, Sit. Spear, J"TQ1 , 71 Species, ]^Q . Speckled, Spice, DDi Spirit, mi- Splendour, HJi , 711X3^ spoil, y?u), n'pw, ; % ^' n ^ n - TT T-: Spoil, to, y^3, i Spoiled, to be, So. Spotted, Ipj . 496 VOCABULARY. Spread Strike Spread, to, VJP , Hi. ; T Spread out, to, nEltf, t ypl , Si. Spread, to be, J11T , Pu. TT Spread abroad, to be, yiQ , Ni. Spread oneself out, to, $B3 , -ZV Spread out, to be, !1Z33 > -ZV- T T Spring (of water), "V)pD Sprinkle, to, plT Spy, "? -HE staff, rrajp. Stand, to, iqV; 22k* 1 , .Htrf. JK. ; Standard, D3 . Star, 1D13 . T statue, raxo T ' ~ Statute, ph Stave, 13 , pi. Stayed, to be, Steal, to, 233 , J . and Pi. T Stealth, to go by, 233 , Hit. Step, DyS, ly^, TOO- Stick together, to, "72^ , Hit. Stand, to cause to, Stiff, still, Stink, to, - T Stolen, to be, 233 , Stolen thing, 11233 Stone, 12 Stone, to, D31 . Store, inj5D . Store up, to, 12JJ Storehouse, lijiN . T Storehouses, Storm, 1J?D . Straitened, to be, Strange, "IT T Stranger, IT, 13, Stream, Street, y^n , Strength, H3 , Strengthen, to, Q^ , Hi. ; P*. ; pTH , Pi. and Hi. Stretch out, to, r6# T Stretched, m~\D > part. Strife, ]I1Q. Strike, to, ,123 , T T T Strike Syria ENGLISH-HEBREW. 497 Surely, D7tt*. T Surround, to, 33D 5 "V13 , Hi. T Surrounding, 3>3D T Sustain, to, Swallow, D-1D- Swallow, to, Swallow up, to, ^3 , Pi. - T Swear, to, #30 , 2H Swear, to cause to, n 1 ?^ Si. T T Sweat, J?P . Sweet, pi/ID . Sweet, to be, D/1D # / 3~U? ' - T -T Sweet, to make, pj"ia , -H*- 1 - T Sweetness, HTPJ Swift, bg. Swift, to be, ^p , JT. a4 iW. Swoon, to, Sword, V V Syria, Syrians Strike tents, to, Strong, 1123, ;p, ~ Strong, to be, 133 T Strong, to become, U}7 Strong drink, Stronghold, Structure, JT Stubble, ^rp . Stubbornness, Stumble, to, ^3 , K. and Ni. T Stumble, to cause to, 7^3 , Hi. T Stupid, 1^3 . Subdue, to, "133, Hi. T Successful, to be, 73i7 , Hi. Such a one, Suddenly, Sufficient, sufficiently, >1, nab Sun, i^at^, nan- V V T - Supplicate, to, !/!# , Hi. Supplication, P^HJ]} Support, to, ^ajn , TjaD ; bft K K 98 VOCABULAEY. Tabernacle Terrify T Tabernacle, |3^Q ; i!3D . T : T\ Table, Tablet, mV Tail, 33T . TT Take, to, nj^; ID 1 ? . Take away, to, "1" , -Hi. Take care, to, "|B# - T Take down, to, "VT , Hi. T Take bold of, to, pTTT, -ZK.; n , JT. Ni- > no, so. Taken by storm, to be, J?p3. , Ho. Taken captive, to be, nb.3 Ho. ; "1D^ ^i" and Pu. T Taking hold of, [3] p^TTTD , part. Talent, 133 . T ' Tambourine, CJD . Tarshish, pr. n., place, Taskmaster, Taste, to, Taste, Teach, to, 7f> , Pi. ; m* 1 , J5K. ~ T TT Tear away, to, Tear in pieces, to, Tear off from oneself, to, Hit. Tears, n^Dl, coll. T : * Tell, to, -IDN T Temple (^?ar# of the head), nj9" Temple, tt^pD , l^lpDH T': T': Ten, rntyj; . Tender, -sp . Tent, ^H^. Tent of the covenant, /vrryn. "S|T Tent-pin, 1J1^ . Terrified, to be, Terrify, to, ^3,, Pi.; N"V Pi - " irin g ENGLISH- HEBREW. Terror, nrfel, ilJTH3. T T T : Thread, J^H . Testified, to be, Hy , Ho. Thresh, to, ^pf . T Testimony, Jllty^ . Threshold, f.n33 , ^D " T 5 " * Thanksgiving, Q^$ , ,Hi^| . i : T Threshing-floor, p j| . Then, TN , IN . Throat, pia . T : T Thence, Q$Q . Throne, ND3 . T ' There OV) n3n Through, TJQ . T T "* Therefore, p^ , |3~b^ . Thunder, Tl^ip (^?.). These, r6tf Thus, ]3, ,13. V TiU, to, l^y . They, DH, /era. ITT . TiU,u;."' Thief, 3JJ.3 T- Time, Jny . Thicket, rnrt, .pz. DTnn. Times, Q^iO , pi. Thigh, ^-T . Tithe, IfrVD - Thin, pi. To-day, DiH. Thing, -Ql T T Together, ITT , 11TP . Think, to, 3,ltfTT. T : - - T Thirst, NE2J . Told, to be, 1^, So. T T Thirsty, to be, NQlf . To-morrow, iniD , JIlfT' T T TT:, This, HT ,/ew. Jl^T. Tongue, 7ilP . T " Tooth, ]$} . Thither, ,!# . T T Topaz, It^^lD Thorn, yip . : - Thou,,iri^,/^.n^. Tophet, pr. n. t place, 71J T ~ ~ Though, >3 . Torch, T37 . Thought. rQl^HD 1U'' T T -: I- v" Tottering, J02 , part. 499 500 VOCABULARY. Touch Tyre Touch, togpl , Pi- ; yJl K- and Hi.; ttftQ. Tower, ^UQ T : Trained, to be, izfo , Pa. - T Trample, to, 0121 , PH. Transgress, to, Transgression, Transcribe, to, p/1^ Si. Traveller, mfc . Treacherous, to be, Treacherously, to act, Treachery, ^J?Q Tread, to, -spl , JT. fart. Unleavened bread, HSD T ~ Unless, ^ , DN ^3 , Until, Ijr, Ttfg "iy. Unwilling, to be, ]ND , P. Upper chamber, n s l[ Upright, -)tf , DD ; p . T T T Uprightness, Upwards, Ur, -|!)N . Urge, to, Urgent, to be, pTH Uriah, pr. n. m., [THIN T Use up, to, i"P3 > -P*- Usury, ^J$3 . Usury, to lend on, to take, Hi. Utter, to, FT Uzzah, pr. n. i., Vain, in, D3H T * Vainly, Valley, Valour, ^Q . Vanity,^, Vat, /13 , lj Vengeance, Dp3 Vengeance, to take, Dpi & an(l Ni. Very, very much, Vessel, ^3 Vex, to, J 502 VOCABULARY. Vexation Wast* Vexation, Vexed, to be, l fyy , Pool. Vigorous, to make, y^TT , Si. Vine, J93, TO. TV T Vineyard, D"^3 Violent, DDil . T T Violent, to be, DOTT , YDR. - T ' ~ T Violently, to treat, Viper, Virgin, T : vision, rnro , fltrr , flsn . T : - * T T Visited, to be, TS , flb. Voice, ^ip . vd, via. Void, to make, TQ , Vow, to, Vowing, TT w Wage war, to, rT\2 > Bit. TT Wages, Waggon, Wail, to, ^ , -Hi. Wait, to, ^P, AT. T Walk, to, ^, -sT Walk, to cause to, TpR, Hi; i?> m - Wall, -rp, rrain, rma. T T-: Wander, to, 13N, TO- Want, to, -)DTT , JT. orf Si. T Want, Wanting, to be, IDTT . Warfare, T T Warm, to become, DDTT - Wash, to, D33 , K and Pi. ; Wasb oneself, Washed, to be, yTP , P.; 1 - T Waste, to lay, 0027, fl- ; fli. Waste, to be laid, 1TTT, flb.; , Ni. and Ho. Waste Wickedly HEBREW- Waste, to lie, Q0$ , Ho. Watch, to, lpt# , Watch, nipS, 1D10D, Watching, Watch-tower, T Water, Q>ft . Water, to, mi, Pi.; np#, TT 'TT H*. Wave, ^3 . Waved, to he, S]y , lib. Wave offering, J"T3 r OJ T l Wax, JJH . T Way.-SfTT, ^D we,:urg, -urn, m. Wealth, ^Tf. Wear out, to, n 1 ?^ T T Weary, to, ntfj? > Hi - Week, nW T : T Weep, to, ,132 Weeping, subs., >33; Weigh, to, ^ . Weight, ^D Well, swi^., -|3, , "lipp Well, a<7., ao*n ENGLISH. 503 Well, to do, 2W , K. and Hi. Well, to be, 3/IZ3 . Welfare, njMl^ . T : West, D 1 * T what? no, no, TO. Wheat, D'tfln Wheel, IShtf . When ? -/lD . T Whence ? iTTD ^ Where? rWNt, '. Whether, QK Whether ---- or, D^ ---- DM Which, lltf^ . Whirlwind, myD White bread, nh White, to be, $? , Hi. Whither? Who ? 13 . Whole, D T T why? jniD, na^- Wicked, yn, JH, ^33 AVickedly, to act, ^iy , Pi. ; 504 Wickedness, Widen, to, am, Si. Widow, Wife, nttfN . T Wilderness, ; Willing, to be, wind, rm - Window, J"TmN Wine, 'pv Wine-press, f]^ Wing, i Wisdom, Wise, Wise, to be, Q3H, T Wise, to become, Withdraw oneself, to, Wither away, to, ^>Qp . Within, ; Without, Without, outside, y.- Witness, VOCABULARY. Wickedness Written , mn . v r T T : Woe! 'in, ^N. Woman, fTt^M T Wonder, Wonderfully, to act, tfb$ , Hi. T T Wood, U^y , coll. r Word, Work, World, Worm, Worthless, pi Would that! U Wound, to, Wound, Wrath, nan, may, liin. T " T I V T Write, to, aJ13 - T Writing, "IHHD > part. Written, to be, 2D3 , Ni. ; T DJ13, Ni. T Written, ^1/13 , part. Year Ziv ENGLISH-HEBREW. 505 Year, The day before yesterday, Yoke, fy . Yoke of oxen, You, Q^./ewi. Young, Youth, Youth, young man, Zedekiah, : Zered, pr. n., TIT Ziv, pr. n. of a month, IT INDEX. Sections. Sections. Absolute State . 36 Emphasis, modes of Accusative, construc- giving to words . 418, 426 tion of Verb with an, 475-6 Etymology. . . 22-415 Adjective . 47-50 Forms . . . 70-6 Mode of expressing Fractions . . . 455 by circumlocution, 429-30 Gender of Nouns . 26 Adverb 404-8 of Adjectives . 48 Syntax of . 480-5 Genitive, expression Apposition . . . 436-7 of . . 36-9,438 Article . . . 22-5 Half Vowels . . 6 Use of . ... 431-5 Imperative, suffixes of, Case . . . . 33-9 Use of . . . 466-6 Changeable Vowels 20 Imperfect, prefixes and Comparison of Adjec- suffixes of . tives . . . 50 Use of ... 462 Conjugations, connec- With il paragogic . tion with one Shortened . . l' ; l another 401 Infinitive . ' . Conjunctions 409-14 Absolute. . 467 Syntax of 487 Construct . l' ;s Construct State . 36-9 Interjections Syntax of 439 Interrogations . . 68, 483- Contractions in Verbs . 122 Irregular Nouns . Copula 419-20 Verbs . 80, 124-400 i . Crude -form 69 Kdmets . 1 . i Dagesh forte lene 9,10 7, 8, 123 M&kkef . Mdppik . Dual, formation of 31-2 Meteg 508 INDEX. Sections. Sections. Mood 76 Pronouns : Noun .... 26-46 Personal . 56-62 Syntax of 434-9 Nominative . 56 Number of Nouns 28-32 Accusative . 57, 88-9 Of Adjectives . 49 Dative 58 Numerals . 51-5 Ablative 59 Syntax of 440-55 Locative 60 Cardinal 51-4 Syntax of . 456 Syntax of . 440-7 Possessive 40-5 Ordinal . 55 Syntax of . 457-8 Syntax of . 448-53 Demonstrative 63 Distributive 454 Syntax of . 459 Numeral Adverbs 454 Kelative . Interrogative . 64-5 66-7 Orthography, &c. 1-21 Syntax of . 460 Participle, use of 469-71 Pronunciation 2 Particles 404-15 Rdfe .... 12 Syntax of 480-7 Segolate Nouns . 27 Passive Verbs, con- Servile Letters . 21 struction of . 478-9 Sheva 5 Pause 17 Stem . 69 Peculiarities of the Subject 427-8 letters "|, J7, fT, I"T, N, 19 Construction of com- Perfect, suffixes of 81 pound subjects 424-5 Use of 461 Suffixes of Nouns 40-5 Person 81 Of Verbs. 88-9 Syntax of 472-4 Syntax 416-87 Plural of Nouns, for- Tenses 76 mation of 29,30 Use of 461-4 Predicate . ' 421-5 Tone .... 15 Prepositions 34-55 Tonic Accents 16 With suffixes . 57-62 Unchangeable Vowels . 20 Syntax of 486 Vhv conversive . 77-9 IXDEX. 509 Sections. Verbs .... 69-403 Syntax of 461-79 Regular . 82-123 Guttural . 124-99 ) Guttural Con- jugation . 124-43 y Guttural Con- jugation . 144-66 ^ Guttural Con- jugation . 167-95 N") Conjugation. 196-9 Contracted 200-56 y"y Conjugation . 200-35 ]"3 Conjugation . 236-56 Sections. Verbs Quiescent . 257-394 v '3 Conjugation . 257-80 TV and vy Con- jugation . . 281-315 N" 1 ? Conjugation . 316-52 iT'^ Conjugation . 353-94 Doubly Irregular . 395-9 Trebly Irregular . 400 Defective . . 401-3 Vowel Points . . 3, 20 Weak Letters . . 4 Words, order of, in a sentence 416-8 PRINTED BT GILBEBT AND BIVISGTOX (LIMITED), ST. JOHN'S 8QIHBB, WO, .C. A LIST OF C. KEGAN PAUL AND CO.'S PUBLICATIONS. 7.81. I, Paternoster Square, London. A LIST OF C. KEGAN PAUL AND CO.'S PUBLICATIONS. ADAMS (F. O.), F.R.G.S. The History of Japan. From the Earliest Period to the Present Time. New Edition, revised. 2 volumes. With Maps and Plans. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 21*. each. ADAMS (W.D.). Lyrics of Love, from Shake- speare to Tennyson. Selected and arranged by. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth extra, gilt edges .price 3*. ftd. ADAMSON(H.T.), B.D. The Truth as it is in Jesus. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 8s. f>d. The Three Sevens. Crown 8vo. Cbth, price $s. dd. A. K. H. B. From a Quiet Place. A New Volume of Sermons. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 51. ALBERT (Mary). Holland and her Heroes to the year 1585. An Adaptation from Motley's " Rise of the Dutch Re- public." Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price, 4^. 6d. ALLEN (Rev. R.), M.A. Abraham ; his Life, Times, and Travels, 3,800 years ago. Se- cond Edition. With Map. Post 8vo. Cloth, price dr. ALLEN (Grant), B.A. Physiological ./Esthetics. Large post 8vo. gs. ALLIES (T. W.), M.A. Per Crucem ad Lucem. The Result of a Life, a vols. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 25$. A Life's Decision. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price js. 64. AMATEUR. A Few Lyrics. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 2S. ANDERSON (Col. R. P.). Victories and Defeats. An Attempt to explain the Causes which have led to them. An Officer's Manual. DemySvo. Cloth, price 14*. ANDERSON (R. C.), C.E. Tables for Facilitating the Calculation of every . Detail in connection with Earthen and Masonry Dams. RoyalSvo. Cloth, price .2 as. Antiope. A Tragedy. Large crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. ARCHER (Thomas). About my Father's Business. Work amidst the Sick, the Sad, and the Sorrowing. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price zj. 6d. ARMSTRONG (Richard A.),B. A. Latter-Day Teachers. Six Lectures. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 2S. 6d. Army of the North German Confederation. A Brief Description of its Organi- zation, of the Different Branches of the Service and their rile in War, of its Mode of Fighting, &c. &c. Translated from the Corrected Edi- tion, by permission of the Author, by Colonel Edward Newdigate. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 5.1. ARNOLD (Arthur). Social Politics. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 14$. Free Land. Crown 8vo, Cloth, price - The Laws relating to Oua- "' Crown8ro - Cloth, price BA ,LDWIN(Capt.J.H.),F.z. 8 . The Large and Small Game of Bengal and the North-West- ern Provinces of India. 4 to. With numerous Illustrations. Second Edi- tion. Cloth, price ait. BANKS (Mrs. G. L.). God's Providence House. New Edition. Crown Bvo. Cloth price 3*. 6d. Ripples and Breakers. Poems. Square 8vo. Cloth, price 5*. BARLEE (Ellen). Locked Out : a Tale of the Strike. With a Frontispiece. Royal i6mo. Cloth, price it. (xt. BARNES (William). An Outline of English Speechcraft. Crown 8vo. Cloth price 4*. Poems of Rural Life, in the Dorset Dialect. New Edition, complete in i vol. Crown 8vo. Cloth, pnce &i. (>d. Outlines of Redecraft (Logic). With English Wording. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 3*. BARTLEV (George C. T.). Domestic Economy : Thrift in Every Day Life. Taught in Dialogues suitable for Children of all ages. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, limp, 2s. BAUR (Ferdinand), Dr. Ph. A Philological Introduction to Greek and Latin for Students. Translated and adapted from the German of. By C. KEGAN PAUL, M.A. Oxon., and the Rev. E. D. STONB, M.A., late Fellow of King's College, Cambridge, and Assistant Master at Eton. Second and re- vised edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6*. BAYNES (Rev. Canon R. H.). At the Communion Time. A Manual for Holy Communion. With a preface by the Right Rev. 4 A List of BAYNES (Rev. Canon R. H.) continued. the Lord Bishop of Derry and Raphoc. Cloth, price is. 6d. ** Can also be had bound m French morocco, price as. 6d. \ Per- sian morocco, price y. ; Calf, or Turkey morocco, price 3*. 6d. BELLINGHAM (Henry), Barris- ter-at-Law. Social Aspects of Catholi- cism and Protestantism in their Civil Bearing upon Nations. Translated and adapted from the French of M. le Baron de Haulle- ville. With a Preface by His Emi- nence Cardinal Manning. Second and cheaper edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 3*. 6d. BENNETT (Dr. W. C.). Narrative Poems & Ballads. Fcap. 8vo. Sewed in Coloured Wrap- per, price if. Songs for Sailors. Dedicated by Special Request to H. R. H. the Duke of Edinburgh. With Steel Portrait and Illustrations. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 3*. t>d. An Edition in Illustrated Paper Covers, price if. Songs of a Song Writer. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6*. BENT 0- Theodore). Genoa. How the Republic Rose and Fell. With 18 Illustra- tions. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 18*. BETHAM - EDWARDS (Miss M.). Kitty. With a Frontispiece. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6*. BEVINGTON (L. S.). Key Notes. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 5*. Blue Roses ; or, Helen Mali- nofska's Marriage. By the Author of " VeVa." 2 vols. Fifth Edition. Cloth, gilt tops, i2S. % Also a Cheaper Edition in i vol. With Frontispiece. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6*. BLUME (Major W.). The Operations of the German Armies in France, from Sedan to the end of the war of 1870- BLUME (Major VI .} continued. 71. With Map. From the Journals of the Head-quarters Staff. Trans- lated by the late E. M. Jones, Maj. aoth Foot, Prof, of Mil. Hist., Sand- hurst. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 9*. BOGUSLAWSKI (Capt. A. von). Tactical Deductions from the War of 1870-71. Translated by Colonel Sir Lumley Graham, Bart., late i8th (Royal Irish) Regi- ment. Third Edition, Revised and Corrected. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 7*. BONWICK(J.), F.R.G.S. Egyptian Belief and Mo- dern Thought. Large post 8vo. Cloth, price iot. 6d. Pyramid Facts and Fan- cies. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 51. The Tasmanian Lily. With Frontispiece. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 5J. Mike Howe.the Bushranger of Van Diemen's Land. With Frontispiece. New and cheaper edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 3*. 6rf. BOWEN (H.C.), M.A. English Grammar for Be- ginners. Fcap.Svo. Cloth, price is. Studies in English, for the use of Modern Schools. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price if. 6d. Simple English Poems. English Literature for Junior Classes. In Four Parts. Parts I. and II., price 6d. each, now ready. BOWRING (Sir John). Autobiographical Recollections. With Memoir by Lewin B. Bowring. Demy 8vo. Price 14*. Brave Men's Footsteps. By the Editor of " Men who have Risen." A Book of Example and Anecdote for Young People. With Four Illustrations by C. Doyle. Sixth Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 3s . 6d. BRIALMONT(Col. A.). Hasty Intrenchments. Translated by Lieut. Charles A. Empson, R. A. With Nine Plates. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. C. Kegan Paul & Co.'s Publications. BRIDGETT (Rev. J. E.). History of the Holy Eucha- rist in Great Britain. 2 vols., demy 8vo. Cloth, price iBs. BRODRICK (The Hon. G. C.). Political Studies. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price IAS. BROOKE (Rev. S. A.), M. A. The Late Rev. F. W. Ro- bertson, M.A., Life and Letters of. Edited by. I. Uniform with the Sermons. a vols. With Steel Portrait. Price 7 s. 6d. II. Library Edition. 8vo. With Portrait. Price us. III. A Popular Edition, in i vol. 8vo. Price 6s. The Spirit of the Christian Life. A New Volume of Sermons. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 7$. 6rf. Theology in the English Poets. COWPHR, COLERIDGE, WORDSWORTH, and BURNS. Fourth and Cheaper Edition. Post 8vo. Cloth, price 5*. Christ in Modern Life. Fifteenth and Cheaper Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 51. Sermons. First Series. Eleventh Edition. CrownSvo. Cloth, price 6s. Sermons. Second Series. Fourth Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price js. The Fight of Faith. Ser- mons preached on various occasions. Fifth Edition. Crown 8vo. Clolh, price TS. dd. BROOKE (W.G.), M.A. The Public Worship Regulation Act. With a Classified Statement of its Provisions, Notes, and Index. Third Edition, Revised and Corrected. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 3S. 6J. Six Privy Council Judg- ments 1850-1872. Annotated by. Third Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price of. BROUN (J. A.). Magnetic Observations at Trevandrum and Augustia Malley. Vol. I. 4to. Cloth, price 63.9. The Report from above, separately sewed, price 21*. BROWN (Rev. J. Baldwin). The Higher Life. ItsReality, Experience, and Destiny. Fifth and Cheaper Edition. CrownSvo. Cloth, price s*. Doctrine of Annihilation in the Light of the Gospel of Love. Five Discourses. Third Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 2s. 6d. The Christian Policy of Life. A Book for Young Men of Business. New and Cheaper Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 31. 6d. BROWN (J. Croumbie), LL.D. Reboisement in France; or, Records of the Replanting of the Alps, the Cevennes, and the Pyre- nees with Trees, Herbage, and Bush. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price ias. 6J. The Hydrology of Southern Africa. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price i os. 6d. BROWNE(W. R). The Inspiration of the New Testament. With a Preface by the Rev. I. P. NORRIS, D.D. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price is. 6d. BRYANT (W. C.) Poems. Red-line Edition. With 24 Illustrations and Portrait of the Author. CrownSvo. Cloth extra, price js. 6d. A Cheaper Edition, with Frontis- piece. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 3*. 6rf. BURCKHARDT (Jacob). The Civilization of the Pe- riod of the Renaissance in Italy. Authorized translation, by S. G. C. Mkldlempre. 2 vols. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price us. BURTON (Mrs. Richard). The Inner Life of Syria, Palestine, and the Holy Land. With Map-;, Photographs, and Coloured Plates. 2 vols. Second Edition. DemySvo. Cloth, price a+r. % Also a Cheaper Edition in one volume. Large post 8vo. Cloth, price IQS. 6ti. BURTON (Capt. Richard F.). The Gold Mines of Midian and the Ruined Midianite Cities. A Fortnight's Tour in A List of BURTON (Capt. Richard F.) continued. North Western Arabia. With nu- merous Illustrations. Second Edi- tion. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price i8f . The Land of Midian Re- visited. With numerous illustra- tions on wood and by Chromo- lithography. 2 vols. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price yts. BUSBECQ (Ogier Ghiselin de\ His Life and Letters. By Charles Thornton Forster, M.D. and F. H. Blackburne Daniel), M.D. 2 vols. With Frontispieces. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 241. BUTLER (Alfred J.). Amaranth - and Asphodel. Songs from the Greek Anthology. I. Songs of the Love of Women. II. Songs of the Love of Nature. III. Songs of Death. IV. Songs of Hereafter. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price vs. BYRNNE (E. Fairfax). Milicent. A Poem. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. CALDERON. Calderon's Dramas : The Wonder- Working Magician Life is a Dream The Purgatory of St. Patrick. Translated by Denis Florence MacCarthy. Post 8vo. Cloth, price TO*. CANDLER (H.). The Groundwork of Belief. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 7*. CARPENTER (W. B.), M.D. The Principles of Mental Physiology. With their Applica- tions to the Training and Discipline of the Mind, and the Study of its Morbid Conditions. Illustrated. Fifth Edition. 8vo. Cloth, price 12*. CARPENTER (Dr. Philip P.). His Life and Work. Edited by his brother, Russell Lant Car- penter. \Vith portrait and vignette. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price y.r. 6d. CAVALRY OFFICER. Notes on Cavalry Tactics, Organization, &c. With Dia- grams Demy 8 vo. Cloth, price i at. CERVANTES. The Ingenious Knight Don Quixote de la Mancha. A New Translation from the Originals of 1605 and 1608. By A. J. Duffield. With Notes. 3 vols. demy 8vo. Cloth, price 42s. CHAPMAN (Hon. Mrs. E. W.). A Constant Heart. A Story. 2 vols. Cloth, gilt tops, price 12*. CHEYNE(Rev.T. K.). The Prophecies of Isaiah. Translated, with Critical Notes and Dissertations by. Two vols., demy 8vo. Cloth, price 25^. Children's Toys, and some Elementary Lessons in General Knowledge which they teach. I llus- trated. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 51. Clairaut's Elements of Geometry. Translated by Dr. Kaines, with 145 figures. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 4$. fxf. CLARKE (Mary Cowden). Honey from the Weed. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 7*. CLAYDEN (P. W.). England under Lord Bea- consfield. The Political History of the Last Six Years, from the end of 1873 to the beginning of 1880. Se- cond Edition. With Index, and Continuation to March, 1880. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price idr. CLERY(C.), Lieut. -Col. Minor Tactics. With 26 Maps and Plans. Fifth and Revised Edition. DemySvo. Cloth, price i6s. CLODD (Edward), F.R.A.S. The Childhood of the World : a Simple Account of Man in Early Times. Sixth Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 3*. A Special Edition for Schools. Price is. The Childhood of Reli- gions. Including a Simple Account of the Birth and Growth of Myths and Legends. Third Thousand. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price $s. A Special Edition for Schools Price if. 6d. C. Kegan Paul &* Co.'s Publications. CLODD (Edward), F.R.A.S. continued. Jesus of Nazareth. With a brief Sketch of Jewish History to the Time of His Birth. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6>. COQHLAN (J. Cole), D.D. The Modern Pharisee and other Sermons. Edited by the Very Rev. A. H. Dickinson. D.D., Dean of Chapel Royal, Dublin. New and cheaper edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 7.5. 6d. COLERIDGE (Sara). Pretty Lessons in Verse for Good Children, with some Lessons in Latin, in Easy Rhyme. A New Edition. Illustrated. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price 3* . W. Phantasmion. A Fairy Tale. With an Introductory Preface by the Right Hon. Lord Coleridge, of Ottery St. Mary. A New Edition. Illustrated. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price "js . 6J. Memoir and Letters of Sara Coleridge. Edited by her Daughter. Cheap Edition. With one Portrait. Cloth, price is. 6d. COLLINS (Mortimer). The Secret of Long Life. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 31. 6W. Inn of Strange Meetings, and other Poems. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price jj. COLOMB (Colonel). The Cardinal Archbishop. A Spanish Legend in twenty-nine Cancions. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price S.T. CONNELL (A. K.). Discontent and Danger in India. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price y. 6d. CONWAY (Hugh). A Life's Idylls. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 3*. 6ti. COOKE(Prof.J. P.) Scientific Culture. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price if. COOPER (H. I.). The Art of Furnishing on Rational and ./Esthetic Prin- ciples. New and Cheaper Edition. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price is. 6d. COPPER (Francoli). L'Exilee. Done into English Verse with the sanction of the Author by I. O. L. Crown 8vo. Vellum, price y. CORFIELD (Prof.), M.D. Health. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. CORY (William). A Guide to Modern Eng- lish History. Part I. MDCCCXV. MDCCCXXX. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 9*. COURTNEY (W. L ). The Metaphysics of John Stuart Mill. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 5*. (at, COWAN (Rev. William). Poems : Chiefly Sacred, in- cluding Translations from some Ancient Latin Hymns. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price 5*. " COX (Rev. Sir G. W.), Bart. A History of Greece from the Earliest Period to the end of the Persian War. New Edition, a vols. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 361. The Mythology of the Aryan Nations. New Edition, a vols. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 28*. AGeneralHistoryofGreece from the Earliest Period to the Death of Alexander the Great, with a sketch of the subsequent History to the present time. New Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price ji. (>d. Tales of Ancient Greece. New Edition. Small crown 8vo Cloth, price 6*. School History of Greece. With Maps. New Edition. Fcap 8vo. Cloth, price y. (>d. The Great Persian War from the Histories of Herodotus. New Edition. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price y 6J- A Manual of Mythology in the form of Question nd Answrr New Edition. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price y. An Introduction to the Science of Comparative My- thology and Folk Lore. Urge crown 8vo. Cloth, pnce 91. A List of COX (Rev. Sir G. W.), Bart., M.A., and EUSTACE H1N- TON JONES. Popular Romances of the Middle Ages. Second Edition in one volume. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. COX (Rev. Samuel). A Commentary on the Book of Job. With a Translation. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 15*. Salvator Mundi ; or, Is Christ the Saviour of all Men? Sixth Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 5*. The Genesis of Evil, and other Sermons, mainly Expository. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. CRAUFURD(A. H.). Seeking for Light : Sermons. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 5*. CRAVEN (Mrs.). A Year's Meditations. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. CRAWFURD (Oswald). Portugal, Old and New. With Illustrations and Maps. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price i6s. CRESSWELL (Mrs. G.). The King's Banner. Drama in Four Acts. Five Illustrations. 4to. Cloth, price los. 6d. CROZIER (John Beattie), M.B. The Religion of the Future. Crown Svo. Cloth, price 6s. DALTON (John Neale), M.A., R.N. Sermons to Naval Cadets. Preached on board H.M.S. "Bri- tannia." Second Edition. Small crown Svo. Cloth, price 3$. 6d. D'ANVERS(N. R.). Parted. A Tale of Clouds and Sunshine. With 4 Illustrations. Extra Fcap. Svo. Cloth, price y. 6d. Little Minnie's Troubles. An Every-day Chronicle. With Four Illustrations by W. H. Hughes. Fcap. Cloth, price 3*. 6rf. D'ANVERS (N. ^-continued. Pixie's Adventures ; or, the Tale of a Terrier. With 2I Illustra- tions. 161110. Cloth, price 4S. 6d. Nanny's Adventures ; or, the Tale of a Goat. With 12 Illus- trations. i6mo. Cloth, price 41. 6d. DAVIDSON (Rev. Samuel), D.D., LL.D. The New Testament, trans- lated from the Latest Greek Text of Tischendorf. A New and thoroughly Revised Edition. Post Svo. Cloth, price IDS. 6J. Canon of the Bible : Its Formation, History, and Fluctua- tions. Third Edition, revised and enlarged. Small crown Svo. Cloth, price 5*. DAVIES (G. Christopher). Rambles and Adventures of Our School Field Club. With Four Illustrations. Crown Svo. Cloth, price st. DAVIES (Rev. J. L.), M.A. Theology and Morality. Essays on Questions of Belief and Practice. Crown Svo. Cloth, price ^s. 6d. DAVIES (T. Hart.). Catullus. Translated into English Verse. Crown Svo. Cloth, price 6s. DAWSON (George), M.A. Prayers, with a Discourse on Prayer. Edited by his Wife. Fifth Edition. Crown Svo. Price 6s. Sermons on Disputed Points and Special Occasions. Edited by his Wife. Third Edition. Crown Svo. Cloth, price 6>. Sermons on Daily Life and Duty. Edited by his Wife. Second Edition. Crown Svo. Cloth, price 6*. DE L'HOSTE (Col. E. P.). The Desert Pastor, Jean Jarousseau. Translated from the French of Eugene Pelletan. With a Frontispiece. New Edition. Fcap. Svo. Cloth, price 3*. 6d. C. Kegan Paul & Co.'s Publications. DE REDCLIFFE (Viscount Stratford), P.C., K.O., G.C B Why am I a Christian? Fifth Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price y. DESPREZ (Philips.). Daniel and John; or, the Apocalypse of the Old and that of the New Testament. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 12*. DE TOCQUEVILLE (A.). Correspondence and Con- versations of, with Nassau Wil- liam Senior, from 1834 to 1850. Edited by M. C. M. Simpson, a vols. Post 8vo. Cloth, price ait. DE VERB (Aubrey). Legends of the Saxon Saints. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. Alexander the Great. A Dramatic Poem. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 5*. The Infant Bridal, and other Poems. A New and En- larged Edition. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price js. 6d. The Legends of St. Patrick, and other Poems. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price $s. St. Thomas of Canterbury. A Dramatic Poem. Large fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price 5*. Antar and Zara : an Eastern Romance. INISFAIL, and other Poems, Meditative and Lyrical. Fcap. 8vo. Price 6s. The Fall of Rora, the Search after Proserpine, and other Poems, Meditative and LyricaL Fcap. 8vo. Price 6s. DOBELL(Mrs. Horace). Ethelstone, Eveline, and other Poems. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. DOBSON (Austin). Vignettes in Rhyme and Vers de Socie'te'. Third Edition. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price $s. Proverbs in Porcelain. By the Author of ' ' Vignettes in Rhyme." Second Edition. Crown 8vo. 6s. Dorothy. A Country Story in Elegiac Verse. With Preface. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 51- DOWDEN (Edward), LL.D. Shakspere : a Critical Study of his Mind and Art. Fifth Edition. Large post 8vo. Cloth, price its. Studies in Literature, 1789- 1877. Larg e p^ 8vo Cloth, price i a*. Poems. Second Edition. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price y. DOWNTON (Rev. H.), M.A. Hymns and Verses. On- ginal and Translated. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 31. 6J. ORE WRY (Q. O.), M.D. The Common-Sense Management of the Stomach. Fifth Edition. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price 21. 6eL ORE WRY (O. O.), M. D., and BARTLETT (H. C.), Ph.D., F.C.S. Cup and Platter : or, Notes on Food and its Effects. New and cheaper Edition. Small 8va Cloth, price is. 6d. DRUMMOND(Miss). Tripps Buildings. A Study from Life, with Frontispiece. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 3*. &/. DUFFIELD(A.J.). Don Quixote. His Critics and Commentators. With a Brief Account of the Minor Works of Mi- guel de Cervantes Saavedra, and a statement of the end and aim of the greatest of them all. A Handy Book for General Readers. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price y. &/. DU MONCEL (Count). The Telephone, the Micro- phone, and the Phonograph. With 74 Illustrations. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price y. DUTT (Toru). A Sheaf Gleaned in French Fields. New Edition, with Portrait. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price iof. &/. A 2 A List of DU VERNOIS (Col. von Verdy). Studies in leading Troops. An authorized and accurate Trans- lation by Lieutenant H. J. T. Hildyard, yist Foot. Parts I. and II. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price ^s. EDEN (Frederick). The Nile without a Dragoman. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price js. dd. EDGEWORTH (F. Y.). Mathematical Psychics: an Essay on the Application of Mathe- matics to Social Science. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 7$. dd. EDIS (Robert W.). Decoration and Furniture of Town Houses. A series of Cantor Lectures delivered before the Society of Arts, 1880. Amplified and enlarged, with 29 full-page Illus- trations and numerous sketches. Second Edition. Square 8vo. Cloth, price 12$. dd. EDMONDS (Herbert). Well Spent Lives : a Series of Modern Biographies. Crown 8vo Price 5*. Educational Code of the Prussian Nation, in its Present Form. In accordance with the Decisions of the Common Provincial Law, and with those of Recent Legislation. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price as. fid. EDWARDS (Rev. Basil). Minor Chords; or, Songs for the Suffering: a Volume of Verse. Fcap. 8yo. Cloth, price 3t. dd. ; paper, price at. & ELLIOT (Lady Charlotte). Medusa and other Poems. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. ELLIOTT (Ebenezer), The Corn- Law Rhymer. Poems. Edited by his Son, the Rev. Edwin Elliott, of St. John's, Antigua, a vols. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price i8f. ELSDALE (Henry). Studies in Tennyson's Idylls. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price $s. ELYOT (Sir Thomas). The Boke named the Go- uernour. Edited from the First Edi- tion of 1531 by Henry Herbert Ste- phen Croft, M.A., Barrister-at-Law. With Portraits of Sir Thomas and Lady Elyot, copied by permission of her Majesty from Holbein's Original Drawings at Windsor Castle. 2 vols. fcap. 410. Cloth, price 50$. Epic of Hades (The). By the author of " Songs of Two Worlds." Twelfth Edition. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price 7$. dd. *** Also an Illustrated Edition with seventeen full-page designs in photo- mezzotint by GEORGE R. CHAPMAN. 4to. Cloth, extra gilt leaves.price 25$, and a Large Paper Edition, with portrait, price IOT. dd. EVANS (Anne). Poems and Music. With Memorial Preface by Ann Thackeray Ritchie. Large crown 8vo. Cloth, price JS. dd. EVANS (Mark). The Gospel of Home Life. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 4$. dd. The Story of our Father's Love, told to Children. Fourth and Cheaper Edition. With Four Illustrations. Fcap. '8vo. Cloth, price is. dd. A Book of Common Prayer and Worship for Household Use, compiled exclusively from the Holy Scriptures. New and Cheaper Edition. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price i s. The King's Story Book. In three parts. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price is. dd. each. ** Parts I. and II., with eight^illus- trations and two Picture Maps, now ready. EX-CIVILIAN. Life in the Mofussil; or, Civilian Life in Lower Bengal, a vols. Large post 8vo. Price 14*. FARQUHARSON (M.). I. Elsie Dinsmore. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price y. dd. C. Kegan Paul dr Co.'s Publications. ii FARQUHARSON (M.) con- tinued. II. Elsie's Girlhood. Crown Svo. Cloth, price 3$. 6d. III. Elsie's Holidays at Roselands. Crown Svo, Cloth, price is. M. FELKIN (H. M.). Technical Education in a Saxon Town. Published for the City and Guilds of London Institute for the Advancement of Technical Education. Demy Svo. Cloth, price 2S. FIELD (Horace), B.A. Lond. The Ultimate Triumph of Christianity. Small crown Svo. Cloth, price 3*. 6d. FINN (the late James), M.R.A.S. Stirring Times ; or, Records from Jerusalem Consular Chronicles of 1853 l '856. Edited and Com- piled by his Widow. With a Preface by the Viscountess STRANGFORD. 2 vols. Demy Svo. Price 301. FLOREDICE (W. H.). A Month among the Mere Irish. Small crown Svo. Cloth, price 5$. Folkestone Ritual Case (The). The Argument, Proceedings Judgment, and Report, revised by the several Counsel engaged. Demy Svo. Cloth, price 25*. FORMBY (Rev. Henry). Ancient Rome and its Con- nection with the Christian Re- ligion : an Outline of the History of . the City from its First Foundation down to the Erection of the Chair of St. Peter, A.D. 42-47. With numerous Illustrations of Ancient Monuments, Sculpture, and Coinage, and of the Antiquities of the Chris- tian Catacombs. Royal 410. Cloth extra, price 50*. Roxburgh, half- morocco, price 52$. 6d. FOWLE (Rev. T. W.), M.A. The Reconciliation of Re- ligion and Science. Being Essays on Immortality, Inspiration, Mira- cles, and the Being of Christ. Demy Svo. Cloth, price los. 6d. The Divine Legation of Christ. Crown Svo. Cloth, price 71. PR ASER (Donald). Exchange Tables of Ster- ling and Indian Rupee Cur- rency, upon a new and extended sys- tem, embracing Values from One Farthing to One Hundred Thousand Pounds, and at Rates progressing, in Sixteenths of a Penny, from it. gd. to 2*. id. per Rupee. Royal Svo. Cloth, pnce 101. td. FRISWELL (J. Hain). The Better Self. Essays for Home Life. Crown Svo. Cloth, price 6s. One of Two; or, A Left- Handed Bride. With a Frontis- piece. Crown Svo. Cloth, price 3*. 6J. GARDINER (Samuel R.)andJ. BASS MULL1NGER, M.A. Introduction to the Study of English History. Large crown Svo. Cloth, price o*. GARDNER (J.), M.D. Longevity: The Means of Prolonging Life after Middle Age. Fourth Edition, Revised and Enlarged. Small crown Svo. Cloth, price 41. GARRETT (E.). By Still Waters. A Story for Quiet Hours. With Seven Illus- trations. Crown Svo. Cloth, price (a. GEBLER (Karl Von). Galileo Galilei and the Roman Curia, from Authentic Sources. Translated with the sanc- tion of the Author, by Mrs. GBORCK STUEGR. DemySvo. Cloth, price lu. GEDDES (James). History of the Administra- tion of John de Witt, Grand Pen- sionary of Holland. Vol. I. 1613 1654. Demy Svo., with Portrait. Cloth, price 15*. GEORGE (Henry). Progress and Poveity. An Inquiry into the Cause of Industrial Depressions and of Increase of Want with Increase of Wealth. The Re- medy. Post Svo. Cloth, price jt. 6t/. GILBERT (Mrs.). Autobiography and other Memorials. Edited by Josiah 12 A List of GILBERT (Mrs.) continued. Gilbert. Third Edition. With Por- trait and several Wood Engravings. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price jt. (xL GLOVER (F.), M.A. Exempla Latina. A First Construing Book with Short Notes, Lexicon, and an Introduction to the Analysis of Sentences. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price is, GODWIN (William). William Godwin: His Friends and Contemporaries. With Portraits and Facsimiles of the handwriting of Godwin and his Wife. By C. Kegan Paul. 2 vols. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 28.1. The Genius of Christianity Unveiled. Being Essays never before published. Edited, with a Preface, by C. Kegan Paul. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price ^s. 6d. GOETZE (Capt. A. von). Operations of the German Engineers during the War of 1870-1871. Published by Authority, and in accordance with Official Docu- ments. Translated from the German by Colonel G. Graham, V.C., C.B., R.E. With 6 large Maps. Demy 8yo. Cloth, price 21*. GOLDSMID(SirFrancis Henry). Memoir of. With Portrait. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price $s. GOODENOUGH (Commodore J. G.), R.N..C.B..C.M.G. Memoir of, with Extracts from his Letters and Journals. Edited by his Widow. With Steel Engraved Portrait. Square 8vo. Cloth, 5*. %* Also a Library Edition with Maps, Woodcuts, and Steel En- graved Portrait. Square post 8vo. Cloth, price 14*. GOSSE (Edmund W.). Studies in the Literature of Northern Europe. With a Frontis- piece designed and etched by Alma Tadema. Large post 8vo. Cloth, price I2J. New Poems. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price js. 6J. GOULD (Rev. S. Baring), M.A. Germany, Present and Past. 2 Vols. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price zis. The Vicar of Morwenstow: a Memoir of the Rev. R. S. Hawker. With Portrait. Third Edition, re- vised. Square post 8 vo. Cloth, IQJ. fid. GRAHAM (William), M.A. The Creed of Science : Re- ligious, Moral, and Social. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price us. GREENOUGH (Mrs. Richard). Mary Magdalene : APoem. Large post 8vo. Parchment antique, price 6s. GRIFFITH (Thomas), A.M. The Gospel of the Divine Life. A Study of the Fourth Evan- gelist. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 14.1. GRIMLEY (Rev. H. N.), M.A. Tremadoc Sermons, chiefly on the SPIRITUAL BODY, the UNSEEN WORLD, and the DIVINE HUMANITY. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. GRUNER(M. L.). Studies of Blast Furnace Phenomena. Translated by L. D. B. Gordon, F.R.S.E., F.G.S. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price js. 6d. GURNEY(Rev. Archer). Words of Faith and Cheer. A Mission of Instruction and Sugges- tion. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. Gwen : A Drama in Mono- logue. By the Author of the " Epic of Hades." Second Edition. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price $s. HAECKEL (Prof. Ernst). The History of Creation. Translation revised by Professor E. Ray Lankester, M.A., F.R.S. With Coloured Plates and Genealogical Trees of the various groups of both plants and animals. 2 vols. Second Edition. Post 8vo. Cloth, price 32*. The History of the Evolu- tion of Man. With numerous Il- lustrations. 2 vols. Large post 8 vo. Cloth, price 32*. Freedom in Science and Teaching. From the German of C. Kegan Paul & Co.'s Publications. HAECKEL (Prof. Ernst) -con- tinued. Ernst Haeckel, with a Prefatory Note by T. H. Huxley, F.R.S. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 5*. HALF-CROWN SERIES. Sister Dora: a Biography. By Margaret Lonsdale. True Words for Brave Men. A Book for Soldiers and Sailors. By the late Charles Kingsley. An Inland Voyage. By R. L. Stevenson. Travels with a Donkey. By R. L. Stevenson. A Nook in the Apennines. By Leader Scott. Notes of Travel. Being Extracts from the Journals of Count Von Moltke. Letters from Russia. By Count Von Moltke. English Sonnets. Collected and Arranged by J. Dennis. Lyrics of Love from Shake- speare to Tennyson. Selected and Arranged by W. D. Adams. London Lyrics. By Frede- rick Locker. Home Songs for Quiet Hours. By the Rev. Canon R. H. Baynes. Halleck's International Law ; or, Rules Regulating the Intercourse of States in Peace and War. A New Edition, revised, with Notes and Cases. By Sir Sherston Baker, Bart. 2 vols. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 38*. HARDY (Thomas). A Pair of Blue Eyes. New Edition. With Frontispiece. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. The Return of the Native. New Edition. With Frontispiece. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. HARRISON (Lieut.-Col. R.). The Officer's Memoran- dum Book for Peace and War. Third Edition. Oblong 32mo. roan, with pencil, price 3*. 6d. HARTINGTON (The Right Hon. the Marquis of), M.P. Election Speeches in 1879 and 1880. With Address to the Electors of North-East Lancashire Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 31. 6J. HAWEIS(Rev. H. R.). M.A. Arrows in the Air. Crown 8vo. Second Edition. Cloth, price 6s. Current Coin. Materialism The Devil Crime Drunkenness Pauperism Emotion Recreation The Sabbath. Third Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. Speech in Season. Fourth Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 91. Thoughts for the Times. Eleventh Edition. Crown Svo. Cloth, price 7*. 6J. Unsectarian Family Prayer*. New and Cheaper Edition. Fcap. Svo. Cloth, price is. 6d. HAWKER (Robert Stephen). The Poetical Works of. Now first collected and arranged with a prefatory notice by J. G. Godwin. With Portrait. Crown Svo. Cloth, price iis. HAWKINS (Edwards Comer- ford). Spirit and Form. Sermons preached in the parish church of Leatherhead. Crown Svo. Cloth, pnce bs. HAWTREY (Edward M.). Corydalis. A Story of the Sicilian Expedition. Small crown Svo. Cloth, price 3*. 6d. HAYES (A. H.). New Colorado and the Santa Fe' Trail. With map and 60 Illustrations. Crown Svo. Cloth, price 9*. HEIDENHAIN (Rudolf), M.D. Animal Magnetism. Physi- ological Observations. Translated from the Fourth German Edition, by L. C. Wooldridge. With a Pre- face by G. R. Romanes, F.R.S. Crown Svo. Clotfc, price as. 6J. HELLWALD (Baron F. von). The Russians in Central Asia. A Critical Examination, down to the present time, of the A List of HELLWALD (Baron F. von) continued, Geography and History of Central Asia. Translated by Lieut.-Col. Theodore Wirgman, LL.B. Large post 8vo. With Map. Cloth, price i2.t. HELVIG (Major H.). The Operations of the Ba- varian Army Corps. Translated by Captain G. S. Schwabe. With Five large Maps. In 2 vols. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 24*. Tactical Examples : Vol. I. The Battalion, price i$s. Vol. II. The Regiment and Brigade, price 10*. 6d. Translated from the German by Col. Sir Lumley Graham. With numerous Diagrams. Demy 8vo. Cloth. HERFORD (Brooke). The Story of Religion in England. A Book for Young Folk. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 5*. HINTON (James). Life and Letters of. Edited by Ellice Hopkins, with an Introduc- tion by Sir W. W. Gull, Bart., and Portrait engraved on Steel by C. H. Jeens. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, Ss.6d. Chapters on the Art of Thinking, and other Essays. With an Introduction by Shadworth Hodgson. Edited by C. H. Hinton. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 8*. 6d. The Place of the Physician. To which is added ESSAYS ON THE LAW OF HUMAN LIFE, AND ON THK RELATION BETWEEN ORGANIC AND INORGANIC WORLDS. Second Edi- tion. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 3.5. 6d. Physiology for Practical Use. By various Writers. With 50 Illustrations. Third and cheaper edi- tion. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 5$. An Atlas of Diseases of the Membrana Tympani. With De- scriptive Text. PostSvo. Price 6 6s. The Questions of Aural Surgery. With Illustrations. 2 vols. Post 8vo. Cloth, price ixs. 6d. The Mystery of Pain. New Edition. Fcap. 8voT Cloth limp, it. HOCKLEYfW. B.). Tales of the Zenana ; or, A Nuwab's Leisure Hours. By the Author of " Pandurang Hari." With a Preface by Lord Stanley of Alder- ley. 2 vols. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 21*. Pandurang Hari; or, Me- moirs of a Hindoo. A Tale of Mahratta Life sixty years ago. With a Preface by Sir H. Bartle E. Frere, G. C. S. I., &c. New and Cheaper Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. HOFFBAUER (Capt.). The German Artillery in the Battles near Metz. Based on the official reports of the German Artillery. Translated by Capt. E. O. Hollist. With Map and Plans. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 2 is. HOLMES (E. G. A.). Poems. First and Second Se- ries. Fcap.Svo. Cloth, prices*, each. HOOPER (Mary). Little Dinners : How to Serve them -with Elegance and Economy. Thirteenth Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 5*. Cookery for Invalids, Per- sons of Delicate Digestion, and Children. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 3*. 6d. Every -Day Meals. Being Economical and Wholesome Recipes for Breakfast, Luncheon, and Sup- per. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 5*. HOOPER (Mrs. G.). The House of Raby. With a Frontispiece. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 3*. 6d. HOPKINS (Ellice). Life and Letters of James Hinton, with an Introduction by Sir W. W. Gull, Bart., and Portrait en- graved on Steel by C. H. Jeens. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth price 8*. 6d. HOPKINS (M.). The Port of Refuge; or, Counsel and Aid to Shipmasters in Difficulty, Doubt, or Distress. Crown 8vo. Second and Revised Edition. Cloth, price 6*. C. Kegan Paul dr Co's Publications. HORNER (The Misses). Walks in Florence. A New and thoroughly Revised Edition. 2 vols. Crown 8vo. Cloth limp. With Illustrations. Vol. I. Churches, Streets, and Palaces. ior. 6d. INGELOW (Jean). Off the Skelligs. A Novel. With Frontispiece. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. The Little Wonder-horn. A Second Series of " Stories Told to a Child." With Fifteen Illustrations. Small 8vo. Cloth, price 2*. 6d. Indian Bishoprics. By an Indian Churchman. Demy 8vo. 6d. International Scientific Series (The). I Forms of Water : A Fami- liar Exposition of the Origin and Phenomena of Glaciers. By J. Tyndall, LL.D., F.R.S. With 25 Illustrations. Seventh Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 5$. International Scientific Series (The) d. LEANDER (Richard). Fantastic Stories. Trans- lated from the German by Paulina B. Granyille. With Eight full-page Illustrations by M. E. Fraser-Tytler. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 5*. LEE (Rev. F. G.), D.C.L. The Other World; or, Glimpses of the Supernatural. 2 vols. A New Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 15*. LEE (Holme). Her Title of Honour. A Book for Girls. New Edition. With a Frontispiece. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 5* . LEIGH (Arran and Isla). Bellerophon. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price $s. LEIGHTON (Robert). Records and other Poems. With Portrait. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 7*. 6d. LEWIS (Edward Dillon). A Draft Code of Criminal Law and Procedure. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 21 s. LEWIS (Mary A.). A Rat with Three Tales. New and cheaper edition. With Four Illustrations by Catherine F. Frere. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 31. 6d. LINDSAY(W. Lauder),M.p.,&c. Mind in the Lower Animals in Health and Disease. 2 vols. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 32*. LLOYD (Francis) and Charles Tebbitt. Extension of EmpireWeak- ness ? Deficits Ruin? With a Practical Scheme for the Reconstruc- tion of Asiatic Turkey. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 3$. 6d. LOCKER (F.). London Lyrics. A New and Revised Edition, with Additions and a Portrait of the Author. Crown 8vo. Cloth, elegant, price 6s. LOKI. The New Werther. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price zs. 6d. LORIMER (Peter), D.D. John Knox and the Church ofEngland: His Work in her Pulpit, and his Influence upon her Liturgy, Articles, and Parties. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 12*. John Wiclif and his English Precursors, by Gerhard Victor Lechler. Translated from the German, with additional Notes. 2 vols. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 21*. Love's Gamut and other Poems. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 3*. 6d. C. Ktgan Paul & Co.'s Publications. Love Sonnets of Proteus. With frontispiece by the Author. Elzevir 8vo.. Cloth, price 5*. LOWNDES (Henry). Poems and Translations. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6r. LU M SDEN (Lieut. -Col. H. W.). Beowulf. An Old English Poem. Translated into modern rhymes. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 5$. MAC CLINTOCK (L.). Sir Spangle and the Dingy Hen. Illustrated. Square crown 8vo., price 2f. dd. MACDONALD (Q.). Malcolm. With Portrait oi the Author engraved on Steel. Fourth Edition. Crown 8vo. Price 6*. The Marquis of Lossie. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6j. St. George and St. Michael. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth,6j. MACKENNA (S. J.). Plucky Fellows. A Book for Boys. With Six Illustrations. Fourth Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price y. f>d. At School with an Old Dragoon. With Six Illustrations. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 5.1. MACLACHLAN (Mrs.). Notes and Extracts on Everlasting Punishment and Eternal Life, according to Literal Interpretation. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 3*. 6d. MACLEAN (Charles Donald). Latin and Greek Verse Translations. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 2S. MACN AUGHT (Rev. John). Ccena Domini: An Essay on the Lord's Supper, its Primi- tive Institution, Apostolic Uses, and Subsequent History. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 14.1. MAGNUS (Mrs.). About the Jews since Bible Times. From the Babylonian exile till the English Exodus. Small crown 8vo- Cloth, price 5*. MAGNUSSON (Eirikr), M.A., and PALMER(E.H.), M.A. Johan Ludvig Runeberg's Lyrical Songs, Idylls and Epi- grams. Fcap. 8vo. Qoth, price ji. MAIR (R. S.), M.D., F.R.C.S.E. The Medical Guide for Anglo-Indians. Being a Compen- dium of Advice to Europeans in India, relating to the Preservation and Regulation of Health. With a Supplement on the Management of Children in India. Second Edition. Crown 8 vo. Limp cloth, price y. 6d. MALDEN (H. E. and E. E.) Princes and Princesses. Illustrated. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price is. 6J, MANNING (His Eminence Car- dinal). The True Story of the Vatican Council. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 51. Marie Antoinette: a Drama. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 5*. MARKHAM (Capt. Albert Hast- ings), R.N. The Great Frozen Sea. A Personal Narrative of the Voyage of the " Alert " during the Arctic Ex- ^ pedition of 1875-6. With six full- page Illustrations, two Maps, and twenty-seven Woodcuts. Fourth and cheaper edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6>. A Polar Reconnaissance : being the Voyage of the " Isbjorn " to Novaya Zemlya in 1879. With 10 Illustrations. Demy 8vo. Uuih, price ids. MARTINEAU (Gertrude). Outline Lessons on Morals. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 3*. bd. Master Bobby : a Tale. By the Author of " Christina North." With Illustrations by E. H. BELL. Extra fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price y.fxt. MASTERMAN (J.). Half-a-dozen Daughters. With a Frontispiece. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price y. (xi. 20 A List of McQRATH (Terence). Pictures from Ireland. New and cheaper edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price as. MEREDITH (George). The Egoist. A Comedy in Nar- rative. 3 vols. Crown 8vo. Cloth. ** Also a Cheaper Edition, with Frontispiece. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. The Ordeal of Richard Fe- verel . A History of Father and Son. In one vol. with Frontispiece. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. MERRITT (Henry). Art - Criticism and Ro- mance. With Recollections, and Twenty- three Illustrations in eau- forte, by Anna Lea Merritt. Two vols. Large post 8vo. Cloth, 25*. MIDDLETON (The Lady). Ballads. Square i6mo. Cloth, price y. 6d. MILLER (Edward). The History and Doctrines of Irvingism ; or, the so-called Ca- tholic and Apostolic Church. 2 vols. Large post Svo. Cloth, price 25*. The Church in Relation to the State. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 7*. 6d. MILNE (James). Tables of Exchange for the Conversion of Sterling Money into Indian and Ceylon Currency, at Rates from i*. 8J. to as. yt. per Rupee. Second Edition. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 2 as. MINCHIN (J- O-)- Bulgaria since the War. Notes of a Tour in the Autumn of 1879. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 3-y. 6d. MOCKLER (E.). A Grammar of the Baloo- chee Language, as it is spoken in Makran (Ancient Gedrosia), in the Persia-Arabic and Roman characters. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price 5*. MOFFAT (Robert Scott). The Economyof Consump- tion; an Omitted Chapter in Political Economy, with special reference to the Questions of Commercial Crises and the Policy of Trades Unions ; and with Reviews of the Theories of Adam Smith, Ricardo, J. S. Mill, Fawcett, &c. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price i&s. The Principles of a Time Policy : being an Exposition of a Method of Settling Disputes between Employers and Employed in regard to Time and Wages, by a simple Pro- cess of Mercantile Barter, without recourse to Strikes or Locks-out. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 3.1. 6d. Monmouth: A Drama, of which the Outline is Historical. Dedicated by permission to Mr. Henry Irving. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 5.1. MOORE (Mrs. Bloomfield). Gondaline's Lesson. The Warden's Tale, Stories for Children, and other Poems. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price ss. MORELL (J. R.). Euclid Simplified in Me- thod and Language. Being a Manual of Geometry. Compiled from the most important French Works, approved by the University of Paris and the Minister of Public Instruc- tion. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price as. 6d. MORICE (Rev. F. D.), M.A. The Olympian and Pythian Odes of Pindar. A New Transla- tion in English Verse. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price js. 6d. MORSE (E. S.), Ph.D. First Book of Zoology. With numerous Illustrations. New and cheaper edition. Crown Svo. Cloth, price as. 6d. MORSHEAD (E. D. A.) The House of Atreus. Being the Agamemnon Libation- Bearers and Furies of ./Eschylus Translated into English Verse. Crown Svo. Cloth, price 7$ . MORTERRA (Felix). The Legend of Allandale, and other Poems. Small crown Svo. Cloth, price 6s. C. Kegan Paul & Co.'s Publications. 21 MUNRO (Major-Gen. Sir Tho- mas), K.C.B., Governor of Madras. Selections from His Minutes, and other Official Writings. Edited, with an Introductory Me- moir, by Sir Alexander Arbuthnot, K.C.S.I..C.I.E. Two vols. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 30$. NAAKE (J. T.). Slavonic Fairy Tales. From Russian, Servian, Polish, and Bohemian Sources. With Four Illus- trations. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 5.1. NADEN (Constance W.). Songs and Sonnets of Spring-Time. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price y. NEWMAN (J. H.), D.D. Characteristics from the Writings of. Being Selections from his various Works. Arranged with the Author's personal approval. Third Edition. With Portrait. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. V A Portrait of the Rev. Dr. J. H. Newman, mounted for framing, can be had. price 2.1. 6d. NICHOLAS (Thomas), Ph.D., F.G.S. The Pedigree of the English People : an Argument, Historical and Scientific, on the Formation and Growth of the Nation, tracing Race- admixture in Britain from the earliest times, with especial reference to the incorporation of the Celtic Abori- gines. Fifth Edition. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 16*. NICHOLSON (Edward Byron). The Christ Child, and other Poems. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 4*. 6d. The Rights of an Animal. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 3*. 6rf. The Gospel according to the Hebrews. Its Fragments trans- lated and annotated, with a critical Analysis of the External and Internal Evidence relating to it. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price gs. 6J. A New Commentary on the Gospel according to Mat- thew. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 12*. NICOLS (Arthur), F.G.S.. F.R.G.S. Chapters from the Physical History of the Earth. An Introduc- tion to Geology and Palaeontology, with numerous illustrations. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 51. NOAKE (Major R. Compton). The Bivouac ; or, Martial Lyrist, with an Appendix Advice to the Soldier. Fcap. 8vo. Price jr. &/. NOEL (The Hon. Roden). A Little Child's Monument. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 31. U. NORMAN PEOPLE (The). The Norman People, and their Existing Descendants in the British Dominions and the United States of America. Demy Svo. Cloth, price 2ij. NORRIS (Rev. Alfred). The Inner and Outer Life Poems. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price 6t. Notes on Cavalry Tactics, Organization, Ac. By a Cavalry Officer. With Diagrams. Demy Svo. Cloth, price lit. Nuces : Exercises on the Syntax of the Public School Latin Primer. New Edition in Three Parts. Crown Svo. Each it. %* The Three Parts can also be had bound together in c loth, price j. DATES (Frank), F.R.G.S. Matabele Land and the Victoria Fall*: A Naturalist's Wanderings in the Interior of South Africa. Edited by C. G. Gates, B.A.. with numerous illus- trations and four maps. Demy 8vo. Cloth. O'BRIEN (Charlotte Q.). Light and Shade. 2 vols. Crown Svo. Cloth, gilt tops, price lit. Ode of Life (The). Third Edition. Fcap. Svo. doth, price 5*. OF THE IMITATION OF CHRIST. Four books. Demy 321110. Limp cloth, price it. * Also in various bindings. A List of O'HAGAN (John). The Song of Roland. Trans- lated into English Verse. Large post 8vo. Parchment antique, price 105. dd. O'MEARA (Kathleen). Frederic Ozanam, Professor of the Sorbonne ; His Life and Works. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price ^s. dd. Henri Perreyve and His Counsels to the Sick. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 5^. Our Public Schools. Eton, Harrow, Winchester, Rugby, West- minster, Marlborough, The Charter- house. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. OWEN (F. M.). John Keats. A Study. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. OWEN (Rev. Robert), B.D. Sanctorale Catholicum ; or Book of Saints. With Notes, Criti- cal, Exegetical, and Historical. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price i&s. An Essay on the Commu- nion of Saints. Including an Examination of the " Cultus Sanc- torum." Price 2S. PALGRAVE (W. Gifford). Hermann Agha ; An Eastern Narrative. Third and Cheaper Edi- tion. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6*. PANDURANG HARI ; Or, Memoirs of a Hindoo. With an Intreductory Preface by Sir H. Bartle E. Frere, G.C.S.I., C.B. Crown 8vo. Price 6s. PARCHMENT LIBRARY (The). Choicely printed on hand - made paper, limp parchment antique, price 6s. each ; vellum, price js. (xi. each. Shakspere's Sonnets. Edited by Edward Dowden, Author of " Shakspere ; his Mind and Art," &c. With a Frontispiece, etched by Leopold Lowenstam, after the Death Musk. English Odes. Selected by Edmund W. Gosse, Author of " Stu- dies in the Literature of Northern Europe." With Frontispiece on India paper by Hamo Thornycroft, A.R.A. PARCHMENT LIBRARY (The) continued. Of the Imitation of Christ. By Thomas a Kempis. A revised Translation. With Frontispiece on India paper, from a Design by W. B. Richmond. Tennyson's The Princess : . a Medley. With a Miniature Fron- tispiece by H. M. Paget, and a Tail- piece in Outline by Gordon Browne. Poems : Selected from Percy Bysshe Shelley. Dedicated to Lady Shelley. With Preface by Richard Garnet, and a Miniature Frontis- piece. Tennyson's "In Memo- riam." With a Miniature Portrait in eau forte by Le Rat, after a Photograph by the late Mrs. Came- ron. PARKER (Joseph), D.D. The Paraclete : An Essay on the Personality and Ministry of the Holy Ghost, with some reference to current discussions. Second Edi- tion. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 12*. PARR (Capt. H. Hallam). A Sketch of the Kafir and Zulu Wars : Guadana to Isand- hlwana, with Maps. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 5*. The Dress, Horses, and Equipment of Infantry and Staff Officers. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price u. PARSLOE (Joseph). Our Railways : Sketches, Historical and Descriptive. With Practical Information as to Fares, Rates, &c., and a Chapter on Rail- way Reform. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. PATTISON (Mrs. Mark). The Renaissance of Art in France. With Nineteen Steel Engravings, a vols. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 32*. PAUL (C. Kegan). Mary Wollston ecraft. Letters to Imlay. With Prefatory Memoir by, and Two Portraits in eau forte, by Anna Lea Merritt. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. C. Kegan Paul & Co.'s Publications. PAUL (C. Regan) continued. Goethe's Faust. A New Translation in Rime. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. William Godwin : His Friends and Contemporaries. With Portraits and Facsimiles of the Handwriting of Godwin and his Wife, a vols. Square post 8vo. Cloth, price 28*. The Genius of Christianity Unveiled. Being Essays by William Godwin never before published. Edited, with a Preface, by C. Kegan Paul. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price ^s. (id. PAUL (Margaret Agnes). Gentle and Simple : A Story. 2 vols. Crown 8vo. Cloth, gilt tops, price i2S. *** Also a Cheaper Edition in one vol. with Frontispiece. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. PAYNE (John). Songs of Life and Death. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 5*. PAYNE (Prof.J. P.). Frobel and the Kindergar- ten System. Second Edition. A Visit to German Schools : Elementary Schools in Ger- many. Notes of a Professional Tour to inspect some of the Kindergartens, Primary Schools, Public Girls' i Schools, and Schools for Technical Instruction in Hamburgh, _ Berlin, Dresden, Weimar, Gotha, Eisenach, i in the autumn of 1874. With Critical Discussions of the General Principles i and Practice of Kindergartens and other Schemes of Elementary Edu- cation. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 41. 6,1. PELLETAN (E.). The Desert Pastor, Jean Jarousseau. Translated from the French. By Colonel E. P. De L'Hoste. With a Frontispiece. New Edition. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price 3$. 6d. PENNELL (H. Cholmondeley). Pegasus Resaddled. By the Author of " Puck on Pegasus," &c. &c. With Ten Full-page Illus- trations by George Du Mauner. Second Edition. Fcap. 4to. Cloth elegant, price 12*. dd. PENRICE (Maj. J.), B.A. A Dictionary and Glossary oftheKo-ran. With copious Gram- matical References and Explanations of the Text. 410. Cloth, price 311. PESCHEL (Dr. Oscar). The Races of Man and their Geographical Distribution. Large crown 8vo. Cloth, price 9*. PETERS (F. H.). The Nicomachean Ethics of Aristotle. Translated by. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. PFEIFFER (Emily). Quarterman's Grace, and other Poems. Crown 8va Cloth, price 5*. Glan Alarch: His Silence and Song. A Poem. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. price 6t. Gerard's Monument, and other Poems. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. Poems. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6>. Sonnets and Songs. New Edition. i6mo, handsomely printed and bound in cloth, gilt edges, price 5*. PIKE (Warburton). The Inferno of Dante Ali- ghieri. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 5*. PINCHES (Thomas), M.A. Samuel Wilberforce: Faith Service Recompense. Three Sermons. With a Portrait of Bishop Wilberforce (after a Photograph by Charles Watkins). Crown 8 vo. Cloth, price 4*. 6d. PLAYFAIR (Lieut. -Col.), Her Britannic Majesty's Consul-General in Algiers. Travels in the Footsteps of Bruce in Algeria and Tunis. Illustrated by facsimiles of Bruce'i original Drawings, Photographs, Maps, &c. Royal 410. Cloth, bevelled boards, gilt leaves, price POLLOCK (Frederick). Spinoza. His Life and Phi- losophy. Demy 8vo. Clolh, price i6s. A List of POLLOCK (W. H.). Lectures on French Poets. Delivered at the Royal Institution. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 5*. POOR (Laura E.). Sanskrit and its kindred Literatures. Studies in Compara- tive Mythology. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 55. POUSHKIN (A. S.). Russian Romance. Translated from the Tales of Belkin, &c. By Mrs. J. Buchan Telfer (nft Mpuravieff). Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 35. ftd. PRESBYTER. Unfoldings of Christian Hope. An Essay showing that the Doctrine contained in the Damna- tory Clauses of the Creed commonly called Athanasian is unscriptural. Small crown Svo. Cloth, price 4*. 6d. PRICE (Prof. Bonamy). Currency and Banking. Crown Svo. Cloth, price 6*. Chapters on Practical Poli- tical Economy. Being the Sub- stance of Lectures delivered before the University of Oxford. Large post Svo. Cloth, price 12*. Proteus and Amadeus. A Correspondence. Edited by Aubrey DeVere. Crown Svo. Cloth, price $s. PUBLIC SCHOOLBOY. The Volunteer, the Militia- man, and the Regular Soldier. Crown Svo. Cloth, price 5*. PULPIT COMMENTARY(The). Edited by the Rev. J. S. EXKLL and the Rev. Canon H. D. M. SPKNCE. Genesis. By Rev. T. White- law, M.A. ; with Homilies by the Very Rev. J. F. Montgomery, D.D., Rev. Prof. R. A. Redford, M.A., LL.B., Rev. F. Hastings, Rev. W. Roberts, M.A. An Introduction to the Study of the Old Testament by the Rev. Canon Farrar, D.D., F. R.S. ; and Introductions to the Pentateuch by the Right Rev. H. Cotterill, D.D., and Rev. T. White- law, M.A. Fourth Edition. Price PULPIT COMMENTARY(The) continued. Numbers. By the Rev. R. Winterbotham,LL.B. With Homilies by the Rev. Prof. W. Binnie, D.D., Rev. E. S. Prout, M.A., Rev. D. Young, Rev. J. Waite, and an In- troduction by the Rev. Thomas Whitelaw, M.A. Price 15*. Joshua. By the Rev. J. J. Lias, M.A. With Homilies by the Rev. S- R. Aldridge, LL.B., Rev. R. Glover, Rev. E. de Pressense, D.D., Rev. J. Waite, Rev. F. W. Adeney, and an Introduction by the Rev. A. Plummer, M.A. Second Edition. Price 12$. 6d. Judges and Ruth. By Right Rev. Lord A. C. Hervey, D.D., and Rev. J. Morrison, D.D. With Ho- milies by Rev. A. F. Muir, M.A. ; Rev. W. F. Adeney, M.A. ; Rev. W. M. Statham ; and Rev. Prof. J. R. Thomson, M.A. Second Edition. Cloth, price 15^. i Samuel. By the Very Rev. R. P. Smith, D.D. With Homilies by the Rev. Donald Fraser, D.D., Rev. Prof. Chapman, and Rev. B. Dale. Third Edition. Price 15*. Ezra, Nehemiah, and Esther. By Rev. Canon G. Rawlin- son, M.A. ; with Homilies by Rev. Prof. J. R. Thomson, M.A., Rev. Prof. R. A. Redford, LL.B., M.A., Rev. W. S. Lewis, M.A., Rev. J. A. Macdonald, Rev. A. Mackennal, B.A., Rev. W. Clarkson, B.A., Rev. F. Hastings, Rev. W. Dinwiddie, LL.B., Rev. Prof. Rowlands, B.A., Rev. G. Wood, B.A., Rev. Prof. P. C. Barker, LL.B., M.A., and Rev. J. S. Exell. Fourth Edition. Price Punjaub (The) and North Western Frontier of India. By an old Punjaubee. Crown Svo. Cloth, price y. Rabbi Jeshua. An Eastern Story. Crown Svo. Cloth, price RAVENSHAW Qohn Henry), B.C.S. Gaur; Its Ruins and In- scriptions. Edited with consider- C. Kegan Paul 6r* Co.'s Publications. RAVENSHAW (John Henry), B.C. S. -<<>/.**. able additions and alterations by his Widow. With forty-four photo- graphic illustrations and twenty-five fac-similes of Inscriptions. Super royal 410. Cloth, 3^ i. 6J. READ (Carveth). . On the Theory of Logic : An Essay. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. Realities of the Future Life. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price is. (>d. REANEY (Mrs. G. S.). Blessing and Blessed ; a Sketch of Girl Life. New and cheaper Edition. With a frontis- piece. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price y.6J. Waking and Working ; or, from Girlhood to Womanhood. New and cheaper edition. With a Frontispiece. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 3J. (ui. Rose Gurney's Discovery. A Book for Girls, dedicated to their Mothers. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 35. 6d. English Girls: their Place and Power. With a Preface by R. W. Dale, M.A., of Birmingham. Third Edition. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price is. 6d. Just Anyone, and other Stories. Three Illustrations. Royal i6mo. Cloth, price is. dd. Sunshine Jenny and other Stories. Three Illustrations. Royal i6mo. Cloth, price if. 6d. Sunbeam Willie, and other Stories. Three Illustrations. Royal i6mo. Cloth, price i*. 6d. RENDALL (J. M.). Concise Handbook of the Island of Madeira. With plan of Funchal and map of the Island. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price is. dd. REYNOLDS (Rev. J. W.). The Supernatural in Na- ture. A Verification by Free Use of Science. Second Edition, revised and enlarged. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price I4*. Mystery of Miracles, The. By the Author of " The Supernatural in Nature." Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. RHOADES (lames). The Georgics of Virgil. Translated into English Verse. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 51. RIBOT (Prof. Th.). English Psychology. Se- cond Edition. A Revised and Cor- rected Translation from the latest French Edition. Large post 8o. Cloth, price 9*. Heredity : A Psychological Study on its Phenomena, its Laws, its Causes, and its Consequences. Large crown 8vo. Cloth, price 91. RINK (Chevalier Dr. Henry). Greenland : Its People and its Products. By the Chevalier Dr. HENRY RINK, President of the Greenland Board of Trade. With sixteen Illustrations, drawn by the Eskimo, and a Map. Edited by Dr. ROBERT BROWN. Crown 8vo. Price i&r. &/. ROBERTSON (The Late Rev. F. W.), M.A., of Brighton. The Human Race, and other Sermons preached at Chelten- ham, Oxford, and Brighton. Second Edition. Large post 8vo. Cloth, price is. 6d. Notes on Genesis. New and cheaper Edition. Crown 8vo., price y. dd. Sermons. Four Series. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price y. dd. each. Expository Lectures on St. Paul's Epistles to the Co- rinthians. A New Kilition. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price y. Lectures and Addresses, with other literary remains. A New Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth,price 51. An Analysis of Mr. Tenny- son's " In Memoriam." (Dedi- cated by Permission to the Poet- Laureate.) Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price it. The Education of the Human Race. Translated from the German of Gotthold Ephraim Lessing. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price u. dd. Life and Letters. Fdited by the Rev. Stopford Brooke, M.A., Chaplain in Ordinary to the Queen. I a voK, uniform with the Ser- mons. With Steel Portrait. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 7*. dd. 26 A List of ROBERTSON (The Late Rev. F. W.), M. A., of Brighton con- tinued. II. Library Edition, in Demy 8vo., with Portrait. Cloth, price izf. III. A Popular Edition, in one vol. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price fit. The above Works can also be had half-bound in morocco. V* A Portrait of the late Rev. F. W. Robertson, mounted for framing, can be had. price as. 6J. ROBINSON (A. Mary F.). A Handful of Honey- suckle. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price 3 s. 6d. The Crowned Hippolytus. Translated from Euripides. Witlt New Poems. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price $s. ROD WELL (G. F.), F.R.A.S., F.C.S. Etna : a History of the Mountain and its Eruptions. With Maps and Illustrations. Square 8vo. Cloth, price o*. ROSS (Mrs. E.), (" Nelsie Brook"). Daddy's Pet. A Sketch from Humble Life. With Six Illus- trations. Royal i6mo. Cloth, price if. ROSS (Alexander), D.D. Memoir of Alexander Ewing, Bishop of Argyll and the Isles. Second and Cheaper Edition. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 10$. 6d. SADLER (8. W.), R.N. The African Cruiser. A Midshipman's Adventures on the West Coast. With Three Illustra- tions. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 3*. 6d. SALTS (Rev. Alfred), LL.D. Godparents at Confirma- tion. With a Preface by the Bishop of Manchester. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, limp, price 25. SALVATOR(ArchdukeLudwig). Levkosia, the Capital of Cyprus. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price ios. 6J. SAMUEL (Sydney Montagu). Jewish Life in the East. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price jr. 6d. SAUNDERS (John). Israel Mort, Overman : A Story of the Mine. Cr. 8vo. Price 6s. SAUNDERS (John)-c<>*fiHueJ. Hirell. With' Frontispiece. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 3.1. &/. Abel Drake's Wife. With Frontispiece. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price $s. ftd. SAYCE (Rev. Archibald Henry). Introduction to the Science of Language. Two vols. , large post 8vo. Cloth, price 25*. SCHELL (Maj. von). The Operations of the First Army under Gen. von Goeben. Translated by Col. C. H. von Wright. Four Maps. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 9*. The Operations of the First Army under Gen. von Steinmetz. Translated by Captain E. O. Hollist. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price ioj. (>d. SCHELLENDORF (Maj. -Gen. B. von). The Duties of the General Staff. Translated from the German by Lieutenant Hare. Vol. I. Demy 8vo. Cloth, ioi. 6d. SCHERFF (Maj. W. von). Studies in the New In- fantry Tactics. Parts I. and II. Translated from the German by Colonel Lumley Graham, Demy 8vo. Cloth, price 7*. dd. Scientific Layman. The New Truth and the Old Faith : are they Incompatible? Demy 8vo. Cloth, price los. dd, SCOONES (W. Baptiste). Four Centuries of English Letters. A Selection of 350 Letters by 1 50 Writers from the period of the Paston Letters to the Present Time. Edited and arranged by. Second Edition. Large crown 8vo. Cloth, price as. SCOTT (Leader). A Nook in the Apennines: A Summer beneath the Chestnuts. With Frontispiece, and 27 Illustra- tions in the Text, chiefly from Original Sketches. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price js. 6d. SCOTT (Robert H.). Weather Charts and Storm Warnings. Illustrated. SecondEdi- tion. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price y. 6d. C. Kegan Paul 6- Go's Publications. Seeking his Fortune, and other Stories. With Four Illustra- tions. New and cheaper Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 21. 6J. SENIOR (N. W.). Alexis De Tocqueville. Correspondence and Conversations with Nassam W. Senior, from 1833 to 1859. Edited by M. C. M. Simpson. 2 vols. Large post 8vo.Cloth,price 11*. Seven Autumn Leaves from Fairyland. Illustrated with Nine Etchings. Square crown 8vo. Cloth, price jr. dd. SHADWELL (Maj.-Gen.), C.B. Mountain Warfare. Illus- trated by the Campaign of 1799 in Switzerland. Being a Translation of the Swiss Narrative compiled from the Works of the Archduke Charles, Jomini, and others. Also of Notes by General H. Dufour on the Cam- paign of the Valtelline in 1635. With Appendix, Maps, and Introductory Remarks. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price i6s. SHAKSPEARE (Charles). Saint Paul at Athens : Spiritual Christianity in Relation to some Aspects of Modern Thought. Nine Sermons preached at St. Ste- phen's Church, Westbourne Park. With Preface by the Rev. Canon FARRAR. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 5*. SHAW (Major Wilkinson). The Elements of Modern Tactics. Practically applied to English Formations. With Twenty- five Plates and Maps. S cond and cheaper Edition. Small crown 8vo. Cloth, price 9*. ** The Second Volume of Mili- tary Handbooks for Officers and Non-commissioned Officers." Edited by Lieut.-Col. C. B. Brackenbury, R.A., A.A.G. SHAW (Flora L,.). Castle Blair: a Story of Youthful Lives. 2 vols. Crown 8vo. Cloth, gilt tops, price 12*. Also, an dition in one vol. Crown 8vo. M. SHELLEY (Lady). Shelley Memorials from Authentic Sources. With (now first printed) an Essay on Christian- ity by Percy Bysshe Shelley. With Portrait. Third Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 5*. SHERMAN (Gen. W. T.). Memoirs of General W. T. Sherman, Commander of the Federal Forces in the American Civil War. By Himself, a vols. With Map. Demy 8vo Cloth, price 141. Copyright Enflitk Edition. SHILLITO (Rev. Joseph). Womanhood : its Duties, Temptations, and Privileges. A Rook for Young Women. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. Price 3*. 6rf. SHIPLEY (Rev. Orby). M.A. Principles of the Faith in Relation to Sin. Topics for Thought in Times of Retreat. Eleven Addresses. With an Intro- 'duction on the neglect of Dogmatic Theology in the Church of England, and a Postscript on his leaving the Church of England. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price I2J. Church Tracts, or Studies in Modern Problems. By various Writers, a vols. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 5*. each. Sister Augustine, Superior of the Sisters of Charity at the St. Johannis Hospital at Bonn. Autho- rized Translation by Hans Iharau from the German Memorials of Ama- lie von Lasau'x. Second ediiion. I.arge crown 8vo. Cloth, price;*. &/. SKINNER (Jam")- Ccelestia : the Manual <>f St. Augustine. The IjtinText sid. VOL. V. Enoch Arden, and In Memoriam. Price 6s. ; Roxburgh, 7*. 6d. VOL. VI. Dramas. Price?/.; Roxburgh, 8*. 6J. Cabinet Edition. 12 vols. Each with Frontispiece. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price v. 6J. each. CABINET EDITIOM. lavols. Com- plete in handsome Ornamental C*. 3"- The Royal Edition. With 25 Illustrations and Portrait. Cloth extra, bevelled boards, gilt leave*. Price a is. The Guinea Edition. Com- plete in n vols., neatly bound and enclosed in box. Cloth, price tu. French morocco or parchment, pnc 3". 6J- The Shilling Edition of the Poetical and Dramatic Works, in 12 vols., pocket size. Price is. each. The Crown Edition. Com- plete in one vol., stron cloth price 6s. Cloth, extra gill leaves* price 7.. W. Roxburgh. half morocco, price 8*. M. V Can also be had in a variety of other bindings. A List of TENNYSON (Alfred)-tt>tf*/. Original Editions : Ballads and pther Poems. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price 5$. The Lover's Tale. (Now for the first time published.) Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, y. id. Poems. Small 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. Maud, and other Poems. Small 8vo. Cloth, price 3$ . 6d. The Princess. Small 8vo. Cloth, price 35. 6d. Idylls of the King. Small 8vo. Cloth, price 5*. Idylls of the King. Com- plete. Small 8vo. Cloth, price 6*. The Holy Grail, and other Poems. Small 8vo. Cloth, price +s. 6d. Gareth and Lynette. Small 8vo. Cloth, price 3*. Enoch Arden, &c. Small 8vo. Cloth, price 3* . 6d. In Memoriam. Small 8vo. Cloth, price 4*. Queen Mary. A Drama. New Edition. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. Harold. A Drama. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. Selections from Tenny- son's Works. Super royal i6mo. Cloth, price 35. 6d. Cloth gilt extra, price 4.1. Songs from Tennyson's Works. Super royal i6mo. Cloth extra, price 3*. 6d. Also a cheap edition. i6mo. Cloth, price zs. 6d. Idylls of the King, and other Poems. Illustrated by Julia Margaret Cameron. 2 vols. Folio. Half-bound morocco, cloth sides, price 6 6s. each. Tennyson for the Young and for Recitation. Specially arranged. Fcap. 8vo. Price is. 6d. Tennyson Birthday Book. Edited by Emily Shakespear. 321110. Cloth limp, zs. ; cloth extra, 3$. ** A superior edition, printed in red and black, on antique paper, specially prepared. Small crown 8vo. Cloth extra, gilt leaves, price 5$. ; and in various calf and morocco bindings. Songs Set to Music, by various Composers. Edited by W. G. Cusins. Dedicated by express permission to Her Majesty the Queen. Royal 410. Cloth extra, gilt leaves, price zis., or in half- morocco, price 25*. An Index to " In Memo- riam." Price 2s. THOMAS (Moy). A Fight for Life. With Frontispiece. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 3$. 6d. THOMPSON (Alice C.). Preludes. A Volume of Poems. Illustrated by Elizabeth Thompson (Painter of "The Roll Call "). 8vo. Cloth, price js. 6d. THOMSON (J. Turnbull). Social Problems ; or, an In- quiry into the Law of Influences. With Diagrams. Demy 8vo. Cloth, price IQS. 6d. THRING (Rev. Godfrey), B.A. Hymns and Sacred Lyrics. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price 3* . 6d. TODHUNTER (Dr. J.) A Study of Shelley. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 7^. Alcestis : A Dramatic Poem. Extra fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price 5$. Laurella; and other Poems. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 6s. 6d. Translations from Dante, Petrarch, Michael Angelo, and Vittoria Colonna. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price js. 6d. TURNER (Rev. C. Tennyson). Sonnets, Lyrics, and Trans- lations. Crown Svo. Cloth, price . Cloth, price y. 6J. WAY (A.), M.A. The Odes of Horace Lite- rally Translated in Metre. Fcap. 8vo. Cloth, price it. WEBSTER (Augusta). Disguises. A Drama. Small crown Svo. Cloth, price y. WEDMORE (Frederick). The Masters of Genre Painting. With sixteen illuarationi. Large crown Svo. Cloth, price V-dd. Wet Days, by a Farmer. Small crown Svo. Cloth, price 6*. WHEWELL (William). D.D. His Life and Selections from his Correspondent Mr*. Si wilh P<*n't from a Painting by Samuel Laurence. Demy Svo. Cloth, price in. WHITAKER (Florence). Christy's Inheritance. A London Story. Illustrated. Royal i6mo. Cloth, price it. 6*. WHITE (A. D.), LL.D. Warfare of Science. With Prefatory Note by Professor TywWL Second Edition. Crown Svo. doth, price j>. 6rf. 32 A List of C. Kegan Paul & Co.'s Publications. WHITNEY (Prof. W. D.) Essentials of English Grammar for the Use of Schools. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price 3$. 6d. WICKSTEED (P. H.). Dante : Six Sermons. Crown 8vo. Cloth, price ^s. WILKINS (William). Songs of Study. Crown Svo. Cloth, price 6s. WILLIAMS (Rowland), D.D. Stray Thoughts from the Note-Books of the Late Row- land Williams, D.D. Edited by his Widow. Crown Svo. Cloth, price 3*. 6d. Psalms, Litanies, Coun- sels and Collects for Devout Persons. Edited by _his Widow. New and Popular Edition. Crown Svo. Cloth, price 35. 6d. WILLIS (R.), M.D. Servetus and Calvin : a Study of an Important Epoch in the Early History of the Reformation. Svo. Cloth, price i6s. William Harvey. A History of the Discovery of the Circula- tion of the Blood. With a Portrait of Harvey, after Faithorne. Demy Svo. Cloth, price 14$. WILLOUGHBY(TheHon.Mrs.). On the North Wind Thistledown. A Volume of Poems. Elegantly bound. Small crown Svo. Cloth, price 7$. 6d. WILSON (Erasmus). Egypt of the Past. With Chromo-lithographs and numerous Illustrations in the Text. Crown Svo. Cloth. WILSON (H. Schutz). The Tower and Scaffold. A Miniature Monograph. Large fcap. Svo. Price is. Within Sound of the Sea. By the Author of " Blue Roses," "Vera,"&c. Third Edition. 2 vols. Crown Svo. Cloth, gilt tops, price is*. %* Also a cheaper edition in one vol. with frontispiece. Price 6s. WOLLSTONECRAFT (Mary). Letters to Imlay. With a Preparatory Memoir by C. Kegan Paul, and two Portraits in eau forte by Anna Lea Merritt. Crown Svo. Cloth, price 6s. WOLTMANN (Dr. Alfred), and WOERMANN(Dr. Karl). History of Painting in An- tiquity and the Middle Ages. Edited by Sidney Colvin. With nu- merous illustrations. Medium Svo. Cloth, price zSs. ; cloth, bevelled boards, gilt leaves, price 30*. WOOD (Major-General J. Creigh- ton). Doubling the Consonant. Small crown Svo. Cloth, price is. 6d. WOODS (James Chapman). A Child of the People, and other poems. Small crown Svo. Cloth, price 5$. Word was made Flesh. Short Family Readings on the Epistles for each Sunday of the Christian Year. Demy Svo. Cloth, price tos. 6d. WRIGHT (Rev. David), M.A. Waiting for the Light, and other Sermons. Crown Svo. Cloth, price 6s. YOUMANS (Eliza A.). An Essay on the Culture of the Observing Powers of Children, especially in connection with the Study of Botany. Edited, with Notes and a Supplement, by Joseph Payne, F. C.P., Author of " Lectures on the Science and Art of Education," &c. Crown Svo. Cloth, price 2S. 6d. First Book of Botany. Designed to Cultivate the Observing Powers of Children. With 300 En- gravings. New and Cheaper Edi- tion. Crown Svo. Cloth, price 2S. 6d. YOUMANS (Edward L.), M.D. A Class Book of Chemistry, on the Basis of the New System. With 200 Illustrations. Crown Svo. Cloth, price ST. YOUNG (William). Gottlob, etcetera. Small crown Svo. Cloth, price 3$. (>d. LONDON: C. KEGAN PAUL & Co., i, PATERNOSTER SQUARE.